Agenda packet — San Carlos City Council, November 10, 2025 (part 1 of 10)

CITY OF SAN CARLOS
City Council/Successor Agency to the
Redevelopment Agency/Housing Authority
Regular Meeting
November 10, 2025 7:00 PM
Council Chambers, City Hall
600 Elm Street, San Carlos, CA 94070
www.cityofsancarlos.org
AGENDA
This meeting will be conducted both in-person at City Hall and virtually via Zoom. Members of the public will have the option to observe the meeting and address the City Council as outlined below.

In-Person Participation:
• Location. City Hall – 600 Elm Street, Council Chambers.

Masks are no longer required, but are still recommended by the California Department of Health.

To maintain public health and safety, please do not attend in person if you are experiencing respiratory symptoms (e.g. cough, runny nose, and/or sore throat). • Provide Public Comment. To address the City Council on any item on the posted agenda, fill out a Request to Speak Form located in the back of the Council Chambers and submit it to the City Clerk; or, you may raise your hand when the Mayor calls for public comments.

Remote Participation:
• Observe via:
- Zoom. https://us02web.zoom.us/j/88256140939; or call 1-669-900-9128 and enter the Meeting ID #: 882 5614 0939
- Meeting Webportal. www.cityofsancarlos.org/agenda - Local TV. Comcast Channel 27 and AT&T Uverse Channel 99 • Provide Public Comment. If you plan to make a public comment on any item on the posted agenda, please observe the meeting via Zoom (see above access information), and during the public comment period for the agenda item you wish to address, use the “raise hand” feature. If joining Zoom by phone, press *9 to “raise hand”.

Councilmembers may participate in this meeting remotely pursuant to Assembly Bill 2449. 1 MAYOR: Sara McDowell
COUNCIL: John Dugan, Neil Layton, Adam Rak, Pranita Venkatesh

1. CALL TO ORDER

2. ASSEMBLY BILL 2449 TELECONFERENCE REQUESTS

3. PLEDGE OF ALLEGIANCE

4. CHANGES TO THE ORDER OF THE AGENDA

5. PRESENTATIONS
a. Present a Proclamation Recognizing Natalie W. Upon Winning Second Place in the 2025 Rethink Waste Poster Contest.
b. Receive a State Legislative Update from Assemblymember Diane Papan.

6. COUNCIL COMMUNICATIONS AND ANNOUNCEMENTS
Council Communications and Announcements are brief items from members of the City Council regarding upcoming events in the community and correspondence that they have received. They are informational in nature and no action will be taken on these items at this meeting.

7. PUBLIC COMMENT
Persons wishing to address the City Council on matters NOT on the posted agenda may do so. Each speaker is limited to two minutes.

If the item you are speaking on is not listed on the agenda, please be advised that the City Council may briefly respond to statements made or questions posed as allowed under the Brown Act (Government Code Section 54954.2). The City Council's general policy is to refer items to staff for attention, or have a matter placed on a future City Council agenda for a more comprehensive action or report and formal public discussion and input at that time.

8. CONSENT CALENDAR
a. Motion to Waive Reading of All Ordinances.
2 b. Approve the September 22, 2025 City Council Regular Meeting Minutes. c. Approve the October 9, 2025 City Council Special Meeting Minutes. d. Adopt a Resolution Approving the Plans and Specifications for the Library Makerspace Project; Authorizing a Call for Bids; and Authorizing the Execution of an Agreement with the San Mateo County Library Joint Powers Authority. e. Adopt a Resolution Approving the Downtown Plan Implementation Phase 1A – Harrington Park Project (C2215) Plans and Specifications; Authorizing a Contract Amendment in the Amount of $300,000 to the WRT, Inc. Agreement for Design Support During Construction; and Authorizing a Call for Bids. f. Adopt a Resolution Approving the Amended Job Classification Specification for the Position of City Manager, Effective on the First Date of Employment of the New City Manager.
g. Deny Claim of Kelly Boyett.
h. Adopt Resolutions Summarily Vacating a 5-Foot-Wide Sewer Easement and Accepting a 10-Foot-Wide Sewer Easement Over the Existing Sewer Main at 315 Elm Street (APN 050-052-310).
i. Adopt a Resolution Accepting the Big Canyon Park Landslide Project (Behind 995 Crestview Drive) (C2318) and Authorizing the Public Works Director to Issue and Record a Notice of Completion.
j. Adopt Ordinance 1629 Amending San Carlos Municipal Code Chapter 15.04 – Technical Building Codes, adopting the 2025 Editions of the California Administrative Code, California Building Code (Volumes 1 and 2), California Residential Code, California Electrical Code, California Mechanical Code, California Plumbing Code, California Energy Code, California Historical Code, California Existing Building Code, California Green Building Standards Code, California Referenced Standards Code, 1997 Uniform Security Code, the 2024 Edition of the International Property Maintenance Code with amendments and modifications, and Safety Assessment Program (SAP) Placards; and Adopt Ordinance 1630 Amending San Carlos Municipal Code Section 15.04.110 – Title 24, Part 9, California Fire Code – Adopting the 2024 Edition of the International Fire Code and the 2025 California Fire Code including all Adopted Standards. k. Adopt Ordinance 1631 Adding Chapter 8.11 to the San Carlos Municipal Code Banning the Sale and Distribution of Nitrous Oxide, Also Known as “Whippets”, with Limited Exceptions.
3 9. STUDY SESSION
a. Receive a Report on the Results of the September 2025 Community Survey Related to Funding for City Facilities and Services and Provide Feedback.

10. AGENDA SETTING
Items discussed in this Agenda Setting Section will be considered by the Council for placing on a future agenda. No action will be taken on these items at this meeting.

11. ADJOURNMENT
Any writings or documents provided to a majority of the City Council regarding any item on this agenda will be made available for public inspection upon request.

In compliance with the Americans with Disabilities Act and Title VI, and as outlined in the City’s Reasonable Accommodations Policy, if you need special assistance or translation services to participate in this meeting, please contact the City Clerk’s Office at (650) 802-4222 or via email at [email protected]. Notification in advance of the meeting will enable the City to make reasonable arrangements to ensure accessibility to this meeting. 4 San Carlos City Council/Successor Agency to the
Redevelopment Agency/Housing Authority Regular Meeting
Council Chambers, City Hall
600 Elm Street, San Carlos, CA 94070
September 22, 2025 7:00 PM

MINUTES

ROLL CALL
City Council Present: Sara McDowell, Mayor
Pranita Venkatesh, Vice Mayor
John Dugan, Councilmember
Neil Layton, Councilmember
Adam Rak, Councilmember
Staff Present: Nil Blackburn, Assistant City Manager
Rendell Bustos, Senior Planner
Lisa Costa Sanders, Principal Planner Consultant
Greg DaCunha, Deputy Fire Chief
Rucha Dande, Senior Planner
Andrew Douglass, Senior Management Analyst
Sajuti Haque, Economic Development and Housing Manager
Paul Harris, Financial Services Manager
Hanieh Houshmandi, Senior Traffic Engineer
Steven Machida, Public Works Director
Jeff Maltbie, City Manager
Andrea Mardesich, Assistant Community Development Director Rebecca Mendenhall, Administrative Services Director
Tyler Muela, Recreation Supervisor
Crystal Mui, City Clerk
Amy Newby, Parks and Recreation Director
Lisa Porras, Planning Manager
Laura Richstone, Senior Planner
Stefanie Rogers, Senior Administrative Clerk
Gregory Rubens, City Attorney
Al Savay, Community Development Director
Tracy Scramaglia, Assistant Public Works Director

1. CALL TO ORDER
The meeting was called to order at 7:02 p.m.

2. ASSEMBLY BILL 2449 TELECONFERENCE REQUESTS
None.

3. PLEDGE OF ALLEGIANCE
Mayor McDowell led the Pledge of Allegiance.

8.b
November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 5

4. CHANGES TO THE ORDER OF THE AGENDA
None.

5. PRESENTATIONS
a. Receive an Annual Report from the Community Foundation of San Carlos.

Linda Garvey, President of the San Carlos Community Foundation, presented the annual report.

Council thanked the Foundation for their work and dedication to the community.

6. COUNCIL COMMUNICATIONS AND ANNOUNCEMENTS
Councilmember Dugan reported on a recent Emergency Services Council meeting, noting that the County is working to improve emergency warning notification practices.

Councilmember Layton reported on a Silicon Valley Clean Water Board meeting, noting that they are finalizing a term sheet on funding their capital improvement projects, which will be provided to Council.

Mayor McDowell reported on her recent Commute.org Board meeting, noting that they will be launching a new app to support carpool options and is seeking City staff for their supervisory committee. She also attended the One Life 10-year anniversary gala and the Parks and Recreation Foundation’s 10th annual Bocce Ball tournament.

7. PUBLIC COMMENT
John Hoffman, Daniel and Natalie, residents and members of the San Carlos Sister City Association, presented an idea for the city to have a mascot and requested an opportunity to formally present the proposal to the Council in detail.

Pete Hixson, resident, requested Council to reconsider banning gas-powered leaf blowers.

8. CONSENT CALENDAR
MOTION: Adopt City Council Consent Calendar items ‘a’ through ‘m’.

MOVER: Dugan
SECONDER: Rak
AYES: Dugan, Layton, Rak, Venkatesh, McDowell
NAYS: None
RESULT: Motion Passed 5 – 0
a. Motion to Waive Reading of All Ordinances.
b. Approve the City Council August 25, 2025 Regular Meeting Minutes. c. Authorize Cancellation of the December 22, 2025 City Council Meeting. d. Deny Claim of Nancy Roston.
e. Deny Claim of Sapna Vasudeo.

8.b
November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 6
f. Adopt a Resolution Authorizing the Execution of an Amendment to the Existing Professional Services Agreement with Perkins & Will for Additional Consulting Services Associated with the Northeast Area Specific Plan and Appropriate Additional Funds in the Amount of $104,000 from the General Capital Fund (Fund 25) Unassigned Fund Balance. Resolution 2025-097 g. Adopt Three Resolutions Supporting Transportation Improvement Projects and the Submission of Applications to San Mateo County Transportation Authority for 2025 Measure A and Measure W Highway Program Call for Projects. Resolution 2025-098 – Mid-Term Bike and Pedestrian Improvements; Resolution 2025-099 – Long-Term U.S. 101/Holly Street Interchange Improvements and Overcrossing Project; and Resolution 2025-100 - East Side Streetscape Master Plan – Industrial Road Components Project
h. Adopt a Resolution of Local Support Authorizing the Filing of an Application for Funding Assigned to the Metropolitan Transportation Commission (MTC) and Committing any Necessary Matching Funds and Stating Assurance to Complete the U.S. 101/Holly Street Interchange Improvements and Overcrossing Project. Resolution 2025-101
i. Adopt a Resolution Authorizing the Approval of a City Interfund Loan in the Amount of $489,840 from the General Fund Strategic Property Acquisition Reserve (SPAR) to the Affordable Housing In-Lieu Fund (Fund 29) for the Purchase of a Below Market Rate Unit at 633 Elm Street, Unit 215, and Authorizing Exercise of the Purchase Option, Negotiation of the Purchase, and Execution of the Necessary Documents. Resolution 2025-102 j. Adopt a Resolution Authorizing the Approval of a City Interfund Loan in the Amount of $4,557,734.81 from the General Fund Strategic Property Acquisition Reserve (SPAR) to the Affordable Housing In-Lieu Fund (Fund 29), for the Continuation of the Loan Drawdown Payments related to the 1244 Cherry Street Affordable Housing Project. Resolution 2025-103 k. Adopt a Resolution Awarding the 2025 Annual Sidewalk Replacement Project (C9465); Authorizing the Execution of an Agreement with J.J.R. Construction, Inc. in the Amount of $171,355; and Authorizing the Expenditure of a 30% Contingency in the Amount of $51,406.

Resolution 2025-104
l. Adopt a Resolution Accepting the Fire Station No. 16 Replacement Project (C9823) and Authorizing the Public Works Director to Issue and Record a Notice of Completion. Resolution 2025-105
m. Adopt a Resolution Authorizing the Execution of the Second Amendment to the Communications Site Lease Agreement with New Cingular Wireless PCS, LLC to Extend their Lease at Highlands Park. Resolution 2025-106

9. PUBLIC HEARING
a. Consideration of Introducing an Ordinance Amending San Carlos Municipal Code Title 18 – Zoning, to Create Objective Design Standards (ODS) for Development within the Multi-family (RM) Housing and Mixed-use (MU) Zoning Districts: Chapter 18.03 (Rules of Measurement),

18.04 (Residential Districts), 18.05 (Mixed-Use Districts), 18.06 (Commercial Districts), 18.15 (General Site Regulations), 18.18 (Landscaping), 18.26 (Planning Authorities), 18.27 (Common Procedures), 18.29 (Design Review and Objective Design Standards Compliance Review), 18.30 (Use Permits), and 18.41 (Terms and Definitions) of the San Carlos Municipal Code. **Tabled from the September 8, 2025 City Council Regular Meeting** Principal Planner Rucha Dande commenced the item with background on the Objective Design Standards and noted staff’s extensive outreach over multiple years.

8.b
November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 7
Consultant Rick Williams detailed the proposed standards and the refined standards based on test-fits.

Ms. Dande, Mr. Williams, City Attorney Greg Rubens, Planning Manager Lisa Porras, City Manager Jeff Maltbie, and Assistant Community Development Director Andrea Mardesich responded to Council questions.

Public Comment
- David Crabbe, resident, provided suggestions to address density bonus.

MOTION: Close the Public Hearing.

MOVER: Rak
SECONDER: Dugan
AYES: Rak, Dugan, Layton, Venkatesh, McDowell
NAYS: None
RESULT: Motion Passed 5 – 0
Council recessed at 9:32 p.m. and reconvened at 9:40 p.m.

The Council provided the following directions to staff:
- return in February 2026 for an in-depth discussion on strategies to encourage retail and commercial activity along El Camino Real and south of Laurel Street - encourage building ornamentation in the project review process MOTION: Introduce Ordinance 1626 Amending San Carlos Municipal Code Title 18 – Zoning, to Create Objective Design Standards (ODS) for Development within the Multi-family (RM) Housing and Mixed-use (MU) Zoning Districts: Chapter

18.03 (Rules of Measurement), 18.04 (Residential Districts), 18.05 (Mixed-Use Districts), 18.06 (Commercial Districts), 18.15 (General Site Regulations),

18.18 (Landscaping), 18.26 (Planning Authorities), 18.27 (Common Procedures), 18.29 (Design Review and Objective Design Standards Compliance Review), 18.30 (Use Permits), and 18.41 (Terms and Definitions) of the San Carlos Municipal Code with the following two amendments:
- require concurrence review and approval from the City Manager or their designee with the Community Development Director on deviations from the ODS; and
- exempt the 600, 700, and 800 blocks of Laurel Street and 1100 and 1200 blocks of San Carlos Avenue from the six feet step-back requirement.

MOVER: Rak
SECONDER: Venkatesh
AYES: Venkatesh, Rak, Dugan, Layton, McDowell
NAYS: None
RESULT: Motion Passed 5 – 0

10. NEW BUSINESS
a. Consideration of Adopting a Resolution Appropriating an Additional $300,000 from the General Capital Fund (Fund 25) Unassigned Fund Balance to the Park-in-Lieu Fund (Fund 27) Project C2221; Authorizing the Execution of an Agreement for Products and Services with David J.

Powers & Associates, Inc. in the Amount of $251,773 for the Preparation of an Environmental Impact Report (EIR) as Required Under the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) for the North Crestview Park Master Plan to Consider Relocation of a Rare Plant Species; and

8.b
November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 8
Authorizing the Spending of Contingency in the Amount of $48,227 for a Not-to-Exceed Contract Amount of $300,000.

Parks and Recreation Director Amy Newby presented a contract for Environmental Impact Report (EIR) services for the North Crestview Park Master Plan. She, City Attorney Greg Rubens and City Manager Jeff Maltbie responded to Council questions.

MOTION: At 10:25 p.m. Extend the Meeting to 11:00 p.m.

MOVER: Rak
SECONDER: McDowell
AYES: Layton, Venkatesh, Rak, Dugan, McDowell
NAYS: None
RESULT: Motion Passed 5 – 0
Public Comment
- David Crabbe, resident, voiced opposition to the Resolution.

At Mayor McDowell’s request, Ms. Newby responded to the public comment.

After a thorough discussion, no motion was made by the Council.

11. AGENDA SETTING
a. Consider Agendizing an Item to Consider an Ordinance, Modeled after San Mateo County’s Ordinance Introduced in September 2025, to Ban the Sale and Distribution of Nitrous Oxide, Often Called “Whippets” and Repurposed for Recreational Use by Youth and Sold by Local Smoke Shops.

Mayor McDowell proposed agendizing an item to consider an Ordinance modeled after San Mateo County's Ordinance to ban the sale and distribution of nitrous oxide (whippets), which are being sold by local smoke shops and used recreationally by youth. The Council unanimously supported agendizing this item.

The Council did not support agendizing the Sister Cities Association's mascot proposal, noting that it would require a more formal branding process.

MOTION: At 10:49 p.m. Extend the Meeting to 12:00 a.m.

MOVER: Dugan
SECONDER: Rak
AYES: Dugan, Layton, Venkatesh, Rak, McDowell
NAYS: None
RESULT: Motion Passed 5 – 0

12. CLOSED SESSION
a. Conference with Legal Counsel - Existing Litigation (Closed Session Held Pursuant to Government Code Section 54956.9(A)); Gerard Zelnik and Bianca Zelnik vs. City of San Carlos, San Mateo Superior Court Case No. 20-CIV-02572.

Council adjourned to the Collaboration Room to discuss this closed session item.

8.b
November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 9

13. REPORT FROM CLOSED SESSION
City Attorney Greg Rubens reported that the Council unanimously approved a settlement with the plaintiffs in the Gerard and Bianca Zelnik versus the City of San Carlos matter. The settlement terms include:
• The Zelniks will pay the city $175,000 due in 45 days. • The Zelniks will allow the city or its contractors reasonable access to the property to replace and repair the sewer line that crosses the city's easement. • The Zelniks will deliver an executed and recordable deed in conformance with prior law and motion activity in the case.
• The Zelniks will stop discharging groundwater into the city's sanitary sewer system. • The complaint will be dismissed with each side bearing their own attorney's fees and costs. • There will be mutual releases.

14. ADJOURNMENT
Mayor McDowell adjourned the meeting at 11:02 p.m.

Crystal Mui,
City Clerk

8.b
November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 10

San Carlos City Council/Successor Agency to the
Redevelopment Agency/Housing Authority Special Meeting
Collaboration Room, City Hall
600 Elm Street, San Carlos, CA 94070
October 9, 2025 1:00 PM

MINUTES

1. CALL TO ORDER
Mayor McDowell called the meeting to order at 1:05 p.m.

2. PLEDGE OF ALLEGIANCE
Mayor McDowell led the Pledge of Allegiance.

3. PUBLIC COMMENT
None.

4. STUDY SESSION
a. Discussion of Issues and Topics Affecting the City of San Carlos, Including, But Not Limited to, the Items Listed in the Attachments. No Action Will be Taken on Any Items at This Meeting.

DEVELOPMENT FEES & GRANTS
Childcare Impact Fee.

Mayor McDowell noted that, in the not-too-distant future, the City will likely stop receiving applications for childcare grants as the need diminishes. She emphasized the importance of thinking strategically now about how to use the Childcare Impact Fees to continue benefiting the community—potentially through a childcare facility at a future community center.

Staff provided suggestions including using the fees to support childcare for older children or to acquire property for a future childcare center.

8.c
November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 11

Commercial Development Permit Extensions.

Mayor McDowell suggested that, in preparation for the anticipated increase in commercial development permit extension requests, a review and update of the fee may be appropriate.

Staff confirmed that the Plan Development Fees have recently been updated, so a review would not be needed for an extended period.

Council requested that an update on the 808 Alameda Project be included in a future Council newsletter.

Grant Updates.

Assistant City Manager Nil Blackburn provided a handout to the Council of a table with a status update on the grants that we’re in the process of receiving. This will be included in the meeting’s supplemental materials.

Role of the Community Foundation.

Vice Mayor Venkatesh inquired about the role of the San Carlos Community Foundation.

Staff and Council clarified that the Council’s original intent in establishing the Foundation was to focus primarily on capital fundraising efforts. Council also expressed interest in the Foundation continuing to provide grants to local non-profit organizations.

Ms. Blackburn noted that the Community Foundation is currently exploring how a capital campaign would operate within its organization and plans to engage a consultant to assist in this effort. The Foundation may return to Council for further guidance or to consider potential amendments to its agreement.

Additionally, Council discussed how to handle one-time or time-sensitive grant requests and directed staff to create a webpage directing all grant applicants to the Community Foundation.

Development Project Updates.

Staff provided a general update on developments in San Carlos and referenced the Development Project Updates webpage.

Council directed staff to continue maintaining the webpage and ensuring it remains current.

DOWNTOWN & ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT
Revive Downtown and Building Community.

Council inquired about staff’s efforts to revitalize the downtown area and build community.

Ms. Blackburn discussed the City’s “Life on Laurel” program, which will feature expanded Harringtunes events, a Bike Safety Day, music throughout the holiday season, Thursday Night Lights, and outdoor games such as pop-up mini golf.

Council proposed adding a skating rink as part of the program.

Vice Mayor Venkatesh emphasized the need for additional cultural events.

8.c
November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 12

Mr. Maltbie noted that such initiatives should be brought forward through the Council’s strategic planning and budget process.

Downtown Building Height.

Councilmember Rak expressed interest in establishing a height cap or reducing the maximum building height to approximately 40–50 feet within the downtown core.

Mr. Maltbie cautioned that such a change would be a significant and complex undertaking. He suggested that the Council first explore the level of investment and process required, and, if comfortable with the findings, then consider proceeding with potential amendments.

More Daytime and Midweek Vibrancy to our Downtown.

Councilmember Dugan inquired about the possibility of a midweek Farmers Market to increase downtown vibrancy.

Council noted that businesses had previously raised complaints when the market was held on Thursdays, and staff highlighted the difficulty of securing vendors for an additional midweek Farmers Market.

There was discussion regarding the benefits for businesses to organize and coordinate a Business Improvement District.

Commercial Vibrancy in light of State Housing Laws.

Councilmember Dugan inquired whether there is a need to take strategic measures to protect commercial vibrancy in the downtown area or if it is appropriate to rely on market forces at this time.

Mr. Maltbie advised continuing to monitor the situation and completing preparatory work to be ready if conditions change but did not recommend allocating resources to address the matter at this stage.

Council directed staff to:
- Include a statement in the Downtown Specific Plan expressing the Council’s desire to maintain commercial uses on the ground floor; and
- Research and draft an ordinance to incentivize developers to preserve commercial vibrancy, such as through expedited design review.

Engaging with our Local Businesses.

Mayor McDowell inquired about staff efforts to connect with and support local businesses.

Ms. Blackburn distributed a handout outlining initiatives from the Economic Development and Advance Planning Divisions, which will be included in the meeting’s supplemental materials.

Staff emphasized that City-supported promotions are most effective when businesses actively champion them.

Some strategies discussed include:
- Hosting a listening session with businesses;
- Consider creating a new position focused on business engagement;

8.c
November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 13

- Establishing a Downtown Subcommittee; and
- Communicating with the Chamber of Commerce to explore additional ways the City can provide support
Parklet Standards.

Councilmember Dugan inquired if the parklet standards are acceptable until the Downtown Specific Plan is implemented.

Staff noted that the Parklet Program was recently extended for another year, allowing time to address this matter at a later date.

Inbound Commercial Activity/Development Projects.

Mayor McDowell expressed concern regarding the proliferation of service businesses in the downtown core.

Council directed staff to schedule a special meeting to hold a study session on downtown retail and the chain store ordinance before the November 24 regular meeting.

Compliance Process for Restaurants.

Vice Mayor Venkatesh stated that staff has responded to her questions about the compliance process for restaurants failing to meet county standards, particularly concerning waste disposal.

HOUSING
Workforce Housing: Create a Working Group.

Councilmember Layton proposed creating a workforce housing task force with the School District. Council agreed that a staff-to-staff approach would be a good way to start.

Mr. Maltbie concurred and indicated he would discuss the proposal with the Community Development Department.

Status Update on the Regional Housing Needs Allocation (RHNA).

Vice Mayor Venkatesh noted that her request for an update on RHNA have already been addressed by staff.

Housing for Mentally Disabled Adults.

Mayor McDowell highlighted the need for affordable housing for adults with developmental disabilities. She asked that staff incorporate OneStep Beyond into strategic housing planning and consider it for the Eaton Project.

PARKING, STREETS, & TRAFFIC
Parking Restrictions.

Vice Mayor Venkatesh inquired about the parking restriction signs in the lot behind Peet’s Coffee.

Mr. Maltbie explained that the lot is privately owned, so the City is not involved.

8.c
November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 14

Employee Parking at Wheeler Plaza Parking Structure.

Council and staff discussed what the city has done to encourage employees to park on the second floor of the Wheeler Plaza Parking structure, noting that zoned parking could be considered.

Council directed staff to designate certain parking spaces for compact vehicles as an alternative to restriping the entire lot.

Traffic Mitigation Update: Tierra Linda, Charter, Mariposa.

At Vice Mayor Venkatesh’s request, Ms. Blackburn provided an update on the Four Corners Project.

The issue of crossing guard practices was discussed. Mayor McDowell noted that she may bring the matter forward at the next 2+2 meeting to address proper crossing procedures, suggesting it could be a training issue.

Plan for Upgrading Pavement Condition Index (PCI).

Councilmember Rak requested an update on the plan for road improvements throughout San Carlos.

Mr. Maltbie provided an update on the plan and noted that staff will continue to enhance outreach to share the project’s progress, including efforts to reach directly impacted residents.

PARKS, RECREATION, AND EVENTS
Picnic Table Reservations.

Vice Mayor Venkatesh advocated for shortening the duration of picnic table reservations, rather than maintaining the current single 12-hour block from 8 a.m. to 8 p.m.

Ms. Blackburn addressed potential maintenance challenges associated with shorter reservation blocks.

Policy for Reserving Pickle Ball Courts.

Vice Mayor Venkatesh inquired about the City’s pickleball reservation policy.

Ms. Blackburn distributed a handout explaining the paddle system, which will be included in the meeting’s supplemental materials.

At Council direction, the Parks & Recreation Director will follow up with further details on pickleball reservations.

Community Celebrations - Diwali and Lunar New Year.

This matter was discussed earlier in the meeting under the “Revive Downtown” item.

Vista Park.

Vice Mayor Venkatesh proposed adding benches and a small play structure at Vista Park.

8.c
November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 15

Ms. Blackburn confirmed staff will include these suggestions into the Parks Master Plan.

Parks Maintenance and Volunteers.

Mayor McDowell raised concerns regarding the City’s use of volunteers for maintenance tasks.

Staff will review whether existing vendors are fulfilling their contracts and determine if adjustments to maintenance agreements are necessary to enhance the upkeep of the City’s fields, parks, and roadways.

California Native Plants.

Councilmember Rak inquired about the City’s obligations to preserve identified protected native plants on public lands.

Staff provided an overview of the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) provisions for protecting sensitive biological resources, including native plants.

Bathroom at the Museum of San Carlos History.

Mayor McDowell noted that the Museum of San Carlos History lacks an ADA accessible bathroom, which has resulted in the bathroom being closed.

Staff will coordinate with the facilities team to address this issue.

POLICY
Gas Powered Leaf Blowers.

Councilmember Dugan advocated for a study session to discuss banning gas-powered leaf blowers, citing a petition demonstrating interest.

After discussion, the Council, did not support reconsidering the ban but directed staff to continue to explore electric-leaf blower rebate programs.

Encampment Ordinance.

Mayor McDowell spoke on the County’s Encampment Ordinance and a need for the City to consider it.

Council directed staff to proceed with the County’s model ordinance for encampment and explore restrictions on RV (recreational vehicles) overnight parking.

Life Moves Reporting App.

Mayor McDowell discussed the County’s LifeMoves app, which assists in tracking and coordinating services for individuals experiencing homelessness, and asked whether Councilmembers could access it.

Ms. Blackburn stated that the City Manager’s Executive Assistant is trained on the app and can log issues submitted by Council.

8.c
November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 16

Potential Climate Risk and Vulnerability Assessment (CRVA) Threat Letter.

There was no interest from Council in discussing this potential letter.

Recreational Marijuana.

Councilmember Layton inquired if there’s been consideration for retail marijuana for tax revenue.

The Council did not express interest in considering this at this time.

GOVERNANCE & INTERNAL PROCESSES
Subcommittees/Commissions.

Councilmember Layton questioned the purpose of current Council subcommittees and whether they are appropriately structured. A suggestion was made to consider creating subcommittees that reflect each strategic goal.

Councilmember Layton also noted feedback from Commissioners who feel their service is not impactful and asked how their guidance could be more effective.

Staff noted that, during the initial meetings with commission applicants, expectations are clearly set that Commissioners serve as community ambassadors and advisory bodies.

The Council did not express interest in changing the commission process.

Improving the Efficiency of Council Direction through Study Sessions.

Councilmember Layton highlighted the need for process improvements to increase opportunities for Council to provide direction to staff and to receive more timely presentations. He proposed scheduling four study sessions per year, to be used as needed, held as regular meetings but conducted in the format of a mini-retreat. Council expressed interest in considering this approach.

Support for Council – Onboarding Process.

Mayor McDowell requested that staff review the Councilmember onboarding process, stressing that Councilmembers should be fully informed about available benefits, including the Employee Assistance Program (EAP), and encouraged to use them.

Support for Council – Safety.

Mayor McDowell highlighted the importance of providing additional support to Councilmembers to ensure their safety and reinforce a sense of support.

Support for Council - Email and Website Access Abroad.

Council expressed interest in being able to access their City email and the City’s website while abroad.

Staff noted that accessing City email from outside the country poses a security risk and added that the City’s website should remain accessible overseas. Staff will investigate the matter further.

8.c
November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 17

Council requested additional information on the associated risks and available options for email access.

Closed Sessions Memos.

Mayor McDowell requested that materials for closed session items be provided in advance of the meeting to allow time for review and consideration. The goal is to receive them on the same day the packet is published; if that is not feasible, staff should communicate the anticipated delivery date.

Brown Act and Photographs.

To ensure continued compliance with the Brown Act, the Council directed staff to include peershared informational materials on upcoming discussion topics in the Council packet or, when appropriate, in the Council newsletter, instead of distributing them via email.

City Scheduling of Public Events.

Mayor McDowell requested that staff be mindful of significant religious and cultural observances when scheduling public meetings and events.

Usage of AI in Workflow.

Mayor McDowell encouraged staff to continue exploring ways to utilize artificial intelligence and to review best practices for its use.

Emergency Preparedness Exercises.

Mayor McDowell requested that the Council be included in emergency preparedness discussions to ensure they are informed and prepared for such events.

Public Educational Videos.

Mayor McDowell requested that staff consult with the City Council when developing educational videos to ensure questions they frequently receive are addressed.

5. ADJOURNMENT
The meeting adjourned at 5:50 p.m.

Crystal Mui
City Clerk

8.c
November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 18

CITY COUNCIL

STAFF REPORT
MEETING DATE: November 10, 2025
ITEM TITLE: Adopt a Resolution Approving the Plans and Specifications for the Library Makerspace Project; Authorizing a Call for Bids; and Authorizing the Execution of an Agreement with the San Mateo County Library Joint Powers Authority.

RECOMMENDATION:

Staff recommend that the City Council adopt a Resolution approving the plans and specifications for the Library Makerspace Project (“Project”); authorizing a call for bids; and authorizing the execution of an agreement with the San Mateo County Library Joint Powers Authority (“Library JPA”).

FISCAL IMPLICATIONS:

There is no fiscal impact to the City.

The Project is estimated to cost $760,655 and is fully funded through a combination of funds including current year San Mateo County Libraries revenue and an anticipated pledge from the Friends of the San Carlos Library. The allocation in San Mateo County Libraries’ budget and approval by the JPA Governing Board means that the City does not need to use City funds for this project. However, it will impact the calculation at the end of the year regarding surplus restricted trust funds allocable to San Carlos. Current year expenditures will increase owing to this project, likely reducing the amount of excess funds available for use by the City in fiscal year 2026-27. Since the project is funded by the aforementioned sources, any changes to the scope will be brought to the Library staff for concurrence and/or change order approval.

BACKGROUND AND ANALYSIS:

The Library JPA Governing Board approved a Makerspace Master Plan in September 2017 that has served as a roadmap for developing community spaces that foster curiosity, creativity, and learning. This plan was created after an extensive community engagement process that included input from the San Carlos community and the Friends of the San Carlos Library. Over the past seven years, San Mateo County Libraries have opened dedicated makerspaces in four of its community libraries: Half Moon Bay (2018), Brisbane (2020), Atherton (2022), and Millbrae (2024).

In June of 2023, San Mateo County Libraries and City staff began discussing a conceptual plan for adding a makerspace to the San Carlos Library. In November 2023, the Library hired WRNS Studio architectural firm and launched a local community engagement process to develop a makerspace conceptual design that would meet community needs and interests. A task force,

8.d
November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 19
comprised of Library staff, City staff, and members of the Friends of the San Carlos Library, helped develop a conceptual design that features community interests, including 3D printing, sewing machines, and a laser cutter. The makerspace design is now complete and has been reviewed and approved by the City. The project is ready to move from concept to construction.

The project will involve renovating a 1,000-square-foot space on the second floor of the library.

This renovation will include installing new resilient flooring, cabinets with a sink, a new exhaust fan for the laser cutters, and solar tube lighting. The innovative space will feature modern furniture, a creative work counter, cutting-edge technology, cozy lounge areas, a writable wall, and a digital screen for brainstorming and instruction. The design also incorporates light elements inspired by the library's rotunda dome, blending functionality with aesthetic appeal.

Under the Library JPA Agreement, San Mateo County Libraries is responsible for library operations, including staffing, services, programs, collections, furniture, fixtures, and equipment.

Member cities are responsible for facility maintenance and repair, which include utility, janitorial, and facility improvement costs, including capital projects.

The City of San Carlos is finalizing an agreement with the Library JPA regarding construction and construction management for the Makerspace Project. The agreement will clearly define the responsibilities of both parties, specifying that the City will issue a request for proposals (RFP) to select a contractor for the construction of the Makerspace. This includes holding the contract with the construction contractor. The City will also oversee construction management of the makerspace including establishing regular project meetings, maintaining meeting documentation, tracking and coordinating requests for information (RFIs), and ensuring the construction contractor meets established project milestones, timelines, and budget. Although the project will be between the City and the contractor, the contractor will bill the Library JPA directly.

Together, the San Mateo County Libraries and the City of San Carlos will provide a place where the community can develop timeless STEAM (Science, Technology, Engineering, Arts, and Mathematics) skills through educational activities that promote problem-solving, critical thinking, creativity, and curiosity.

Next Steps
Subject to Council approval of the specifications, staff will finalize and execute the agreement with the Library JPA and then will issue the Call for Bid Proposals by January 30, 2026.

ALTERNATIVES:

The alternatives available to the City Council include:

1. Adopt a Resolution approving the plans and specifications for the Library Makerspace Project, authorizing a call for bids, and authorizing the execution of an agreement with the Library JPA; or

2. Do not adopt the Resolution; or

3. Provide staff with alternative direction.

8.d
November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 20
Respectfully submitted by:

Chris Valley, Building Official; and
Crystal Mui, City Clerk
Approved for submission by:
_______________________
Jeff Maltbie, City Manager
ATTACHMENT(S):

1. Resolution

2. Makerspace Plans

3. Makerspace Specifications

8.d
November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 21
RESOLUTION NO. 2025 – ____

A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF SAN CARLOS

APPROVING THE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE LIBRARY MAKERSPACE PROJECT; AUTHORIZING A CALL FOR BIDS; AND AUTHORIZING THE EXECUTION OF

AN AGREEMENT WITH THE SAN MATEO COUNTY LIBRARY
JOINT POWERS AUTHORITY.

WHEREAS, the San Mateo County Library Joint Powers Authority (“Library JPA”) Governing Board approved a Makerspace Master Plan in September 2017 that has served as a roadmap for developing community spaces that foster curiosity, creativity, and learning; and WHEREAS, in June of 2023, San Mateo County Libraries and City staff began discussing a conceptual plan for adding a makerspace to the San Carlos Library; and WHEREAS, the project is estimated to cost $760,655 and is fully funded through a combination of funds including current year San Mateo County Libraries revenue and an anticipated pledge from the Friends of the San Carlos Library; and WHEREAS, in November 2023, the Library hired WRNS Studio architectural firm and launched a local community engagement process to develop a makerspace conceptual design that would meet community needs and interests; and
WHEREAS, a task force, comprised of Library staff, City staff, and members of the Friends of the San Carlos Library, helped develop a conceptual design; and WHEREAS, the makerspace design is now complete and has been reviewed and approved by the City. The project is ready to move from concept to construction; and WHEREAS, the City of San Carlos and the Library JPA have drafted an agreement regarding construction management for the Makerspace Project that will define the responsibilities of both parties.

NOW, THEREFORE BE IT RESOLVED, that the San Carlos City Council hereby approves the plans and specifications for the Library Makerspace Project; authorizes a call for bids; and authorizes the execution of an agreement with the Library JPA. * * * * *
I, City Clerk Crystal Mui, hereby certify that the foregoing Resolution was duly and regularly passed and adopted by the City Council of the City of San Carlos at a scheduled meeting thereof held on the 10th day of November 2025, by the following vote:

AYES, COUNCILMEMBERS:

NOES, COUNCILMEMBERS:

ABSENT, COUNCILMEMBERS:

8.d
November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 22
________________________________
CITY CLERK of the City of San Carlos
APPROVED:
___________________________
MAYOR of the City of San Carlos

8.d
November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 23
5 4

SAN FRAN CISCO
CALIFORNIA 94107
415. 489.2 224 TEL415.358.91 00 FAX
WWW W. RNSSTUDIO. OC M
01 SECOND STREET
TH LF OR O STE. , 402
5 4

SAN FRAN CISCO
CALIFORNIA 94107
415. 489.2 224 TEL415.358.91 00 FAX
WWW W. RNSSTUDIO. OC M
01 SECOND STREET
TH LF OR O STE. , 402
PROJECT NO.: DATE ISSUES

MM/DD/YYYY ISSUE NAME
AHJ #

MM/DD/YYYY ISSUE NAMEMM/DD/YYYY ISSUE NAME
REVISION LIST # DATE
San Carlos Library 610 ELM ST. SAN CARLOS, CALIFORNIA 94070

MAKERSPACE PERMIT SET
03/28/2025
San Carlos Library
23035.00
610 ELM ST. SAN CARLOS, CALIFORNIA 94070COVERG-000

STRUCTURAL ONLY

PLAN REVIEW ACCEPTANCE

FOR COMPLIANCE WITH THE APPLICABLE

CALIFORNIA BUILDING, PLUMBING, MECHANICAL,

ELECTRICAL, AND ENERGY CODES AS AMENDED
BY THE JURISDICTION.

PLAN REVIEW ACCEPTANCE OF DOCUMENTS

DOES NOT AUTHORIZE CONSTRUCTION TO

PROCEED IN VIOLATION OF ANY FEDERAL,
STATE, NOR LOCAL REGULATION.

BY: ___________________ DATE: _________________ WEST COAST CODE CONSULTANTS, INC. (WC3) Donald Zhao 05/23/2025 JOB COPY
November 10, 2025

LICENSED
A

RCHITECT
STATE
OF
C

ALIFORNIA

PAULINE SOUZA
NO. C24532
REN. 8/31/25
54S

ANFRANCISCO
CALIFORNIA94107
415.489.2224TEL
415.358.9100FAX
WWW.WRNSSTUDIO.COM
01SECONDSTREET
THFLOOR,STE.402
54S

ANFRANCISCO
CALIFORNIA94107
415.489.2224TEL
415.358.9100FAX
WWW.WRNSSTUDIO.COM
01SECONDSTREET
THFLOOR,STE.402
SHEET NO:

SHEET TITLE:

ISSUES DATE
PROJECT NO.:

DATE:

SCALE:

If this drawing is not 30"x42", then the drawing has been revised from its original size.

Noted scales must be adjusted. This line should be equal to one inch KEYPLAN # REVISION LIST DATE
5/19/2025 2:16:22 PM
23035.00

DRAWING INDEX,

PROJECT DIRECTORY,

PROJECT INFO
G-001
05/19/2025
San Carlos Library
610 ELM ST. SAN CARLOS, CALIFORNIA 94070

MAKERSPACE PERMIT

RESUBMISSION
05/19/2025

APPLICABLE CODES & AGENCIES PROJECT INFO PROJECT DIRECTORY DRAWING SHEET INDEX

VICINITY MAP LOCATION MAP

ARCHITECT

MECHANICAL

WRNS STUDIO
501 SECOND STREET
SUITE 402
SAN FRANCISCO, CA 94107
415-489-2224

ELECTRICAL

STRUCTURAL

PLUMBING

MAR STRUCTURAL DESIGN
2332 FIFTH ST. SUITE D
BERKELEY, CA 94710
510-991-1101
INTERFACE ENGINEERING INC.
1999 HARRISON STREET, SUITE 550
OAKLAND, CA 94612
415-489-7240
INTERFACE ENGINEERING INC.
1999 HARRISON STREET, SUITE 550
OAKLAND, CA 94612
415-489-7240
INTERFACE ENGINEERING INC.
1999 HARRISON STREET, SUITE 550
OAKLAND, CA 94612
415-489-7240

THE INTENT OF THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS IS TO CONSTRUCT REFERENCED PROJECT IN ACCORDANCE WITH CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS TITLE 24. SHOULD ANY

CONDITION DEVELOP NOT COVERED BY THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS WHEREIN THE FINISHED WORK WILL NOT COMPLY WITH SAID CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS TITLE 24, A CHANGE

ORDER DETAILING AND SPECIFYING THE REQUIRED WORK SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO AND APPROVED BY THE AGENCY HAVING JURISDICTION BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK.

CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS (CCR)
2022 CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE - PART 2, TITLE 24, CCR
(BASED UPON 2021 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE)
2022 CALIFORNIA ELECTRICAL CODE - PART 3, TITLE 24, CCR (BASED UPON 2020 NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE)
2022 CALIFORNIA MECHANICAL CODE - PART 4, TITLE 24, CCR (BASED UPON 2021 UNIFORM MECHANICAL CODE )
2022 CALIFORNIA PLUMBING CODE - PART 5, TITLE 24, CCR
(BASED UPON 2021 UNIFORM PLUMBING CODE)
2022 CALIFORNIA ENERGY CODE - PART 6, TITLE 24, CCR
2022 CALIFORNIA FIRE CODE - PART 9, TITLE 24, CCR
(BASED UPON 2021 INTERNATIONAL FIRE CODE)

PROJECT LOCATION
610 ELM ST. SAN CARLOS, CA 94070

PROJECT SUMMARY
PROJECT SCOPE TO INCLUDE THE INTERIOR RENOVATION OF APPROXIMATLY 1,000

SQFT OF TENANT SPACE ON THE SECOND FLOOR TO BE CONVERTED TO A MAKER SPACE FOR THE LIBRARY. SPACE WILL BE USED BY THE LIBRARY PATRONS FOR A RANGE OF ACTIVITIES RELATED TO MAKING AND CRAFT.
0' 100' 200' 1000' 0' 500' 1000' 2000'

PROJECT SITE PROJECT SITE

TECHNOLOGY
INTERFACE ENGINEERING INC.
1999 HARRISON STREET, SUITE 550
OAKLAND, CA 94612
415-489-7240
SHEET # SHEET NAME REV
00 GENERAL
G-000 COVER
G-001 DRAWING INDEX, PROJECT DIRECTORY, PROJECT INFO
G-003 GENERAL NOTES, ARCHITECTURAL SYMBOLS AND

ABBREVIATIONS
3 01 STRUCTURAL
S-001 STRUCTURAL NOTES, ROOF PLAN, DETAILS 1
02 ARCHITECTURAL
A-102 SECOND FLOOR PLAN, EQUIPMENT PLAN, FURNITURE PLAN,

DEMO PLAN
A-103 SECOND FLOOR RCP, ROOF PLAN
A-501 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS
A-601 INTERIOR PARTITION SCHD AND DETAILS
A-602 ROOF AND CEILING DETAILS
A-651 STANDARD CASEWORK SCHEDULE, DETAILS
A-652 CASEWORK DETAILS
A-701 DOOR AND WINDOW SCHEDULE, DOOR AND WINDOW
DETAILS, TYP. MOUNTING HEIGHTS AND CLEARANCES
A-901 FINISH PLAN, FINISH SCHEDULE & DETAILS
A-902 RENDERINGS
10 03 MECHANICAL
M-001 SYMBOL LIST AND GENERAL NOTES - MECHANICAL
M-002 SCHEDULES - MECHANICAL
M-003 TITLE 24- MECHANICAL
M-004 TITLE 24- MECHANICAL
M-101 SECOND FLOOR PRE-BALENCE PLAN - MECHANICAL
M-201 SECOND FLOOR PLANS - MECHANICAL
M-202 ROOF PLAN - MECHANICAL
M-301 DIAGRAMS- MECHANICAL
M-401 DETAILS - MECHANICAL 9
04 PLUMBING
P-001 SYMBOL LIST AND GENERAL NOTES - PLUMBING
P-002 SCHEDULES - PLUMBING
P-201 SECOND FLOOR PLAN - PLUMBING
PD-201 SECOND FLOOR DEMOLITION PLAN - PLUMBING 4
05 ELECTRICAL
E-001 SYMBOL LIST, GENERAL NOTES,LUMINAIRE SCHEDULE, AND

LIGHTING CONTROL MATRIX - ELECTRICAL
E-002 TITLE 24 - ELECTRICAL
E-101 OVERALL SECOND FLOOR PLAN - ELECTRICAL
E-201 ENLARGED SECOND FLOOR PLAN - LIGHTING
E-301 ENLARGED SECOND FLOOR PLAN - POWER
E-302 ROOF PLAN - POWER
E-401 SINGLE LINE DIAGRAMS AND SCHEDULES - ELECTRICAL 7 06_TECHNOLOGY
T-001 SYMBOL LIST AND GENERAL NOTES - TECHNOLOGY
T-201 OVERALL SECOND FLOOR PLAN - TECHNOLOGY
T-301 ENLAREGED SECOND FLOOR PLAN - TECHNOLOGY 3
1 PERMIT RESUBMISSION 05/19/2025

DEFERRED SUBMITTAL ENGINEER SHALL STAMP AND SIGN DRAWINGS AND CALCULATIONS TWO (2) COPIES OF REVIEWED SUBMITTALS, WITH ARCHITECT/ENGINEERS REVIEW STAMP

WILL BE FORWARDED TO THE BUILDING DEPARTMENT FOR APPROVAL LIST OF SUMBITTALS IS AS FOLLOWS:
-FIRE ALARM
-SPRINKLER

DEFERRED SUBMITTAL

1. 2.

3. BUILDING OCCUPANCY GROUP(S): A-3, B
TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION: II-B
SPRINKLERS: YES
NUMBER OF STORIES: 2
OCCUPANT LOAD OF MAKER SPACE: 46
1 BUILDING INFO
November 10, 2025
1C
1D
1A
1B

HEIGHT / ELEVATION DATUM

INDICATES HEIGHT FROM GIVEN POINT

REVISION NUMBER

REVISION SYMBOL

CLOUD INDICATES AREA OF REVISION
2 DETAIL SYMBOL

DETAIL NUMBER

SHEET LOCATION

DETAIL REFERENCE

WALL / BUILDING SECTION

ARROW INDICATES DIRECTION OF CUT

ELEVATION/SECTION SYMBOL

INTERIOR ELEVATION

DETAIL SECTION
A-501
4 A-901

ROOM IDENTIFIER

ROOM NUMBER

ADD (E) IF ROOM IS EXISTING

GRID LINE

GRID SYMBOL

ROOM NAME

GRID DESIGNATION
A101
1 A101
1 SHEET NUMBER

DETAIL NUMBER

ROOM NAME
2508A

MATCHLINE
1 / A-101 DRAWING / SHEET REFERENCE FOR SECTOR PLAN
A101
1 LEVEL 1
0'-0"
A101
1 DETAIL NUMBER

SHEET LOCATION
ALIGN

ALIGN SYMBOL
A
1 KEYNOTE

AESS TRELLIS, SSD
05 70 00.01

DESCRIPTION OF ELEMENT

SPEC SECTION WHERE INFO RELATED TO THIS

ELEMENT CAN BE FOUND

NUMBERS AFTER THE DECIMAL ARE SEQUENTIAL AND

NOT RELATED TO SUB-SECTIONS WITHIN THE SPEC

MATERIAL TAG
GL-07A SYMBOL FOR SCHEDULED MATERIAL,

SEE FINISH SCHEDULE

LICENSED ARCHITECT

STATE OF CALIFORNIA

PAULINE SOUZA
NO. C24532
REN. 8/31/25
5 4

SAN FRAN CISCO
CALIFORNIA 94107
415. 489.2 224 TEL
415.358.91 00 FAX
WWW.WRNSSTUDIO.COM
01 SECOND STREET
TH FLOOR, STE. 402
5 4

SAN FRAN CISCO
CALIFORNIA 94107
415. 489.2 224 TEL
415.358.91 00 FAX
WWW.WRNSSTUDIO.COM
01 SECOND STREET
TH FLOOR, STE. 402
SHEET NO:

SHEET TITLE:

ISSUES DATE
PROJECT NO.:

DATE:

SCALE:

If this drawing is not 30"x42", then the drawing has been revised from its original size.

Noted scales must be adjusted. This line should be equal to one inch

KEYPLAN
# REVISION LIST DATE
1 : 1
3/27/2025 12:58:41 PM
23035.00

GENERAL NOTES,

ARCHITECTURAL

SYMBOLS AND

ABBREVIATIONS
G-003
03/28/2025
San Carlos Library
610 ELM ST. SAN CARLOS, CALIFORNIA 94070
MAKERSPACE PERMIT SET 03/28/2025

ARCHITECTURAL ABBREVIATIONS ARCHITECTURAL SYMBOLS GENERAL NOTES

ABV ABOVE

ACC ADA ACCESSIBLE

ACOUS ACOUSTICAL

ACP ACOUSTICAL CEILING PANEL

ACT ACOUSTICAL CEILING TILE

ADDL ADDITIONAL

ADDL ADJUSTABLE

AFF ABOVE FINISH FLOOR

ALT ALTERNATE

ANC ANCHOR

APPROX APPROXIMATE

ARCH ARCHITECT / ARCHITECTURAL

AUTO AUTOMATIC

BD BOARD

BKG BACKING

BLDG BUILDING

BLKG BLOCKING

BOTT BOTTOM

BRKT BRACKET

BTWN BETWEEN

CFCI CONTRACTOR FURNISHED CONTRACTOR INSTALLED

CFOI CONTRACTOR FURNISHED OWNER INSTALLED

CG CORNER GUARD

CH CHANNEL

CJ CONTROL JOINT

CL CENTERLINE

CLG CEILING

CLO CLOSET

CLR CLEAR

COL COLUMN

COMM COMMUNICATION /S

CONC CONCRETE

CONN CONNECTION

CONSTR CONSTRUCTION

CONT CONTINUOUS

CONTR CONTRACTOR

COORD COORDINATE

CORR CORRIDOR

CPT CARPET

CSWK CASEWORK

CTR CENTER / COUNTER

CTSK COUNTERSUNK

DBL DOUBLE

DEMO DEMOLISH / DEMOLITION

DEPT DEPARTMENT

DIA DIAMETER

DIAG DIAGONAL

DIM /S DIMENSION /S

DN DOWN

DO DOOR OPENING

DR DOOR

DSA DIVISION OF STATE ARCHITECT

DTL DETAIL

DWG /S DRAWING /S
(E) EXISTING
E EAST

EA EACH

EAS EACH SIDE

EAW EACH WAY

EF EACH FACE

ELEC ELECTRICAL

EMERG EMERGENCY

ENCL ENCLOSURE

ENGR ENGINEER

EP ELECTRICAL PANEL

EQ EQUAL

EQUIP EQUIPMENT

EXT EXTERIOR

FA FIRE ALARM

FACP FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL

FDC FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTION

FE FIRE EXTINGUISHER

FEC FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET

FF FINISH FLOOR

FG FINISH GRADE

FIN FINISH

FL FLOOR

FO FACE OF

FOF FACE OF FINISH

FOG FACE OF GLASS

FOS FACE OF STUD

FP FIREPROOF /ING

FR FIRE RATED

FSD FIRE SMOKE DAMPER

FSL FIRE SPRINKLER

FSR FIRE SPRINKLER RISER

FT FOOT / FEET

FTG FOOTING

FURR FURRING

FWP FABRIC WRAPPED PANEL

GC GENERAL CONTRACTOR

GEN GENERATOR

GL GLASS / GLAZING

GND GROUND

GR GRADE

GRD GUARD

GWB GYPSUM WALL BOARD

GYP GYPSUM

HAT CH HAT CHANNEL

HC HOLLOW CORE

HDWR HARDWARE

HM HOLLOW METAL

HORIZ HORIZONTAL

HP HIGH POINT

HR HOUR

HSS HOLLOW STRUCTURAL SECTION

HT HEIGHT

IN INCH

INCL INCLUDE /ING

INT INTERIOR

INTER INTERMEDIATE

JT JOINT

LOC LOCATION

LP LOW POINT

LW LIGHT WEIGHT

MAT MATERIAL

MAX MAXIMUM

MECH MECHANICAL

MFR MANUFACTURER

MIN MINIMUM / MINUTE

MISC MISCELLANEOUS

MTD MOUNTED

MTG MOUNTING

MTL METAL
(N) NEW

N NORTH

NIC NOT IN CONTRACT

NO NUMBER

NOM NOMINAL

NR NON-RATED

NTS NOT TO SCALE

O/ OVER

O/H OVERHEAD

OA OVERALL

OC ON CENTER

1. 2.

3. 4.

5. 6.

7. 8.

9. 10.

11. 12.

13. 14.

15. 16.

17. 18.

19. 20.

THE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT IS FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF A COMPLETE AND FULLY FUNCTIONING INSTALLATION. THESE DOCUMENTS DESCRIBE THE DESIGN INTENT AND SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS OF THE INSTALLATION. THESE DOCUMENTS DO NOT INTEND TO SHOW EVERY ITEM REQUIRED TO CONSTRUCT THE WORK. ITEMS SUCH AS FASTENERS CONNECTORS,

FILLERS, MISCELLANEOUS CLOSURE ELEMENTS, ANCILLARY CONTROL WIRING AND POWER

WHERE REQUIRED FOR THE CONTROL OR OPERATION FO THE PROVIDED EQUIPMENT ARE NOT ALWAYS SHOWN BUT ARE CONSIDERED INCLUDED IN THE SCOPE OF THE WORK. IT IS THE

RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE A FULLY FUNCTIONING INSTALLATION

WHICH MEETS THE DESIGN INTENT, INCLUDING THE SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED IN THESE DOCUMENTS.

ALL WORK SHOWN, NOTED OR DETAILED IS NEW, EXCEPT WHERE INDICATED AS EXISTING OR AS EXISTING TO REMAIN.

THESE DOCUMENTS DESCRIBE A SINGLE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT. THE USE OF SUBCONTRACTORS IS THE ELECTION OF THE CONTRACTOR. THESE DOCUMENTS DO NOT INTEND TO DIVIDE THE WORK AMONG THE CONTRACTOR'S SUBCONTRACTORS. WHERE THE DOCUMENTS DO IDENTIFY WORK WHICH IS "NOT IN MECHANICAL WORK" OR "NOT IN ELECTRICAL WORK" IT MEANS THAT THE WORK IS NOT FURTHER DESCRIBED OR SPECIFIED IN THE MECHANICAL OR ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS OR SPECIFICATIONS. IT DOES NOT PRECLUDE THE CONTRACTOR FROM DELEGATING THE WORK TO THE ENTITIES OF HIS ELECTION. IN ADDITION

THE DIVISION OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS INTO ARCHITECTURAL, STRUCTURAL

MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL, AND OTHER DESIGN DISCIPLINES NEITHER DIVIDES THE WORK

BETWEEN THE CONTRACTOR'S SUBCONTRACTOR NOR IMPLIES THAT ALL OF THE WORK FOR THOSE DISCIPLINES IS SHOWN ONLY IN THOSE DRAWINGS OR SPECIFICATIONS.

CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND EXISTING CONDITIONS AT THE SITE

AND SHALL REPORT ANY DISCREPANCIES IN WRITING TO THE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER BY THE

MEANS OF AN REQUEST FOR INFORMATION (RFI) OR AS PART OF THE APPLICABLE SHOP DRAWINGS OR SUBMITTALS.

SPECIFIC ITEMS NOTED TO BE VERIFIED OR FIELD VERIFIED ARE REQUIRED TO BE VERIFIED PRIOR TO ORDERING MATERIALS OR PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK.

CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL INCIDENTAL WORK NECESSARY TO COMPLETE THE INSTALLATION OF NEW WORK. THIS INCLUDES, BUT IS NOT LIMITED TO, THE REMOVAL AND/OR

REINSTALLATION OF ALL EXISTING ITEMS, OF PORTIONS OF THE EXISTING CONSTRUCTION WHETHER SHOWN OR NOT.

THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE TO HAVE EMERGENCY SHUT-OFF PROCEDURES IN PLACE PRIOR TO START OF CONSTRUCTION. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND ALL

SUBCONTRACTORS SHALL FAMILIARIZE THEMSELVES WITH ALL SHUT-OFF VALVE LOCATIONS ON THE SITE AND HAVE PROPER TOOLS READILY AVAILABLE TO OPERATE VALVES.

IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND THE SUBCONTRACTORS TO REVIEW ALL DRAWINGS, PROJECT MANUAL, ADDENDA, ETC. IN ORDER TO ASSURE THE COORDINATION OF ALL WORK AFFECTING EACH TRADE. FAILURE TO REVIEW AND COORDINATE

ALL CONTRACT DOCUMENTS BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR WITH ALL THE SUBCONTRACTORS

FOR APPLICABLE ITEMS OF THE WORK SHALL NOT RELIEVE THE RESPONSIBLE PARTY FROM PERFORMING ALL WORK SO REQUIRED AS PART OF THE CONTRACT.

THE PROJECT MANUAL, WHICH INCLUDES THE GENERAL CONDITIONS, SUPPLEMENTAL

CONDITIONS, AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS, AND THE DRAWINGS ARE COMPLIMENTARY AND TOGETHER DESCRIBE THE PROJECT REQUIREMENTS. WHERE THERE ARE DISCREPANCIES

BETWEEN THE PROJECT MANUAL AND THE DRAWINGS, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ADVISE THE ARCHITECT AND REQUEST A CLARIFICATION. THE ORDER OF PRECEDENCE BETWEEN THE DRAWINGS AND THE PROJECT MANUAL IS AS DEFINED IN THE PROJECT MANUAL.

THE CONTRACTOR SHALL LAYOUT AND SEQUENCE THE INSTALLATION OF THE WORK SO THAT THE DIFFERENT SYSTEMS DO NOT OBSTRUCT THE INSTALLATION OF SUCCESSIVE WORK. IN

GENERAL, SYSTEMS INSTALLED FIRST SHOULD BE KEPT AS HIGH AND TIGHT TO STRUCTURE AS POSSIBLE SO AS TO LEAVE SPACE AVAILABLE FOR SYSTEMS WHICH FOLLOW.

REFER TO THE SPECIFICATIONS FOR GENERAL INFORMATION, PRODUCTS AND EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS. REQUIREMENTS OF THE SPECIFICATIONS APPLY TO ALL ASPECTS OF THE WORK AND ARE INCLUDED AS ADDITIONAL INFORMATION FOR EACH ITEM SPECIFIED. IF

DISCREPANCIES EXISTING BETWEEN THE SPECIFICATIONS AND DRAWINGS, THE MORE STRINGENT REQUIREMENTS SHALL PREVAIL. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVES OF ANY DISCREPANCIES.

ANY QUESTIONS REGARDING THE COORDINATION OF NEW WORK OR EXISTING CONDITIONS

MUST BE SUBMITTED TO THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE IN WRITING PRIOR TO THE BID SUBMISSION AND WITH ADEQUATE TIME FOR RESPONSE TO ALL BIDDERS. THE OWNER'S

REPRESENTATIVE WILL RESPOND TO QUESTIONS, SUBMITTED IN A TIMELY MANNER, WITH WRITTEN CLARIFICATIONS FORWARDED TO ALL BIDDERS.

THE EXISTING DIMENSIONS AND CONDITIONS SHOWN ON THESE DRAWINGS ARE ASSUMED TO BE ACCURATE BASED ON AVAILABLE INFORMATION. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL, PRIOR TO THE

START OF CONSTRUCTION, VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS, PROVIDE A COMPLETE FIELD

LAYOUT ON THE JOB SITE, AND NOTIFY IN WRITING (RFI) TO THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE,

CONSTRUCTION MANAGER, AND ARCHITECT OF ANY DEVIATIONS OR CONFLICTS WITH THESE DRAWINGS.

GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR PROTECTING WORK AREAS AND MATERIALS FROM THEFT, VANDALISM, AND OTHER LOSSES. ALL CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES SHALL BE CONTAINED WITHIN FENCED OR BARRICADED AREAS PER THE GENERAL CONDITIONS.

THE DRAWINGS SHALL NOT BE SCALED. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REFER TO THE DIMENSIONS INDICATED OR THE ACTUAL SIZES OF CONSTRUCTION ITEMS. WHERE NO DIMENSION OR

METHOD OF DETERMINING A LOCATION IS GIVEN, VERIFY CORRECT DIMENSION OR LOCATION WITH THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE PRIOR TO INSTALLATION.

THE DRAWINGS AND REFERENCED DETAILS HAVE BEEN DIMENSIONED IN ORDER TO ESTABLISH THE CONTROL AND GUIDELINES FOR FIELD LAYOUT. WHERE DISCREPANCY EXISTS BETWEEN

THE DRAWING AND THE DETAIL THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE FOR CLARIFICATION PRIOR TO INSTALLATION.

DIMENSIONS ARE TO FACE OF FINISH OR CENTERLINE OF WALL, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.

WHERE DIMENSIONS ARE NOTED TO BE VERIFIED IN THE FIELD (V.I.F.) THE DIMENSION SHOWN IS THE DESIGN BASIS, BUT MAY DIFFER FROM ACTUAL CONDITIONS. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY

THESE DIMENSIONS WHILE LAYING OUT THE WORK AND REPORT ANY DISCREPANCIES

BETWEEN THE DESIGN BASIS AND ACTUAL DIMENSIONS TO THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK. WHERE DIMENSIONS ARE NOTED "±", FIELD DIMENSIONS MAY VARY FROM THE NOTED DIMENSIONS BY MINOR AMOUNTS.

INTERIOR DETAILS ARE KEYED TO THE PLANS AT TYPICAL LOCATIONS. TYPICAL DETAILS APPLY TO ALL LOCATIONS WHICH ARE SIMILAR BUT ARE NOT OTHERWISE DETAILED. THE CONTRACTOR

AND SUBCONTRACTORS ARE RESPONSIBLE TO COORDINATE THE LOCATION OF ALL TYPICAL DETAILS AND INSTALL THE WORK INDICATED. IF DISCREPANCIES EXIST OR QUALIFICATION IS

REQUIRED, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE FOR CLARIFICATION PRIOR TO PROCEEDING.

ABBREVIATIONS ON THIS SHEET APPLY TO THE ENTIRE SET UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.

OD OUTSIDE DIAMETER / DIMENSION

OFCI OWNER FURNISHED CONTRACTOR INSTALLED

OFD OVERFLOW DRAIN

OFF OFFICE

OFOI OWNER FURNISHED OWNER INSTALLED

OH OPPOSITE HAND

OPNG OPENING

OPP OPPOSITE

PENN PENETRATION

PERF PERFORATED

PERIM PERIMETER

PLAS PLASTER

PNL PANEL

PR PAIR

PREFAB PREFABRICATED

PROJ PROJECTION

QTY QUANTITY

REF REFERENCE

REFL REFLECTED

REQ REQUIRED

RESIL RESILIENT

REV REVISION

RM ROOM

S SOUTH

SCHD SCHEDULED

SECT SECTION

SED SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS

SF SQUARE FOOT / FEET

SHT SHEET

SIM SIMILAR

SPAC SPACING

SPEC /S SPECIFICATION /S

SSD SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS

STD STANDARD

STIFF STIFFENER

SUSP SUSPENDED

SY SQUARE YARD

SYM SYMMETRICAL

SYS SYSTEM

T&B TOP AND BOTTOM

THK THICK

TO TOP OF

TYP TYPICAL / TYPICAL UON

UON UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED

VERT VERTICAL

VEST VESTIBULE

VIF VERIFY IN FIELD

W WEST / WIDTH

W/ WITH

W/O WITHOUT

WDW WINDOW

WK WORK

WO WHERE OCCURS

WPT WORKING POINT

WT WEIGHT
E:
003/28/2025 03/18/20252/04/2024
E:
03/28/2025
November 10, 2025
(1/3 DISTANCE =5'-11")
17'-8"
41'-6"

SHEET NOTES

1. 2.

3. 4.

SEE SHEET G-100, FOR OVERALL FIRE LIFE
SAFETY CODE INFORMATION.

FIRE SPRINKLERS NOT REQ. PER EXCEPTION 3

OF THE CONFERENCE ROOM POD

INTEPRETATION DEVELOPED BY BELLVUE
WASHINGTON FIRE DEPARTMENT.

WHERE THE BOOTH HAS AN APPLICABLE
TESTING REPORT ACCOMPANIED BY FULLSCALE FIRE TESTING REPORT SHOWING THE

CEILING SPRINKLERS CONTROL A FIRE

ORIGINATING FROM INSIDE THE BOOTH, AS

ALLOWED BY ICC-ES ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
519 SECTION 6.8.D
TESTING REPORT PROVIDED.

TYPICAL FLOOR ANCHORING DRAWINGS AND
CALCULATIONS PROVIDED BY MANUFACTURER.

SEE DETAILS A-900.2
LEGEND

ROOM NAME

FIRE EXTIGUISHER

CABINET

EXIT SIGN
EXIT

OCCUPANT LOAD AT EXIT

OR EXIT DISCHARGE

ROOM NUMBER

ROOM OCCUPANT LOAD

DOOR MARK
"X" INDICATES

PANIC HARDWARE

INDICATES FIRE RATING
(MINUTES)

DIRECTION OF TRAVEL

REMOTE POINT ON FLOOR

AGGREGATE OCCUPANT

LOAD ALONG PATH

EGRESS PATH OF TRAVEL

ROOM NAME
101
13 2548 X
45 34
41 FEC
1 HR FIRE RATED PARTITION

SPACE DIAGONAL

MEASUREMENT
1/3 OF DIAGONAL

MEASUREMENT
(E) ROOFTOP HVAC UNITS
(E) SKYLIGHT @ ROTUNDA

CHESNUT STREET

ELM STREET

CHERRY STREET
(E) SECOND FLOOR EXT. WALL

APARTMENT BUILDING

CITY HALL

OPEN TO BELOW

RAMP DOWN

RAMP DOWN
(E) PARKING LOT
(E) ACCESSIBLE

ROUTE FROM

PARKING
(E) PARKING

SPACES &

ACCESS STALLS
C.9
D
D.8
E
5 6 7 8
912 SF
20 46
MAKERS
SPACE
132
E
45 SCOPE UNDER SEPERATE PERMIT
FE
NOTE: CITY AGREED TO

RELOCATE (E) FE TO

THIS WALL LOCATION

POLE MTD POLE MTD
22" MIN.
17" MIN.
60" MIN.

TO GROUND
60" MIN.

TO GROUND

BLUE FIELD

WHITE EMBLEM

WHITE TEXT

AREA OF SIGN TO
BE MIN. 70 SQ FT

REFLECTORIZED
SIGN

CONSTRUCTED OF

PORCELAIN STEEL

W/ BEADED TEXT

OR EQUAL
NOTE: ALL ACCESSIBLE

SIGNS SHALL MEET THE

REQUIREMENTS OF

THE ADA AND
CALIFORNIA TITLE 2024

LETTERING SHALL

NOT BE LESS THAN
1" IN HEIGHT
19'-0" MIN.
14'-0"
MIN.
5'-0"
MIN.
9'-0"
2'-0"
(E) 4'-0" WHEEL STOP
ACC. ROUTE NOT
EXCEED 1:50 (2%)

CROSS SLOPE
(E) 3'X3' SYMBOL,

WHEELCHAIR

W/OCCUPANT IN WHITE

ON BLUE BACKGROUND
HANDICAP SIGN MIN. 70
SQ. IN ON POLE FACING
PATH OF TRAVEL W/80"

OF HEAD BELOW SIGN,
SEE 4/G-201.0
(E) CURB
DIAGONAL STRIPES @ 36"
OC
(E) ACCESSIBLE CURB RAMP
10'-5"

WITHIN THE LOADING &

UNLOADING ACCESS

AISLE, PAINT THE WORDS
"NO PARKING IN 12" HIGH
LETTERS MIN.
1'-0"

RAMP UP
(E) DETECTABLE WARNING

MAT W/ TRUNCATED DOMES

TO RUN FULL DEPTH & WIDTH

OF RAMP

GROOVED
BORDER
CONC
WALKWAY 2.3-2.4"

2.3-2.4"
PLAN

ELEVATION
1 1/2" MIN.

DETECTABLE

WARNING MAT

SURFACE SHALL BE
YELLOW & APPROX.

FS 33538 OF

FEDERAL
STANDARD 595C,

PER CBC
11B-705.1.1.3.1

TRUNCATED
DOMES
TOP DIA.
.45-.47"
BASE DIA.
.9-.92"

0.2" TALL

LICENSED ARCHITECT

STATE OF CALIFORNIA

PAULINE SOUZA
NO. C24532
REN. 8/31/25
5 4

SAN FRAN CISCO
CALIFORNIA 94107
415. 489.2 224 TEL
415.358.91 00 FAX
WWW.WRNSSTUDIO.COM
01 SECOND STREET
TH FLOOR, STE. 402
5 4

SAN FRAN CISCO
CALIFORNIA 94107
415. 489.2 224 TEL
415.358.91 00 FAX
WWW.WRNSSTUDIO.COM
01 SECOND STREET
TH FLOOR, STE. 402
SHEET NO:

SHEET TITLE:

ISSUES DATE
PROJECT NO.:

DATE:

SCALE:

If this drawing is not 30"x42", then the drawing has been revised from its original size.

Noted scales must be adjusted. This line should be equal to one inch

KEYPLAN
# REVISION LIST DATE
As indicated
3/18/2025 9:54:06 AM
23035.00

FIRE LIFE SAFETY PLANS
G-201
03/18/2025
San Carlos Library
610 ELM ST. SAN CARLOS, CALIFORNIA 94070
MAKERS SPACE PERMIT SET 03/18/2025
1 1" = 20'-0"

SITE PLAN
2 1/8" = 1'-0"

SECOND FLOOR MAKERS SPACE - OCCUPANT LOAD
4 1 1/2" = 1'-0"

EXISTING ACCESSIBLE PARKING
SINAGE
3 1/4" = 1'-0"

EXISTING ACCESSIBLE PARKING
STALL
5 6" = 1'-0"

EXISTING ACCESSIBLE WARMING
MAT
E:
003/28/2025 03/18/20252/04/2024
E:
03/28/2025
November 10, 2025
(E) BEAM OR JOIST BELOW

PLAN LEGEND
(E) STL COLUMN BELOW

BEAM OR JOIST BELOW

SLEEPER/CURB
5 6
C.9
D
D.8
E
26' - 5 3/8"
4' - 6" 24' - 6" 3' - 3"
S-001
3 S-001
2 (E)W21x44
(E)W21x44
(E)W21x44
(E)W21x44 (E)W24x62 (E)W24x62 (E)W33x118 (E)W33x118
(E) 14" TJL @ 24", TYP. U.ON.

OPNG FOR SOLATUBE

CAPTURE ZONE, LOCATE
BTWN (E) JOISTS.;
TYP. OF (4)
18½"x18½"
MECH. OPNG
S-001
2 Sim 2C
S-001
(E) 3/4" T&G

PLYWD SHTG
(E) HIGH ROOF

ABOVE NOT SHOWN
3C
S-001
9' - 4" 1' - 9 1/2"
VIF
7' - 7" 10' - 0"
VIF
6' - 11"
TYP.

DELIVERY ZONE IN CEILING BELOW,
S.A.D. FOR EXACT LOCATIONS,
TYP. OF (4)
(E)W18x35

STRAPS &

SLEEPERS
PER 2A&
2B/S-001
6 (6)A34 TO (E) TJL
W/ #9x1½" SD @
EA. 4x6
.

SLEEPER TO

BEAR FULLY ON
(E) TJL EA. END

REMOVE & REPLACE (E)
ROOFING, S.A.D.
3C
S-001
(E)W21x44
4x6 FLAT SLEEPER

PLAN - BASE A
DBL 2x6 STUD
W/A34 EA. SIDE. T&B
W/ #9x1½" SD,
TYP U.O.N.
® ISOLATORS ABV
® ISOLATORS ABV
4x6 FLAT SLEEPER
4x4 BLKG T&B W/
2-8d TOENAILS E.F.,
TYP.
1/2" PLYWD
W/ 10d @ 6" EDGE NAILING
& 10d @ 12" FIELD NAILING,
TYP. (4) FACES
(2)2x6 @ CORNERS
W/ 4-8d TOENAILs
T&B
(E) 14" TJL @ 24"
TYP.
6"

SOLARTUBE SUPPORT

FRAMING,
SEE . 2 / S-001
(E) 14" TJL
@ 24"
2x4 FLAT,

CUT TO FIT SNUG,

INSTALL FROM BELOW
(E) PLYWOOD,
TYP. OF (6)
CS14x6'-0"
EA. SIDE
1' - 8 1/2"
VIF
1' - 8 1/2"

EDGE OF (N)

OPNG IN (E)
3/4" PLYWD
10d @ 4" @
EDGES
2C
S-001

REMOVE &

REPLACE (E)

ROOFING,
S.A.D.

OPENING A
1' - 0" 1' - 0"
6' - 4"

SECTION C
(E) 14" TJL @ 24"
BLKG
PER "A"
STRAP PER "A"

SLEEPERS AND
HARDWARE PER "B"
S.A.D. FOR EXACT LOCATION OF

DELIVERY ZONE IN CEILING

SOLAR TUBE,
S.A.D.

T.O. (E) PLYWD
VIF

CEILING
S.A.D.
3' - 10 5/8"
.
26"x26" PREFAB CURB,
S.A.D.

ROOFING, S.A.D.
2' - 2"
2C
S-001
6x RIPPED TO

MATCH HEIGHT OF
(E) INSULATION,
4" TO 6" VIF
A34, TYP. OF (4)
A34, TYP. OF (4)
NOTE: SEE "A" FOR INFO NOT SHOWN.

CURB SUPPORT B
(E) 14" TJL
@ 24"
6 CENTER SLEEPERS

ON PANEL POINTS

OF (E) TJL BELOW

SECTION B
T.O. (E) PLYWD
VIF
EF-1 W/ SPRING ISOLATORS,
S.M.D.

ROOFING, S.A.D.

NOTE: "SEE "A" & "B" FOR INFO NOT SHOWN.

PER . 2 / S-001
(E) W21x44
1' - 7"

PLYWD SPAN,
TYP @ (4) SIDES
1/2" PLYWOOD SHEATHING
W/10d @ 6" EDGE NAILING &
10d @ 12" FIELD NAILING
6 3C
S-001
SPRING

ISOLATOR,
S.M.D.,
TYP. OF (4)
250# EF-1

EXHAUST FAN,
S.M.D.
(E)W21x44
4x6 FLAT4x6 FLAT

PLYWOOD

SHEATHING ABOVE

NOT SHOWN FOR

CLARITY
W/ MECH.

COORDINATE
PLAN - PLATFORM B 8"
4x6 FLAT
W/(4)A34
4x6 FLAT
W/(4)A34
4x4 BLKG T&B W/
2-8d TOENAILS E.F.,
TYP.
5 4

S AN FRAN CISCO
CALIFORNIA 94107
415. 489.2 224 TEL
415.358.91 00 FAX
WWW W. RNSSTUDIO. OC M
01 SECOND STREET
TH LF ORO STE., 402
5 4

S AN FRAN CISC O
CALIFORNIA 94107
415. 489.2224 TEL
415.358.9100 FAX
WWW W. RNSSTUDIO. OC M
01 SECOND STREET
TH LF ORO STE., 402
5 4

S AN FRAN CISC O
CALIFORNIA 94107
415. 489.2224 TEL
415.358.9100 FAX
WWW W. RNSSTUDIO. OC M
01 SECOND STREET
TH LF ORO STE., 402
SHEET NO:

SHEET TITLE:

ISSUES DATE
PROJECT NO.:

DATE:

SCALE:

If this drawing is not 30"x42", then the drawing has been revised from its original size.

Noted scales must be adjusted. This line should be equal to one inch

KEYPLAN
# REVISION LIST DATE
As indicated
3/13/2025 5:41:32 PM
23,036.00

STRUCTURAL NOTES,

ROOF PLAN, DETAILS
S-001
02/25/2025
San Carlos Library
610 ELM ST. SAN CARLOS, CALIFORNIA 94070
MAKERS SPACE PERMIT SET 02/25/2025

PLAN NOTES
1 SEE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR ALL DIMENSIONS, FINISH FLOOR ELEVATIONS, SLOPE AND DRAINAGE NOT SHOWN.
2 ALL (E) DIMENSIONS TO BE VERIFIED IN FIELD.
3 CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS AND NOTIFY EOR OF DISCREPANCIES PRIOR TO BEGINNING WORK.

S-001 1/4" = 1'-0"
1 ROOF PLAN

STRUCTURAL NOTES
DIVISION 01: GENERAL CONDITIONS
SECTION A: GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

1. These Structural Notes apply to the San Carlos Library Maker Space in San Carlos, CA.

2. All work shall conform to the 2022 California Building Code, as modified by state and local jurisdiction.

3. These Structural Notes supplement the Project Specifications, and provide design loads and material properties not listed in the Project Specifications.

4. These structural drawings are copyrighted instruments of service of Mar Structural Design (MSD), for sole use for this project.

5. The Structural Drawings show the structural features. Some dimensions and elevations are defined on the Architectural Drawings. See Architectural and other project drawings for finishes, curbs, openings, inserts and other features that need to be coordinated with these drawings.

6. In the event of conflict between these structural notes, the project specifications and the drawings, consult with the Architect before proceeding.

7. Verify all existing conditions and dimensions. Compare structural drawings with architectural, mechanical, and electrical and plumbing drawings before commencing work. Notify Architect of any discrepancies and do not proceed with affected work until they are resolved. In the case of conflict between the drawings and the specifications, the most costly option to the Contractor applies unless otherwise expressly allowed by the Architect’s response to RFI.

8. All work shown is new unless called out as existing (E).

9. Do not scale the drawings to determine dimensions, instead use written dimensions. Where no dimension is provided, consult with the Architect for clarification before proceeding with the work. Where member locations are not specifically dimensioned, members are either located on column lines, or equally spaced between members on column lines or between members otherwise located.

10. The Contractor and Special Inspector shall contact the Architect and Structural Engineer regarding any questions of interpretation of these specifications and drawings.

12. Safety Measures:

1. Contractor is solely and completely responsible for job site conditions including safety of people and property, and for all necessary independent engineering reviews of these conditions.

13. Any openings, holes, cuts or discontinuities not shown on the structural drawings and extending into or through structural elements require Engineer’s prior approval and may require special structural detailing.

DIVISION 06: WOOD
SECTION 06 10 00: ROUGH CARPENTRY

1. Wood connector call-outs on the Drawings refer to Simpson Strong-Tie Connectors unless otherwise noted. See Specifications regarding possible substitution of other manufacturer’s connectors may only be used if approved as an equal or better substitution, substantiated by evaluation service reports and Simpsonequivalent reference numbers and labels. Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings:

1. Fill all fastener holes with the maximum number, diameter and length of fasteners (nails, bolts, etc.).

2. Grading:

Item
Studs
Grade
No. 2
Posts, Beams & Timbers (≥4x)
Sill & Top Plates
Joists & Stringers
Ledgers
No. 2
No. 2
No. 2
Blocking & Nailers
Plates & Misc.

No. 2 or Construction
No. 2

3. Refer to minimum fastening schedule in CBC Table 2304.10.1, except where more restrictive requirements are given on the drawings.

1. All framing lumber shall be Douglas Fir-Larch graded per WCLIB Grading Rules. All lumber shall be surfaced dry (SD, MC 19 or less) or kiln dried (KD, MC 19 or less). MC = Maximum moisture content at initial use, in percent.

2. For straps where manufacturer offers nailed or bolted alternatives, install nails.

2. All machine bolts through wood shall be ASTM A307, installed through holes 1/16 inch larger than diameter of bolt. Provide washers under all bolt heads and nuts bearing on wood. Provide malleable iron washers (ASTM A47) unless otherwise shown on the drawings. Provide standard steel cut washers (ASTM F844) only where specifically allowed on the drawings.

3. All wood and wood products in contact with concrete or masonry shall be pressuretreated. Species and grade for pressure-treated products shall match that specified for untreated similar lumber or wood products (i.e., pressure-treated Hem-Fir may not be substituted for pressure-treated Douglas-Fir), unless otherwise noted on the drawings.

4. Corrosion-resistant fasteners and washers shall be used where exposed to weather or soil, or in contact with pressure-preservative-treated or fire-retardanttreated wood. Refer to the Specifications for additional requirements.

SECTION 06 11 00: FRAMING LUMBER
No. 1

5. Framing members and sheathing noted "P.T." shall be preservative treated to AWPA UC3B u.o.n.

4. Fire-Treated Lumber: Dricon (ICC ESR-4584) by Arch Wood Production, Inc., or Pyro-Guard (UL ER7002-01) by Hoover Treated Wood PRoducts, Inc., or approved equal or better substitution. Minimum strength reduction factor of 0.95 for Douglas Fir-Larch framing and 0.9 for connections for minimum temperature of 150°. Fire-retardant treated members shall be unincised.

S-001 1" = 1'-0"
3 EXHAUST FAN SUPPORT FRAMING
S-001 1" = 1'-0"
2 SOLAR TUBE OPENING & CURB

2. Roof sheathing:

1. APA-rated sheathing, Exposure 1, unless otherwise noted on the drawings.

2. Plywood per DOC PS-1 (not OSB per DOC PS-2).

3. 15/32” (1/2” nominal) thickness, unless otherwise shown on the drawings.

4. All roof sheathing nails shall be deformed shank.

SECTION 06 12 00: WOOD STRUCTURAL PANELS: PLYWOOD

3. Fire-treated plywood:

1. Dricon (ICC ESR-4584) by Arch Wood Protection, Inc., or Pyro-Guard FRT (UL ER7002-01) by Hoover Treated Wood Products, Inc., or equal or better substitution. Minimum strength reduction factor of 0.9 for connections for minimum temperature of 150°.

STRUCTURAL ABBREVIATIONS

ABV ABOVE

BLKG BLOCKING

BTWN BETWEEN
(E) EXISTING

EA EACH
E.F. EACH FACE

INFO INFORMATION

MECH MECHANICAL
(N) NEW

OPNG OPENING

PLYWD PLYWOOD

REQ'D REQUIRED
S.A.D. SEE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS
S.M.D. SEE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS

STL STEEL

T&B TOP AND BOTTOM

TYP TYPICAL
& AND
@ AT
# POUND

1. Wall sheathing:

1. APA-rated CDX, Exposure 1, unless otherwise noted on the drawings.

2. Plywood meeting DOC PS-1.

3. Thickness: 15/32” (1/2” nominal), unless otherwise shown on the drawings.

6. Pre-drill holes when fastening into (E) TJI.
03/18/2025
E:
003/28/2025 03/18/20252/04/2024
E:
03/28/2025

PLAN REVIEW ACCEPTANCE

FOR COMPLIANCE WITH THE APPLICABLE

CALIFORNIA BUILDING, PLUMBING, MECHANICAL,

ELECTRICAL, AND ENERGY CODES AS AMENDED
BY THE JURISDICTION.

PLAN REVIEW ACCEPTANCE OF DOCUMENTS

DOES NOT AUTHORIZE CONSTRUCTION TO

PROCEED IN VIOLATION OF ANY FEDERAL,
STATE, NOR LOCAL REGULATION.

BY: ___________________ DATE: _________________ WEST COAST CODE CONSULTANTS, INC. (WC3 )
Donald Zhao 05/23/2025 JOB COPY

8.d
November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 28
UP
C.9
D
D.8
E
5 6

INFORMAL

COLLABORATION ZONE
20 MIN RATED PTD DOOR

WITH VISION LITE
7'-0 1/2"

WHITEBOARD WITH

STORAGE BELOW

BENCH SEATING

WITH STORAGE
BELOW

CLOSED LOCKABLE

STORAGE WITH

WRITABLE SURFACE
DOORS

ADJUSTABLE

SHELVES / DISPLAY

PORTALS WITH

STORAGE BELOW

LOCKABLE
26'-5 3/8" V.I.F.
4'-6" 24'-6" 3'-3"

SAFETY ZONE WITH

FIRE EXTINGUISHER,

FIRST AID, ECT
DOUBLE
SINK
E. COLUMN
1 HR RATED WALL
ASSEMBLY @ CORRIDOR
45 MIN RATED WINDOW

ASSEMBLY

BENCH SEATING WITH

STORAGE BELOW
2 A-901
8 A-901
5 A-901
4 3
6 7 A-901

STORAGE CABINET
6'-0"

WET ZONE
10'-4"
MAKERS
SPACE
132
WINDOW
5'-0" V.I.F.

DISPLAY
5'-0" V.I.F.

WINDOW
5'-0" V.I.F.

DISPLAY
5'-0" V.I.F.

ACOUSTIC WALL BY
OTHER. MAINTAIN
STC 62 RATING
ALONG THE WALL.

PROVIDE ACOUSTIC

PUTTY PAD AT

OUTLETS
12'-0"

PROTOTYPING ZONE
15'-8"
A3Z-A
1A3Z-A
1A3Z-A
A3Z
132A

NEW RECESSED
FLOOR BOX. NOTE

EXISTING SLAB IS PT

SLAB, NEED TO

XRAY BEFORE

LOCATING FLOOR
BOXES
G2X
A-652
13 SEATING AREA
8'-2"

PEGBOARD STORAGE
3'-0" 6'-0"
10'-0"
10'-0"
9'-3"

MAKER EQUIPMENT,

SEE EQUIPMENT
PLAN
(E) COLUMN TO REMAIN
Y
(N) SURFACE

MTD PANEL
'LP2D', SED.

C.9
D
D.8
E
5 6
4'-6" 24'-6" 3'-3"
C2
C2
C2
T1
T1
T1
T1
C1 C1
C1 C1
C1 C1
C1 C1 C1
C1 C1
C1
C1 C1
C1 C1
2 A-901
8 A-901
5 A-901
4 3
6 7 A-901
EQ-1
EQ-2
EQ-3
EQ-4
EQ-5
EQ-6
EQ-7
EQ-8
3D PRINTER WITH

LOCKABLE

MATERIAL STORAGE

AND WASTE BELOW

LASER CUTTER AND

AIR FILTER WITH

LOCKABLE SHEET

STORAGE BELOW

VINYL CUTTER AND

LOCKABLE ROLL

STORAGE BELOW

MONITOR ON CART

WITH CASTERS

LAPTOP & IPAD

STORAGE CART

STORED IN TALL

CABINET
26'-5"
6'-0"
1'-10"
(N) SURFACE

MTD PANEL
'LP2D', SED.

C.9
D
D.8
E
5 6
26'-5 3/8"
4'-6" 24'-6" 3'-3"

REMOVE (E) DOOR TO HALLWAY
(E) COLUMN TO REMAIN
NOTE: CITY AGREED TO LOCATE (E) F.E. &

DEFIBULATOR TO OTHER SIDE OF THE

HALLWAY
7'-3"
1'-3"
1'-7"
REMOVE (E) FURRING. (E)

COLUMN TO REMAIN
LEGEND

EXISTING CONSTRUCTION TO BE

DEMOLISHED

EXISTING CONSTRUCTION TO
REMAIN
2 1/4" = 1'-0"

FLOOR PLAN - MAKERS SPACE
3 1/4" = 1'-0"

FURNITURE AND EQUIPMENT PLAN - MAKERS SPACE

FURNITURE SCHEDULE

MARK CATEGORY QTY MANUFACTURER PRODUCT FINISH LOCATION UPHOLSTERY

UPHOLSTERY

COLOR SIZE VENDOR COMMENTS
C1 ADJUSTABLE

BARSTOOL
16 Andreu World NUEZ - BQ2738 6002 MAKERS SPACE UP-01 0351 MG WEST C2 POUF 3 HBF TRISCAPE UP-01 MAKERS SPACE UP-01 0351 MG WEST T1 BUTCHER BLOCK

WORKSTATION
4 3BRANCH MAKER TABLE TOP: SOLID MAPLE;
BASE: PLATINUM

METALLIC
MAKERS SPACE 60" W x 30" D x
27-42" H

MG WEST ADJUSTABLE HEIGHT MAKER TABLE W/ CASTERS

LICENSED ARCHITECT

STATE OF CALIFORNIA

PAULINE SOUZA
NO. C24532
REN. 8/31/25
5 4

SAN FRAN CISCO
CALIFORNIA 94107
415. 489.2 224 TEL
415.358.91 00 FAX
WWW.WRNSSTUDIO.COM
01 SECOND STREET
TH FLOOR, STE. 402
5 4

SAN FRAN CISCO
CALIFORNIA 94107
415. 489.2 224 TEL
415.358.91 00 FAX
WWW.WRNSSTUDIO.COM
01 SECOND STREET
TH FLOOR, STE. 402
SHEET NO:

SHEET TITLE:

ISSUES DATE
PROJECT NO.:

DATE:

SCALE:

If this drawing is not 30"x42", then the drawing has been revised from its original size.

Noted scales must be adjusted. This line should be equal to one inch

KEYPLAN
# REVISION LIST DATE
As indicated
3/27/2025 12:58:42 PM
23035.00

SECOND FLOOR PLAN,

EQUIPMENT PLAN,

FURNITURE PLAN, DEMO
PLAN
A-102
03/28/2025
San Carlos Library
610 ELM ST. SAN CARLOS, CALIFORNIA 94070
MAKERSPACE PERMIT SET 03/28/2025
1 1/4" = 1'-0"

DEMO PLAN - MAKERS SPACE

EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE

MARK CATEGORY QTY MANUFACTURER PRODUCT BY OWNER COMMENTS EQ-1 3D PRINTER 1 ULTA MAKER ULTIMAKER S5 x
EQ-2 3D PRINTER 1 ULTA MAKER ULTIMAKER S3 x
EQ-3 LASER CUTTER 1 GLOFORGE GLOFORGE PRO x
EQ-4 GLOFORGE AIR
FILTER
1 GLOFORGE GLOFORGE AIR FILTER x
EQ-5 VINYL CUTTER 1 TITAN TITAN 3 x 15" CRAFT; TABLE MOUNT EQ-6
Electric Height
Adjustable Flat
Panel Stand
1 Chief POWERED HEIGHT ADJUSTABLE CART x HEIGHT ADJUSTABLE: 50.8" - 76.3" EQ-7 DEVICE CHARGING
CART
1 BRETFORD CUBE CART x 37.5" H X 24" W X 24" D ; GREY COLOR EQ-8 TV 1 SAMSUNG SAMSUNG 65" NEO SMART QLED TV x 57" W X 35 1/16" H X 10 7/8" D E:
003/28/2025 03/18/20252/04/2024
E:
03/28/2025
November 10, 2025
UP
C.9
D
D.8
E
5 6
SOLATUBE 300DS-C

CLOSED CEILING
(E) ROOF

PARAPET
26'-5 3/8"
4'-6" 24'-6" 3'-3"

VERIFY LOCATION OF

JOISTS IN FIELD
(E) ROOF DRAIN
21 A-602
(E) CLAY TILE
ROOF
1'-8.5 VIF
7'-7" VIF 10'-0" 7'-0"
9'-4" 1'-9 1/2"
5'-0"
6'-4"

REMOVE AND REPLACE
ROOFING AS REQ. FOR
ROOF PENETRATIONS.

SEE DTL

FOR TRANSIITON FROM
(N) ROOFING TO (E)

ROOFING
4'-0"
16'-10"
20 A-602 (E) FLAT ROOF
16 A-602
19 A-602
8'-8"

PROVIDE CRICKETS AS
REQ. VERIFY (E) ROOF
SLOPE
EXHAUST FAN, SMD.
19 / A-602
C.9
D
E
5 6
EUREKA ATOLL 72"

SUSPENDED LIGHTING

FIXTURES

SEE LIGHTING PLAN
HUBBEL

COMMERCIAL

CORD REEL

ROOF PARAPET ABOVE
26'-5 3/8"
3'-3"
7'-0"
CL-03
7'-0"
CL-01
7'-0"
CL-03

MECHOSHADE ECOVEIL
7'-11"
1'-10"
6'-0"
3'-6"
29'-0"
8'-1"
3 A-602
8 A-602
18 A-602
14 A-602
21 A-602
12 A-602
10'-0"
CL-02
7'-0"
CL-03
7'-0"
CL-01
7'-7" 6'-0" 15'-5"
2'-11" 10'-0" 10'-0" 3'-6"
EQ EQ 2'-0" 2'-0" 2'-0"
3'-3" 3'-3"
11" 3'-3"
3'-9" 6" 3'-3" 3'-9" 1'-10"
3'-7" 4'-0" 18'-0" 3'-5"
1'-3" 1'-3"
17 A-602
15 A-602
2'-1"
EQ EQ
EQ EQ
EQ EQ

LEGEND NOTES
CL-02: ACOUSTIC CEILING

TILE, UON

1. 2.

3. 4.

5. 6.

7. 8.

9. LOCATE ALL SPRINKLER HEADS, SMOKE DECTECTORS, SPEAKERS, MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL,

PLUMBING, FIRE ALARM AND OTHER CEILING MOUNTED ITEMS AT THE CENTER OF ACOUSTICAL CEILING TILE PANELS UON.

SPRINKLER DESIGN IS A DEFFERED SUBMITTAL SPRINKLER HEAD SPACING TO BE VERIFIED IN DEFERRED SUBMITTAL.

CENTER CEILING GRID IN ROOM, BOTH DIRECTIONS, UON.

ALIGN EDGES OF RECESSED LINEAR LIGHTING WITH ACOUSTICAL CEILING GRID, UON.

CENTER LINEAR PENDANT LIGHTING ON ACOUSTICAL CEILING GRID, UON.

COVE LIGHTING - VERIFY LENGTHS IN FIELD PRIOR TO INSTALLATION.

SEE TECHNOLOGY PACKAGE FOR TYPES AND QUANTITIES OF EQUIPMENT.

LIGHTING INSTALLER TO COORDINATE IDF ROOM LIGHTING LAYOUT. SEE TECHNOLOGY PACKAGE FOR MORE INFORMATION REGARDING IDF ROOM EQUIPMENT.

SEE A-602 SHEET FOR TYPICAL CEILING DETAILS.

CL-03: PERFERATED MTL CEILING
SUPPLY

DIFFUSER
RETURN

DIFFUSER

EXHAUST

DIFFUSER

ACCESS PANEL

MECHOSHADE ECOVEIL
3% OPEN
10'-6 1/2"
CL-02

CEILING HEIGHT ABOVE

LEVEL DATUM

EXIT SIGN

FOR ACCESS PANELS, DIFFUSERS
& GRILLES NOT SHOWN, SEE

MECHANICAL DRAWINGS
WC-1
PT-03 CEILING TYPE

CEILING FINISH, WO
CL-01: PTD GYPSUM BOARD

CEILING
2 1/4" = 1'-0"

REFLECTED CEILING PLAN -
MAKERS SPACE 1 1/4" = 1'-0"

ROOF PLAN

LICENSED ARCHITECT

STATE OF CALIFORNIA

PAULINE SOUZA
NO. C24532
REN. 8/31/25
5 4

SAN FRAN CISCO
CALIFORNIA 94107
415. 489.2 224 TEL
415.358.91 00 FAX
WWW.WRNSSTUDIO.COM
01 SECOND STREET
TH FLOOR, STE. 402
5 4

SAN FRAN CISCO
CALIFORNIA 94107
415. 489.2 224 TEL
415.358.91 00 FAX
WWW.WRNSSTUDIO.COM
01 SECOND STREET
TH FLOOR, STE. 402
SHEET NO:

SHEET TITLE:

ISSUES DATE
PROJECT NO.:

DATE:

SCALE:

If this drawing is not 30"x42", then the drawing has been revised from its original size.

Noted scales must be adjusted. This line should be equal to one inch

KEYPLAN
# REVISION LIST DATE
As indicated
3/27/2025 12:58:48 PM
23035.00

SECOND FLOOR RCP,

ROOF PLAN
A-103
03/28/2025
San Carlos Library
610 ELM ST. SAN CARLOS, CALIFORNIA 94070
MAKERSPACE PERMIT SET 03/28/2025
E:
003/28/2025 03/18/20252/04/2024
E:
03/28/2025
November 10, 2025
LEVEL 2
14'-0"

CUSTOM PERFERATED

PEGBOARD, W/ ACOUSTIC

BACKING AND ADJUSTABLE
SHELVES; WD VENEER TO
MATCH WD-01
SEE

HUBBEL COMMERCIAL

CORD REEL
9 A-901
11 / A-901
5'-11"
7'-0"
1'-10"
LEVEL 2
14'-0"
7'-0"
GYP-01
SM-01
UP-01

UNDER BENCH STORAGE
WD-01
5 A-652
PT-02
A-652
17 132 Y 8'-0"
5'-6"
LEVEL 2
14'-0"
UP-01 SS-01

TALL LOCKABLE STORAGE
12'-0"

PROTOTYPING ZONE
15'-8"
SM-01 SM-01 SM-01 SM-01

CURVED SOFFIT

FULL HEIGHT LOCKABLE CASEWORK WITH POWER
AND ADJUSTABLE INTERIOR SHELVES; WD-01
WITH SM-01 WRITABLE DOORS

LOCKABLE MATERIAL

STORAGE TO SUPPORT

EQUIP ABOVE
2'-10"

COLLABORATION ZONE
8'-2"
EQ-1
EQ-2
EQ-3
EQ-4 EQ-5
SM-03
WD-01
SM-03
11 A-651
13 A-602
16 A-651
7 A-651
3 A-651
7'-0"
1'-6"
12 A-651
SIM.
5'-2"
LEVEL 2
14'-0"
WD-01
SS-01
2'-10"
10'-0"
EQ-4 EQ-5
SM-03
LEVEL 2
14'-0"

WET ZONE
9'-6 1/4"

DOCKING STATION
6'-0"
7'-0"
WT-01
WD-01
SS-01

DOUBLE SINK

LOCKABLE STORAGE WITH UNDERMOUNT

PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER

TRASH RECEPTICLES
EQ-8
EQ-6
2'-10"
2 A-651
12 A-651
14 A-651
11 A-701
132A
LEVEL 2
14'-0"
GYP-01
WD-01
10'-0"
5 A-901
LEVEL 2
14'-0"
WD-01

EXISTING WINDOW TO REMAIN
PT-02
2'-10"
SS-01

ALL BELOW COUNTER STORAGE LOCKABLE

MECHOSHADE ECOVEIL
A-652
19 2'-0" 11"
11" 1'-6" 11"
1'-0" 1'-6"
1'-6"
1'-0"
6"
EQ-5
1/2" = 1'-0"
1 MAKERS SPACE 132
2 3
5 6
7 LICENSED ARCHITECT

STATE OF CALIFORNIA

PAULINE SOUZA
NO. C24532
REN. 8/31/25
5 4

SAN FRAN CISCO
CALIFORNIA 94107
415. 489.2 224 TEL
415.358.91 00 FAX
WWW.WRNSSTUDIO.COM
01 SECOND STREET
TH FLOOR, STE. 402
5 4

SAN FRAN CISCO
CALIFORNIA 94107
415. 489.2 224 TEL
415.358.91 00 FAX
WWW.WRNSSTUDIO.COM
01 SECOND STREET
TH FLOOR, STE. 402
SHEET NO:

SHEET TITLE:

ISSUES DATE
PROJECT NO.:

DATE:

SCALE:

If this drawing is not 30"x42", then the drawing has been revised from its original size.

Noted scales must be adjusted. This line should be equal to one inch

KEYPLAN
# REVISION LIST DATE
1/2" = 1'-0"
3/27/2025 1:22:09 PM
23035.00

INTERIOR ELEVATIONS
A-501
03/28/2025
San Carlos Library
610 ELM ST. SAN CARLOS, CALIFORNIA 94070
MAKERSPACE PERMIT SET 03/28/2025
003/18/20252/04/2024
E:
03/28/2025
November 10, 2025

PARTITION TYPES
5/8" GYP BD

EA SIDE

MTL STUDS

ACOUSTIC BATT INSULATION

TYPICAL UON

FINISH WO

SEE PARTITION
NOTES
WIDTH

OVERALL

A ONE LAYER EACH SIDE
1A4W-A +7'-2"

STUD SIZE

HEAD/SILL CONDITION
*

ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CONDITION AND/OR

PARTIAL HEIGHT (LEFT BLANK IF NONE)

PARTITION TYPE
RATING

ACOUSTIC ASSEMBLY, STC AS NOTED

WITHOUT GYP BOARD ON ONE SIDE
SPECIAL CONDITIONS:
- = NON RATED
1 = 1 HOUR RATED
RATING CODE:
: EXTEND GYP BD AS INDICATED TO STRUCTURAL ABOVE
HEIGHT CODE:

Z = FULL HEIGHT

PARTITION TAG
0 = 7/8" HAT CHANNEL
1 = 1 5/8" METAL STUD
2 = 2 1/2" METAL STUD
3 = 3 5/8" METAL STUD
4 = 4" METAL STUD
6 = 6" METAL STUD
8 = 8" METAL STUD
STUD SIZE CODE:

A =
B =

SPECIAL CONDITION

PROVIDE FIRE RATED WALL IDENTIFICATION

ABOVE CEILING

PROVIDE PENETRATION IDENTIFICATION LABELS

AT FIRE STOPPING
FIRE RATED PARTITION :

PARTITION DETAILS PARTITION NOTES
5/8" GYP BD

EA SIDE

MTL STUDS

ACOUSTIC BATT INSULATION

TYPICAL UON

G STUD FURRING
WIDTH

OVERALL
NOTE: CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY (E) CORRIDOR STUDS SIZE IS 3 5/8". CORRIDOR WALL

THICKENESS TO MATCH EXISTING
6 / A-601

PARTITION AS SCHEDULED

ACOUSTICAL INSULATION
FASTENER, S.S.D.

SCHD. FLOOR FINISH
1/4"
SEALANT - TYP. @ GYP. BD.
-FIRE BARRIER SEALANT @ OUTSIDE
LAYER OF GYP. BD. @ FIRE RATED

PARTITION
-ACOUSTIC SEALANT @ ACOUSTIC

PARTITIONS
ACOUS. INSUL

PARTITION AS SCHEDULED
(E) COMPOSITE

DECK WITH

INSULATION
CONT. SEALANT @
JOINTS, TYP.
1/2" TYP.

METAL STUD SCHEDULE
REF.: STEEL STUD MANUFACTURER'S ASSOCIATION (ESR #3064P)

NOMINAL
SIZE

CATALOG
SIZE

MINIMUM PROPERTIES
1x in Sx in Ma in-k

INTERIOR STUDS
4 3
250S125-43
362S125-54
400S162-33
400S162-43
400S162-54
600S125-54
800S125-54

0.228

0.661

0.692

0.892

1.098

2.236

4.593

0.182

0.365

0.299

0.417

0.526

0.745

1.148

3.43 9.62

5.91 8.23

10.39 17.34

23.18 INTERIOR TRACKS
2 1/2" x 18 GA
3 5/8" x 16 GA
4" X 20 GA
4" X 18 GA
4" x 16 GA
6" x 16 GA
8" x 16 GA
2-1/2" x 16 GA
2-1/2" x 16 GA
2-1/2" x 16 GA
3-5/8" x 16 GA
3-5/8" x 16 GA
3-5/8" x 16 GA
4" x 16 GA
4" x 16 GA
4" x 16 GA
6" x 16 GA
6" x 16 GA
6" x 16 GA
250T125-54
250T150-54
250T200-54
362T125-54
362T150-54
362T200-54
400T125-54
400T150-54
400T200-54
600T125-54
600T150-54
600T200-54

0.297

0.325

0.371

0.678

0.735

0.832

0.849

0.918

1.037

2.344

2.611

3.145

0.188

0.197

0.209

0.312

0.325

0.345

0.359

0.374

0.397

0.756

0.843

1.015

5.64 5.89

6.25 9.34

9.74 10.34

10.74 11.19

11.88 17.73

18.24 21.48
TYP. TRACK @ 2-1/2" STUDS

TOP TRACK

CAPPING TRACK
TYP. TRACK @ 3-5/8" STUDS

TOP TRACK

CAPPING TRACK
TYP. TRACK @ 4" STUDS

TOP TRACK

CAPPING TRACK
TYP. TRACK @ 6" STUDS

TOP TRACK

CAPPING TRACK

SPACING
(INCHES)
16 16
16 16
16 16
16 Z

STRUCTURE

FIN CEILING

STRUCTURE
Z = FULL HEIGHT

EXTEND GYP BD

ON BOTH SIDES

TO STRUCTURE
ABOVE

PARTITION AS SCHEDULED
OUTLET, EQUIP. OR RECEPTACLES W.O.

OUTLET BOX RESILIENT PAD AROUND
OUTLET. EQUIP. OR RECEPTACLES W.O.

FILL 1/4" GAP WITH ACOUSTICAL

SEALANT ALL AROUND PERIMETER

SEAL OUTLET BOX AIRTIGHT WITH SHEET

CAULKING (PADS)
PTN
TYPE
STUD
SIZE

OVERALL
WIDTH

FIRE ACOUSTICAL

RATING (STC)

WO REMARKS
RATING
(HR) DESIGN #
1A3Z 3 5/8" 4 7/8" 1 HR UL 407 62
A3Z 3 5/8" 4 7/8" NR 62

1. PARTITION TYPES ARE KEYED ON FLOOR PLANS; SEE FLOOR PLANS FOR PARTITION EXTENT.

2. ALL OTHER PARTITION FRAMING SHALL EXTEND TO UNDERSIDE OF STRUCTURAL FRAMING OR DECK, UON.

3. AT ALL DOORS, WINDOWS & CASED OPENINGS STUDS SHALL BE FULL HEIGHT.

4. PARTITIONS SHALL BE TIGHT-FITTING AROUND ALL STRUCTURAL SHAPES AND PENETRATIONS.

5. PROVIDE 5/8" TYPE "X" GYP BD THROUGHOUT, UON.

6. FOR LOCATIONS WITH CERAMIC TILE ON PARTITIONS, SEE FINISH PLANS. USE 5/8" TILE BACKING PANEL BEHIND TILE & 5/8" MOISTURE RESISTANT GWB WHERE GWB IS EXPOSED ABOVE.

7. PROVIDE ACOUSTIC BATT INSULATION AT PARTITION STUD CAVITIES THROUGHOUT, UON.

8. PROVIDE ACOUSTIC PUTTY PADS AT ALL J-BOXES LOCATED IN PARTITIONS THROUGHOUT, UON.

9. PROVIDE CONTINUOUS PERIMETER ACOUSTIC SEALANT AT PARTITION TO FLOOR AND PARTITION TO CEILING JOINTS THROUGHOUT, UON.

10. COMPENSATION TRACKS: REFER TO FRAMING DETAILS FOR MORE INFORMATION.

11. COORDINATE PARTITION FRAMING WITH REQUIRED STRUCTURAL, MECHANICAL, PLUMBING, AND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT OR WORK.

12. ON CONTINUOUS WALL SURFACE WHERE CONSTRUCTION INVOLVES MORE THAN ONE MATERIAL, FINISH, OR MATERIAL THICKNESS, ALIGN FACE OF FINISH UON.

13. IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE THE LOCATION OF

ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL ELEMENTS SUCH AS DUCTS, PIPES, CONDUITS, EQUIPMENT, ETC SO AS TO MINIMIZE THE IMPACT ON PARTITION FRAMING. WHERE COORDINATION OF

ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL WORK WITH PARTITION FRAMING REQUIRES MODIFICATION OF PARTITION FRAMING. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE SUCH MODIFICATION, AS APPROVED BY THE DESIGN PROFESSIONAL, AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER.

14. ITEMS PENETRATING THROUGH EITHER SIDE OF PROTECTIVE MEMBRANE OF

SMOKE/FIRE-RATED PARTITION SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH THROUGH PENETRATION FIRE STOPS WITH EQUIVALENT TIME RATING AS PARTITION RATING. FIRE STOP SHALL BE "F" RATED TO BE EQUAL OR GREATER THAN PARTITION FIRE RATING. MEMBRANE

FIRESTOP PROTECTION IS NOT REQUIRED FOR STEEL AND ELECTRICAL BOXES THAT DO NOT EXCEED 16 SQ INCHES IN AREA, PROVIDED THAT AREA DOES NOT EXCEED 100 SQ INCHES IN A 100 SQ FEET. OUTLET BOXES LOCATED ON OPPOSITE SIDES OF THE WALL SHALL BE SEPARATED BY 24 INCHES MINIMUM.

15. FOR JUNCTION BOX DETAIL AT ACOUSTICAL PARTITION, SEE _________.

16. SPLICES IN STUDS AND BRACES SHALL NOT BE PERMITTED.

17. PROVIDE STUDS, TRACKS AND BRACING PER METAL STUD SCHEDULE.

18. ALL STUDS AND TRACKS SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM A653, A1008 OR A1011.

19. STUDS & TRACKS 18GA AND LIGHTER SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM YIELD POINT OF 33 KSI.

20. STUDS & TRACKS 16GA AND HEAVIER SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM YIELD POINT OF 50 KSI.

21. ALL STUDS AND TRACKS SHALL BE MANUFACTURED BY CURRENT MEMBERS OF THE STEEL STUD MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION (SSMA) LISTED IN ICBO REPORT NO. 4934P. ALL STUDS AND TRACK SHALL COMPLY WITH ICBO REPORT NO. 4934P.

22. ALL FRAMING COMPONENTS SHALL BE CUT SQUARELY OR ON AN ANGLE (SUCH AS BRACING) TO SQUARELY FIT AGAINST ABUTTING MEMBERS. MEMBERS SHALL BE HELD FIRMLY IN POSITION UNTIL PROPERLY FASTENED.

23. STUDS AND TRACKS SHALL BE ATTACHED BY SHEET METAL SCREWS AS NOTED ON THE DRAWINGS.

24. PUNCH-OUTS MAY BE LOCATED ALONG THE CENTERLINE OF THE WEBS OF FRAMING MEMBERS. PUNCH-OUTS SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM CENTER-TO-CENTER SPACING OF 24" AND BE 12-1/2" FROM MEMBER ENDS. PUNCH-OUTS SHALL HAVE A MAXIMUM WIDTH OF HALF THE MEMBER DEPTH OR 2-1/2", WHICHEVER IS LESS, AND A MAXIMUM LENGTH OF 4-1/2".

25. POWDER ACTUATED FASTENERS (PAF) SHALL BE X-U AS MANUFACTURED BY HILTI. ICBO REPORT NO. 2269 OR APPROVED EUQAL. PROVIDE 0.08" THICK X 1.1" SQ OR

1.425" ROUND WASHERS FOR ALL POWDER ACTUATED FASTENERS. 2 3" = 1'-0" STUD BASE, TYP. 3 3" = 1'-0"RATED PARTITION HEAD

LICENSED ARCHITECT

STATE OF CALIFORNIA

PAULINE SOUZA
NO. C24532
REN. 8/31/25
5 4

SAN FRAN CISCO
CALIFORNIA 94107
415. 489.2 224 TEL
415.358.91 00 FAX
WWW.WRNSSTUDIO.COM
01 SECOND STREET
TH FLOOR, STE. 402
5 4

SAN FRAN CISCO
CALIFORNIA 94107
415. 489.2 224 TEL
415.358.91 00 FAX
WWW.WRNSSTUDIO.COM
01 SECOND STREET
TH FLOOR, STE. 402
SHEET NO:

SHEET TITLE:

ISSUES DATE
PROJECT NO.:

DATE:

SCALE:

If this drawing is not 30"x42", then the drawing has been revised from its original size.

Noted scales must be adjusted. This line should be equal to one inch

KEYPLAN
# REVISION LIST DATE
As indicated
3/18/2025 9:54:14 AM
23035.00

INTERIOR PARTITION

SCHD AND DETAILS
A-601
03/18/2025
San Carlos Library
610 ELM ST. SAN CARLOS, CALIFORNIA 94070
MAKERS SPACE PERMIT SET 03/18/2025
6 3" = 1'-0"

J BOX PENETRATION
CAVITY
PTN
TYPE
STUD
SIZE

OVERALL
WIDTH

FIRE ACOUSTICAL

RATING (STC)

WO REMARKS
RATING
(HR) DESIGN #
G2X 2 1/2" 3 1/8" NR
E:
003/28/2025 03/18/20252/04/2024
E:
03/28/2025
November 10, 2025

HANGER WIRE

SNAP CONNECTION

SPLICE JOINT
NOTE:

REFER TO CEILING SUSPENSION

NOTES ON THIS SHEET

COMPRESSION POST, ONE AT EACH

SEISMIC BRACE LOCATION

SLOT END OF TUBE TO FIT

OVER MAIN TEE

CROSS TEE
12 GA. SPLAY WIRE (4) BRACING
IN PLANE OF EA. RUNNER. ALL

WIRES SECURED TO RUNNERS
2" MAX FROM INTERSECTION

STRUCTRUAL MAIN TEE
MAX. LENGTH
5'-6"
7'-0"
MEMBER "A"
1" O.D. EMT
1 1/4" O.D. EMT
Kl/r
200
200
MEMBER "B"
1 1/4" O.D. EMT
1 1/2" O.D. EMT
Kl/r
157
165
NOTE: IT IS ACCEPTABLE TO INSTALL SEISMIC POSTS AT 144 SF

COMPRESSION POST SCHEDULE
MEMBER "A"
MEMBER "B"
45°
45°
45°
45°
2"
MAX
.

N
E
S
W

PRIMARY
1" CLR

SLIP JOINT
"SPRING-CLIP" TYPE

EXPANSION JOINT
COVER
POP RIVETS, TYP.

CONT. RUNNERS
(SPLICE ALL JOINTS)

HANGER WIRE,
4'-0" O.C., TYP. 4'-0" OR LESS
CONT.

SPLICE
(TYP.) 8" MAX. 8" MAX.

NOTE: SLIP JOINT REQUIRED IN
CEILINGS EXCEEDING 2500 SF
PLAN
CONT. SLIP JOINT
(FREE END) SEE

CORRIDOR SLIP JOINT
@ INTERSECTION SEE

CONNECTED WALL
(FIXED END) SEE
8" MAX. HANGER WIRE
ATTACH ANGLE TO:

A) STUD W/ 1-1/4" S-12 PAN

HEAD SCREWS
B) STUD W/1-1/4" HI-LO
MOD. OVAL HEAD
ESB) #10 SMS @ 24" OC
MAX.

HANGER WIRE, TYP.

SEISMIC CLIP
ATTACH TO:

A) STUD W/1-1/4" S-12 PAN
HEAD SCREWS AT 12" O.C.

B) STUD W/1-1/4" HI-LO MOD.

OVAL HEAD
ESB) #10 SMS @ 24" O.C. MAX.

WALL ANGLE TO MATCH
T-BAR, TYP.

FIXED END FREE END
8" MAX.

FIXED END - ALTERNATE
GYP. BD. OVER MET. STUDS
HANGER WIRE, TYP.
16 GA 1-1/2"x1-1/2" CONT.

ANGLE. ATTACH TO EA.

SUTD W/ #8 S.M.S.

ATTACH ANGLE TO:

A) STUD W/1-1/4" S-12 PAN
HEAD SCREWS AT 12" O.C.

B) STUD W/1-1/4" HI-LO MOD.

OVAL HEAD
ESB) #10 SMS @ 24" O.C. MAX.

WALL ANGLE TO MATCH
T-BAR, TYP.
#8 S.M.S. FROM

CLIP TO RUNNER
3/4" MIN.
3/4" (MIN.) CLIP,
18 GA MIN.
#8 S.M.S.

FROM CLIP TO
ANGLE

SEISMIC CLIP

TIGHT SCREW AT

FIXED END
8" MAX.

LOOSE SCREW AT

FREE END
3/4"
MAX. 8"

EACH SIDE
6" MAX.

HANGER WIRE
#10 SELF-TAPPING SCREW

EACH STUD

SADDLE TIE TO MAIN
RUNNER W/ #18 WIRE
20 GA 1 1/2" x 1 1/2" CONT WALL
ANGLE

STRUCTURAL SLAB ABOVE

VARIES, SSD
MTL STUD 18 GA 4" @ 16" OC

SEE RCP

TYPICAL STUD BRACE
MAX
45°
PROVIDE J BEAD AT CORNER TRIM.

MTL STUD 18 GA 4" @ 16" OC

SEE RCP

TYPICAL STUD BRACE
MAX
45°
1" 1/4"

PERORATED METAL PANEL CEILING
4"

CORD REEL MOUNTING PLATE BY MFR

ELECTRICAL CORD REEL,
MAX WEIGHT 20 LBS

DBL MTL STUD FRAMING W/ BRACE, SSD

J-BOX LOCATED ADJACENT TO
MOUNT
SCHD. ACT CEILING
1" 1"
(E) METAL DECK

STRUCTURAL SLAB ABOVE

VARIES, SSD

SEE RCP

EXISTING WALL PARTITION

1.5" SPREADER HOLD DOWN

1.5" X 2" BOX MOLDING

PERFORATED METAL PANEL

SLOTTED PANEL SUPPORT BEAM
FIZFELT ARO PLANK 1 AK, SEE
1/2" TYP.
8 / A-901
MTL STUD 18 GA 4" @ 16" OC

SEE RCP

TYPICAL STUD BRACE
MAX
45°

PROVIDE J BEAD AT CORNER
TRIM.
2"

SEE RCP
4 1/2"

SEE RCP
#10 SMS AT 8" O.C.

ACOUSTICAL CEILING
CLOSURE TRIM BY SHADE MFR.

BRACED 4" STUD

EXISTING EXTERIOR WINDOW

MECHOSHADE MANUAL SHADES

EXISTING PARTITION

ATTACH HANGER OR

DAMPERS WIRES TO LIGHT

FIXTURE AT OPPOSING

CORNERS AND ANCHORED

TO STRUCTURE SEE
NOTES #11 & #12

LIGHT FIXTURE,
SEE ELECT.

DWGS.

ACOUSTICAL CEILING
SUSPENDED T-BAR SYSTEM:

PROVIDE 12 GA. (MIN.) HANGER WIRES AT 4'-0" O.C. MAX ALONG MAIN RUNNERS.

PROVIDE 12 GA. HANGER WIRES AT THE ENDS OF ALL MAIN AND CROSS RUNNERS WITHIN 8" FROM THE SUPPORT OR WITHIN 1/4 OF THE LENGTH OF THE END TEE, WHICHEVER IS LEAST, AT THE PERIMETER OF THE CEILING AREA. END CONNECTIONS FOR RUNNERS WHICH ARE DESIGNED TO RESIST THE APPLIED HORIZONTAL FORCES MAY BE USED IN LIEU OF THE 12 GA. HANGER WIRES.

PROVIDE TRAPEZE OR OTHER SUPPLEMENTARY SUPPORT MEMBERS AT OBSTRUCTIONS TO MAIN SPACING. PROVIDE ADDITIONAL HANGERS, STRUTS OR BRACES AS REQUIRED AT ALL CEILING BREAKS, SOFFITS OR DISCONTINUOUS AREA. HANGER WIRES THAT ARE MORE THAN 1 IN 6 OUT OF PLUMB ARE TO HAVE COUNTER-SLOPING WIRES.

CEILING GRID MEMBERS MAY BE ATTACHED TO NOT MORE THAN 2 ADJACENT WALLS. CEILING GRID MEMBERS SHOULD BE AT LEAST 1/2" FREE OF OTHER WALLS. IF WALLS RUN DIAGONALLY TO

CEILING GRID SYSTEM RUNNERS, ONE END OF MAIN AND CROSS RUNNERS, ONE END OF MAIN CROSS RUNNERS SHOULD BE FREE AND A MINIMUM OF 1/2" CLEAR OF WALL.

AT THE PERIMETER OF THE CEILING AREA WHERE MAIN OR CROSS RUNNER ARE NOT CONNECTED

TO THE ADJACENT WALL, PROVIDE INTERCONNECTIONS BETWEEN THE RUNNERS AT THE FREE END END TO PREVENT LATERAL SPREADING. A METAL STRUT OR A 16 GA. WIRE WITH A POSITIVE MECHANICAL CONNECTION TO THE RUNNER MAY BE USED. WHERE THE PERPENDICULAR DISTANCE FROM THE WALL TO THE FIRST PARALLEL RUNNER IS 12" OR LESS, THIS INTERLOCK IS NOT REQUIRED.

PROVIDE SETS OF FOUR 12 GA. SPLAYED BRACING WIRES ORIENTED 90 DEGREES FROM EACH AT 12 FEET BY 12 FEET ON CENTER (8 FEET BY 12 FEET AT SCHOOLS & 8 FEET BY 12 FEET AT ESSENTIAL SERVICES BLDGS). PROVIDE BRACING WIRES AT LOCATIONS NOT MORE THAN 1/2 THIS SPACINGS FROM EACH PERIMTER WALL AND AT THE EDGE OF VERTICAL CEILING OFFSETS. THE SLOPE OF THESE WIRES SHOULD NOT EXCEED 45 DEGREES FROM THE PLANE OF THE CEILING AND SHOULD BE TAUT WITHOUT CAUSING THE CEILING TO LIFT. SPLICES IN BRACING WIRES ARE NOT TO BE PERMITTED.

FASTEN HANGER WIRES WITH NOT LESS THAN 3 TIGHT TURNS WITHIN A DISTANCE OF 3 INCHES.

FASTEN BRACING WIRES WITH 4 TIGHT TURNS WITHIN A DISTANCE 1 1/2 INCHES. HANGER OR

BRACING WIRE ANCHORS TO THE STRUCTURE SHOULD BE INSTALLED IN SUCH A MANNER THAT THE

DIRECTION OF THE WIRE ALIGNS AS CLOSELY AS POSSIBLE WITH THE DIRECTION OF THE FORCES ACTING ON THE WIRE. NOTE: WIRE TURNS MADE BY MACHINE WHERE BOTH STRANDS HAVE BEEN DEFORMED OR BENT IN WRAPPING CAN WAIVE THE 1 1/2" REQUIREMENT, BUT THE NUMBER OF TURNS SHALL BE MAINTAINED, AND BE AS TIGHT AS POSSIBLE.

SEPARATE ALL CEILING HANGING AND BRACING WIRES AT LEAST 6 INCHES FROM ALL UNBRACED DUCTS, PIPES, CONDUIT, ETC. IT IS ACCEPTABLE TO ATTACH LIGHTWEIGHT ITEMS, SUCH AS SINGLE ELECTRICAL CONDUIT NOT TO EXCEED 3/4" NOMINAL DIAMETER, TO HANGER WIRES USING CONNECTORS.

WHEN DRILLED-IN CONCRETE ANCHORS OR SHOT-IN ANCHORS ARE USED IN REINFORCED CONCRETE FOR HANGER WIRES, 1 OUT OF 10 MUST BE FIELD TESTED FOR 200 POUNDS OF TENSION. WHEN DRILLED-IN CONCRETE ANCHORS ARE USED FOR BRACING WIRES, 1 OUT OF 2 MUST BE FIELD TESTED FOR 440 POUNDS IN TENSION. IF ANY SHOT-IN OR DRILLED-IN ANCHOR FAILS, SEE SECTION 2624 (d) TITLE 24.

ATTACH ALL LIGHT FIXTURES TO THE CEILING GRID RUNNERS TO RESIST A HORIZONTAL FORCE EQUAL TO THE WEIGHT OF THE FIXTURES.

FLUSH OR RECESSED LIGHT FIXTURES AND AIR TERMINALS OR SERVICES WEIGHTING LESS THAN 56

POUNDS MAY BE SUPPORTED DIRECTLY ON THE RUNNERS OF A HEAVY DUTY GRID SYSTEM BUT, IN ADDITION,THEY MUST HAVE A MINIMUN OF TWO 12 GA. SLACK SAFETY WIRES ATTACHED TO THE FIXTURE AT DIAGONAL CORNERS AND ANCHORED TO THE STRUCTURE ABOVE. ALL 4 FT. x 4 FT.

LIGHT FIXTURES MUST HAVE SLACK SAFETY WIRES AT EACH CORNER. ALL FLUSH OR RECESSED LIGHT FIXTURES AND AIR TERMINALS OR SERVICES WEIGHTING 56 POUNDS OR MORE MUST BE INDEPENDENTLY SUPPORTED BY NOT LESS THAN 2 TAUT 12 GA. WIRES EACH ATTACHED TO THE

FIXTURE AT OPPOSING CORNERS AND TO THE STRUCTURE ABOVE REGARDLESS OF THE TYPE OF CEILING GRID SYSTEM USED. THE 2 TAUT 12 GA. WIRES INCLUDING THEIR ATTACHMENT TO THE STRUCTURE ABOVE MUST BE CAPABLE OF SUPPORTING 4 TIMES THE WEIGHT OF THE UNIT.

ALL FIXTURES AND AIR TERMINALS OR SERVICES SUPPORTED ON HEAVY DUTY GRID SYSTEMS MUST BE INDEPENDENTLY SUPPORTED BY NOT LESS THAN 2 TAUT 12 GA. WIRES EACH ATTACHED TO THE FIXTURE OR TERMINAL AND TO THE STRUCTURE ABOVE.

SUPPORT SURFACE MOUNTED LIGHT FIXTURES BY AT LEAST TWO POSITIVE DEVICES WHICH

SURROUND THE CEILING RUNNER AND WHICH ARE EACH SUPPORTED FROM THE STRUCTURE ABOVE BY A 12 GA. WIRE. SPRING CLIPS OR CLAMPS THAT CONNECT ONLY TO THE RUNNER ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE. PROVIDE ADDITIONAL SUPPORTS WHEN LIGHT FIXTURES ARE 8 FEET OR LONGER.

SUPPORT PENDANT MOUNTED LIGHT FIXTURES DIRECTLY FROM THE STRUCTURE ABOVE WITH

HANGER WIRES OR CABLES PASSING THROUGH EACH PENDANT HANGER AND CAPABLE OF SUPPORTING 4 TIMES THE WEIGHT OF THE FIXTURE. (SEE ALSO NOTE 10). SPECIAL DETAILS ARE NECESSARY FOR THIS CONDITION AT THE CEILING GRID.

LAY-IN CEILING ASSEMBLIES - SPLICES OR INTERSECTIONS OF LAY-IN CEILING ASSEMBLIES IN

EXITWAYS SHALL BE ATTACHED WITH THROUGH CONNECTORS SUCH AS POP RIVETS, SCREWS PINS, PLATES WITH END TABS OR OTHER APPROVED CONNECTORS. THIS INCLUDES LAY-IN OVER NURSE STATIONS IN CORRIDORS.

CEILING GRID CLASSIFICATION
-CEIILNG GRID IS HEAVY DUTY
-MFGR CATALOG NUMBER
MAIN RUNNER__________
CROSS RUNNER_________
-MFGR CATALOG NUMBER OF DETAIL FOR RUNNER SPLICE________

1. 2.

3. 4.

5. 6.

7. 8.

9. 10.

11. 12.

13. 14.

15. 16.
4'-0"
4'-0" *
NOTES:
1)* MAX. DISTANCE TO FIRST BRACING POINT.
2) PROVIDE COUNTER SLOPING WIRES FOR VERTICAL HANGER WIRES MORE THAN 1 IN 6 OUT-OF-PLUMB 3) ATTACH EA. VERT. WIRE TO SUPPORT ABV. & CEIL. SUSPENSION MEMBER W/MIN. OF 3 TIGHT TURNS IN 3"
4 ) SECURE DIAGONAL FRAMING WIRE TO MAIN RUNNERS WITH 4 TIGHT TURNS IN 1 1/2" 5) SEE IR25-2.10 FOR ADDITIONAL CEILING INSTALLATION INFORMATION

FREE SIDE

FIXED SIDE

FREE SIDE

FIXED SIDE

LINE OF PERIMETER WALL
MAIN RUNNERS @ 4'-0" O.C.

CROSS RUNNER @ 2'-0" O.C.
12 GA. VERTICAL
HANGER WIRE @ 4'-0"
O.C. @ EA. MAIN
RUNNER
12 GA. PERIMETER

HANGER AT TERMINAL
END OF EA. MAIN

RUNNER & CROSS TEE
IN ROOMS EXCEEDING 1000 SF -
4 WAY 45° DIAGONAL 12 GA.

WIRE BRACING AND
COMPRESSION POST. ONE
EVERY 144 SF. MAX. (96 SF @
SCHOOLS & 96 SF @ ESSENTIAL
SERVICES BLDGS) BEGINNING @
4'-0" MAX. FROM PERIMETER
WALLS
12 GA. MIN. WIRE AT

OPPOSING CORNERS OF

LIGHT FIXTURE
TOS

GSM COUNTER FLASHING
W/ 3" MIN. FACE

TERMINATION BAR W/
FASTENERS @ 8" O.C.

CONT. SEALANT

CANT STRIP

BUILT UP ROOFING

BUILT UP ROOFING BASE

FLASHING
EXHAUST FAN, SMD.

SEE FOR

TRANSITION BETWEEN

NEW AND EXISTING

ROOFING
19 / A-602
SPRING ISOLATOR, SMD.

SEAL PENETRATIONS

THROUGH BUR PER

MANUFACTURER

RECOMMENDATION

PREFAB MTL CURB
PREFAB. MECHANICAL

EQUIPMENT CURB,

CONTINUOUS

SEALANT

GSM COUNTER FLASHING
W/ 3" MIN. FACE

TERMINATION BAR W/
FASTENERS @ 8" O.C.

CONT. SEALANT

RIGID INSULATION

W/COVER BOARD
GSM FLASHING W/ #10 SMS W/
WASHER @ 12" O.C.

CANT STRIP

BUILT UP ROOFING

BUILT UP ROOFING BASE FLASHING
(E) PLYWOOD SHEATHING
(E) JOIST

SOLARTUBE

SADDLE TIE TO MAIN
RUNNER W/ #18 WIRE
20 GA 1 1/2" x 1 1/2" CONT WALL
ANGLE

SOLARTUBE

SUSPENDED ACOUSTIC

TILE CEILING

SADDLE TIE TO MAIN
RUNNER W/ #18 WIRE
20 GA 1 1/2" x 1 1/2" CONT WALL
ANGLE

SOLARTUBE

SUSPENDED ACOUSTIC

TILE CEILING

SEE FOR TRANSITION

NEW NAD EXISTING ROOFING
19 / A-602
6" MIN. LAP 6" MIN.LAP
(E) RIGID INSULATION
(E) ROOF MEMBRANE
(N) PT WD BLOCKING AT

TRANSITION BTWN (N) AND
(E)
(E) TRUSS
(N) BUR ASSEMBLY
(N) RIGID

INSULATION W/

COVERBOARD
(E) SHEATHING
TOS

LAP (N) BASE LAYER

UNDER BLOCKING AS
SHOWN
(N) ROOFING MEMBRANE LAP O/(E) AS SHOWN
16D TOENAIL @ 24" INTO (E)
TJL TOP CHORD, MIN. (2) PER

BLOCKING
PREFAB. MECHANICAL

EQUIPMENT CURB,

CONTINUOUS

SEALANT

GSM COUNTER FLASHING
W/ 3" MIN. FACE

TERMINATION BAR W/
FASTENERS @ 8" O.C.

CONT. SEALANT

RIGID INSULATION

W/COVER BOARD
GSM FLASHING W/ #10 SMS W/
WASHER @ 12" O.C.

CANT STRIP

BUILT UP ROOFING

BUILT UP ROOFING BASE FLASHING
(E) PLYWOOD SHEATHING
EXHUAST DUCT, SMD.

SEE FOR TRANSITION

NEW NAD EXISTING ROOFING
19 / A-602

LICENSED ARCHITECT

STATE OF CALIFORNIA

PAULINE SOUZA
NO. C24532
REN. 8/31/25
5 4

SAN FRAN CISCO
CALIFORNIA 94107
415. 489.2 224 TEL
415.358.91 00 FAX
WWW.WRNSSTUDIO.COM
01 SECOND STREET
TH FLOOR, STE. 402
5 4

SAN FRAN CISCO
CALIFORNIA 94107
415. 489.2 224 TEL
415.358.91 00 FAX
WWW.WRNSSTUDIO.COM
01 SECOND STREET
TH FLOOR, STE. 402
SHEET NO:

SHEET TITLE:

ISSUES DATE
PROJECT NO.:

DATE:

SCALE:

If this drawing is not 30"x42", then the drawing has been revised from its original size.

Noted scales must be adjusted. This line should be equal to one inch

KEYPLAN
# REVISION LIST DATE
As indicated
3/27/2025 12:58:53 PM
23035.00

ROOF AND CEILING

DETAILS
A-602
03/28/2025
San Carlos Library
610 ELM ST. SAN CARLOS, CALIFORNIA 94070
MAKERSPACE PERMIT SET 03/28/2025
7 3" = 1'-0"

RUNNERS
SPLICE
2 12" = 1'-0"

SEISMIC BRACING DTL
8 3" = 1'-0"

SLIP JT DETAIL
6 3" = 1'-0"

SLIP JT

DIAGRAM
9 3" = 1'-0"

TYP EDGE CONDITION
10 3" = 1'-0"

TYP PERMETER
14 3" = 1'-0"
TYP. GYP SOFFIT
13 3" = 1'-0"
TYP. MTL PANEL SOFFIT
12 1 1/2" = 1'-0"

OVERHEAD POWER CORD
18 3" = 1'-0"
TYP. MTL PANEL SOFFIT @ WALL
15 3" = 1'-0"

WOOD PORTAL SOFFIT
17 3" = 1'-0"
PORTAL SOFFIT @ EXT. WINDOW
3 3" = 1'-0"
TYP. CAN LIGHT FIXTURE
5 1/8" = 1'-0"
TYP. SUSP. ACOUST. TILE CEILING
20 3" = 1'-0"
EXHUAST FAN @ ROOF DETAIL
21 3" = 1'-0"

SOLARTUBE
19 3" = 1'-0"

ROOFING TIE IN
16 3" = 1'-0"

DUCT PENETRATION
E:
003/28/2025 03/18/20252/04/2024
E:
03/28/2025
November 10, 2025

SOLID SURFACE COUNTERTOP
AND BACKSPLASH (U.O.N.)
3/4" PLYWOOD SUBSTRATE
1X3 CLEAT TOP AND BOTTOM
3/4 WOOD-VENEER PLYWOOD @

INTERIOR BOX RETURN BASE INTO

CABINET INTERIOR

SELF RIMMING SINK, SEE PLUMBING
DWGS., SEAL AROUND EDGE
9" MIN.

CLEAR
CLEAR
8" MIN.
4"
6 1/2" MAX.

DRAIN AND HOT WATER PIPE TO

BE INSULATED
3/4" WOOD-VENEER PLYWOOD DOOR

GARBAGE DISPOSAL SHOWN
DASHED COORD. INSTALLATION

W/ACCESSIBLE CLEARANCES

SHADED AREA DENOTES CLEAR

ACCESSIBLE SPACE
2'-3" MIN. CLEAR
(2'-10" MAX TO SINK RIM)
2'-10"
NOTE:

1. AREA UNDER SINK TO BE FREE OF

ALL SHARP OR ABRASIVE SURFACES,

ALL EDGES TO BE ROUNDED
3/4" WOOD-VENEER PLYWOOD SKIRT
4"

TOE CLEARANCE
1'-7" MIN./ 2'-1" MAX.

CLEAR
11" MIN.
2'-6"
A-651
10 DOOR PULL

CASEWORK COMPONENT

FLOORING PER FINISH SCHEDULE
8d NAIL @ 12" O.C.

BOLT & WASHER
3/8" DIA. EXP ANCHOR, 2 1/2" EMBED
4"
3"
16d NAIL @ 12" O.C.

RUBBER BASE AS SCHEDULED OR W.O.

CONT. 2x P.T. WOOD
2x4 CONT. P.T. WOOD SPACER
4"

CFCI WASTE

RECEPTACLE,

BASED ON

RUBBERMAID

RECEPTACLE
11" X 20" X 30"

DIMENSIONS
5/8"

PLYWOOD,

PAINTED

BLACK OVER
GWB

SQUARE AND

RECTANGLE

WASTE OPENINGS

LINED WITH ABS

EDGE BANDING,

COLOR TO MATCH

ROUND GROMMET
2"

RUBBER BASE
5/8" PLYWOOD

OVER GWB, TYP
4" 2'-4" MIN.
2'-10"
V.I.F.
3'-8" MIN.
2'-10" OVERALL
3'-0" TO CENTERLINE

CENTERLINE

OF WASTE

OPENING, TYP
4" 4"
4 1/2"
7 1/4" 1'-2 1/2" 1'-2 1/2" 7 1/4"
7 1/4"
WOOD
VENEER

CABINET
DOOR, WP-1
1/4" 1'-2 1/2" MIN. 1'-2 1/2" MIN. 1'-2 1/2" MIN. 1/4"
RB-1, TYP
1'-0"
2 1/2"
8"
8"
R 3"

ROUND WASTE

OPENINGS

LINED WITH

PLASTIC

GROMMET,

LIGHT GREY
2'-6"
A-651
10 1/4" WOOD-VENEER

PLYWOOD AT INTERIOR
3/4" VENEER PLYWOOD

ADJUSTABLE SHELVING
1" WOOD-VENEER PLYWOOD

DOOR WITH LOCK

AS INDICATED ON ELEVATIONS
1" WOOD-VENEER

PLYWOOD SIDES BOTTOM

AND TOP
2x P.T. WOOD BASE FRAME

CUT TO HEIGHT OF BASE

AS SCHEDULED
3'-4" OC

DOOR PULL
1x3 CLEAT TOP AND BOTTOM
1x3 CLEAT AT MIDPOINT

FASTEN TO BLOCKING -
TYP.

SHIM BASE AS REQ. TO
LEVEL
U.O.N.
2'-6"

PER INTERIOR ELEVATIONS
SHELF STANDARDS 2
EACH SIDE - TYP.

SIM
2X2X1/8 ANGLE X 2" LONG
@ 16" O.C. & 2" FROM EACH
END, TYP. MIN. (2) PER

CABINET
#10 X 5/8" FHWS
#12 TEK POINT,
STAGGERED @ 16" O.C.

SM-01 WRITABLE SURFACE

DIRECT APPLIED
MAX
45°
ALIGN
A-651
6 SOLID SURFACE

COUNTERTOP AND
BACKSPLASH (U.O.N.)
3/4" PLYWOOD SUBSTRATE
3/4" WOOD-VENEER
PLYWOOD - TYP.
3/4" WOOD-VENEER

PLYWOOD ADJUSTABLE
SHELF
SHELF STANDARDS 2 EACH
SIDE - TYP.
1X3 CLEAT TOP AND BOTTOM
2x P.T. WOOD BASE FRAME

CUT TO HEIGHT OF BASE AS

SCHEDULED
SHIM BASE AS REQ. TO LEVEL
3/4" WOOD-VENEER
PLYWOOD DOOR (U.O.N.)
3/4"
4" 2'-10"
TYP.
4"
TYP.
4"
U.O.N.
2'-6"
A-651
6 A-651
10 DOOR PULL

BACKING PLATE AS SCHEDULED

COUNTERTOP AND BACKSPLASH
(2) #12 TEK POINT,
STAGGERED @ 16" O.C.
1x3 WOOD CLEAT
3/4"
SOLID WOOD EDGE BAND, TYP.@

ALL EXPOSED PLYWOOD EDGES
1/8" CHAMFER

DOOR/DRAWER

AS OCCURS
U.O.N.
4"

SEE INTERIOR ELEVATIONS

AS NOTED
3/4" WOOD-VENEER PLYWOOD

ADJUSTABLE SHELF
1X3 CLEAT TOP AND BOTTOM
LOCKABLE 3/4" WOOD-VENEER

PLYWOOD DOOR
1/4" WOOD VENEER

PLYWOOD ON INTERIOR
1'-0" TYP.
1/2"

PER INTERIOR ELEVATIONS
SHELF STANDARDS 2 EACH
SIDE - TYP.
2X2X1/8 ANGLE X 2" LONG @ 16" O.C.
& 2" FROM EACH END, TYP. MIN. (2)

PER CABINET
2'-0"

CABINET PULL
2'-10"

DRAWER WOOD

CONSTRUCTION

HANGING FILE DRAWER

WOOD CONSTRUCTION

SOLID SURFACE

COUNTERTOP AND
BACKSPLASH (U.O.N.)
3/4" PLYWOOD SUBSTRATE
3/4" WOOD-VENEER
PLYWOOD - TYP.
1X3 CLEAT TOP AND BOTTOM
2x P.T. WOOD BASE FRAME

CUT TO HEIGHT OF BASE AS

SCHEDULED
3/4" WOOD-VENEER
PLYWOOD DOOR (U.O.N.)
A-651
6 A-651
10 FIZFELT ARO PLANK 1

AK, SEE

WD VENEER BENCH
PTD TO MATCH PT-01

UPHOLSTERED

CUSHIONS AT SEAT
U.O.N.
2'-6"
8 / A-901
1/2"
A-651
6 3/4" WD VENEER
DOOR

CABINET PULL
(E) WALL ASSEMBLY
T-AA
16 A-651

B-C B-D B-AA
12 A-651
7 A-651
3 A-651
B-BB
3 A-651
14 A-651
W-AA

LICENSED ARCHITECT

STATE OF CALIFORNIA

PAULINE SOUZA
NO. C24532
REN. 8/31/25
5 4

SAN FRAN CISCO
CALIFORNIA 94107
415. 489.2 224 TEL
415.358.91 00 FAX
WWW.WRNSSTUDIO.COM
01 SECOND STREET
TH FLOOR, STE. 402
5 4

SAN FRAN CISCO
CALIFORNIA 94107
415. 489.2 224 TEL
415.358.91 00 FAX
WWW.WRNSSTUDIO.COM
01 SECOND STREET
TH FLOOR, STE. 402
SHEET NO:

SHEET TITLE:

ISSUES DATE
PROJECT NO.:

DATE:

SCALE:

If this drawing is not 30"x42", then the drawing has been revised from its original size.

Noted scales must be adjusted. This line should be equal to one inch

KEYPLAN
# REVISION LIST DATE
As indicated
3/18/2025 9:54:15 AM
23035.00

STANDARD CASEWORK

SCHEDULE, DETAILS
A-651
03/18/2025
San Carlos Library
610 ELM ST. SAN CARLOS, CALIFORNIA 94070
MAKERS SPACE PERMIT SET 03/18/2025
2 1 1/2" = 1'-0"
ACC SINK 6 3" = 1'-0"BASE ANCHOR TO FLOOR
12 1 1/2" = 1'-0"

BUILT IN WASTE RECEPTICLE
3 1 1/2" = 1'-0"
TYP. BASE CABINET
16 1 1/2" = 1'-0"
TYP. TALL CABINET
10 3" = 1'-0"

WALL PLATE AND EDGE DTL

NOTES & LEGENDS

VERIFY ACTUAL DIMENSIONS AND DETAILS OF EQUIPMENT AND FIXTURES ADJACENT TO OR INTEGRAL WITH THE CASEWORK, WHETHER PROVIDED BY THE OWNER OR CONTRACTOR, FOR PROPER FIT AND ALIGNMENT.

1. PROVIDE CUT-OUTS AS REQUIRED FOR INSTALLATION OF MECHANICAL WORK, ELECTRICAL WORK, PLUMBING FIXTURES, AND/OR TOILET ACCESSORIES. PROVIDE ACCESSIBLE BACK PANELS AT ALL SINK UNITS, SWING DOOR CABINET AND KNEE SPACES, FINISH TO MATCH DOORS.

2. TYPICAL HEIGHT OF CABINET/CASEWORK ARE TO TOP OF FINISH, INCLUDING COUNTERTOP, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.

TYP. BASE CABINETS (TOP OF COUNTERTOP): 34" A.F.F. U.O.N.

TYP. WALL CABINETS (MOUNTING HEIGHT): 84" A.F.F U.O.N
FULL HEIGHT CABINETS: AS SHOWN ON INTERIOR ELEVATIONS

3. TYPICAL DEPTH OF CASEWORK:

TYP. BASE CABINETS: 24" U.O.N.

TYP. WALL CABINETS: 12" U.O.N.

FULL HEIGHT CABINETS: AS INDICATED ON INTERIOR ELEVATIONS

4. 5 PROVIDE FINISHED END PANELS FOR SUPPORT OF COUNTERTOP AT UNDERCOUNTER EQUIPMENT AND KNEE SPACE.

6. PROVIDE BASE FINISH MATERIAL AT TOE KICKS IN ACCORDANCE WITH ROOM MATERIALS AND FINISH SCHEDULE.

7. CABINET TYPE
B-A30-15
PROVIDE 4" BACKSPLASH AT BACK OF COUNTERTOPS AT WALLS AND COLUMNS WHERE BACKSPLASH OCCURS, U.O.N.

8. ALL SHELVES ARE ADJUSTABLE, U.O.N.

11. CABINET LEGEND

9. PROVIDE LOCKS FOR ALL CABINETS & DRAWERS EXCEPT THOSE UNDER SINK. CASEWORK LOCKS SHALL BE KEYED SO THAT ONE KEY OPENS ALL LOCKS IN EACH ROOM.

CABINET STYLE CABINET WIDTH (")
CABINET DEPTH (")
OTHER THAN 24"

10. DETAILS SHOW WOOD VENEER FINISH, SEE AI SERIES DRAWINGS FOR ACTUAL CASEWORK FINISHES 14 1 1/2" = 1'-0"
TYP. WALL CABINET W/ DOORS
7 1 1/2" = 1'-0"
TYP. BASE CABINET WITH
DRAWERS 11 1 1/2" = 1'-0"

SEATING BENCH

TALL CABINETS BASE CABINETS WALL CABINETS
E:
003/28/2025 03/18/20252/04/2024
E:
03/28/2025
November 10, 2025

WD VENEER BENCH
PTD TO MATCH PT-01
2"
1 HR RTD. WINDOW

ASSSEMBLY
A-701
10 SIM. UPHOLSTERED

CUSHIONS AT SEAT

DOOR PULL
3/4" WD VENEER DOOR
SM-01 WALL-TO-WALL

WHITEBOARD ATTACHED
DIRECTLY TO GYP. WITH

CONSTRUCITON GRADE

ADHESIVE AND L-CHANNEL

AT BOTTOM HORIZONTAL
EDGE

DOOR PULL
3/4" WD VENEER DOOR
SCHED. PARTITION
(E) WALL ASSEMBLY
SM-01 WALL-TO-WALL

WHITEBOARD

ATTACHED DIRECTLY
TO GYP. WITH

CONSTRUCITON

GRADE ADHESIVE

AND L-CHANNEL AT

BOTTOM HORIZONTAL
EDGE
BENCH
SEAT
11 A-651
5 A-652
A-701
9 A-652
13 A-701
14 2"
2"
1"
1'-8"
1'-6"
VARIES
1'-8"
6"
3/4" CURVED WOOD VENEER

PLYWOOD ADJUSTABLE SHELF,
PTD TO MATCH PT-02.

CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY
RADIUS
EXISTING EXT. PARTITION TO
REMAIN

SOLID SURFACE COUNTERTOP
(SS-1) OVER 3/4" PLY WD.

REMOVE (E) GYP AS NEEDED TO

INSTALL BACKING FOR NEW

SHELVING
5/8"
TYP.
4"
TYP.
4"
6"
2'-6"
A-651
3 6"
A-652
6 A-602
14 17
A-602
14 A-602
11 A-652
1'-6"
1 1/2" 1 1/2"
3/4" WOOD-VENEER PLYWOOD PTD
TO MATCH PT-02
1X3 CLEAT TOP AND BOTTOM
2X2X1/8 ANGLE X 2" LONG @ 16" O.C.
& 2" FROM EACH END, TYP. MIN. (2)

PER CABINET
1 1/2" SOLID STOCK AT END, PTD TO
MATCH PT-02
2" 8" 8"
5 1 1/2" = 1'-0"
LOW STORAGE @ COLLAB ZONE 9 1 1/2" = 1'-0"SEATING BENCH @ WINDOW

LICENSED ARCHITECT

STATE OF CALIFORNIA

PAULINE SOUZA
NO. C24532
REN. 8/31/25
5 4

SAN FRAN CISCO
CALIFORNIA 94107
415. 489.2 224 TEL
415.358.91 00 FAX
WWW.WRNSSTUDIO.COM
01 SECOND STREET
TH FLOOR, STE. 402
5 4

SAN FRAN CISCO
CALIFORNIA 94107
415. 489.2 224 TEL
415.358.91 00 FAX
WWW.WRNSSTUDIO.COM
01 SECOND STREET
TH FLOOR, STE. 402
SHEET NO:

SHEET TITLE:

ISSUES DATE
PROJECT NO.:

DATE:

SCALE:

If this drawing is not 30"x42", then the drawing has been revised from its original size.

Noted scales must be adjusted. This line should be equal to one inch

KEYPLAN
# REVISION LIST DATE
As indicated
3/18/2025 9:54:16 AM
23035.00

CASEWORK DETAILS
A-652
03/18/2025
San Carlos Library
610 ELM ST. SAN CARLOS, CALIFORNIA 94070
MAKERS SPACE PERMIT SET 03/18/2025
13 3" = 1'-0"
RATED WINDOW JAMB @ BENCH
SEAT 17 1 1/2" = 1'-0"

COLLAB ZONE SEATING - AXO
20 1 1/2" = 1'-0"

VISTRINE DISPLAY - PLAN
11 1 1/2" = 1'-0"
VITRINE DISPLAY - SECTION 19 3" = 1'-0"VITRINE DISPLAY - AXON 6 1 1/2" = 1'-0"

ROUNDED VITRINE
E:
003/28/2025 03/18/20252/04/2024
E:
03/28/2025
November 10, 2025

DOOR SCHEDULE NOTES

DOOR MARK

WALL WHERE OCCURS
2'-0" AT EXTERIOR
1'-6" AT INTERIOR
6" UON

1. 2.

3. A.

4. 5.

6. A.

7. A.

1. 2.

3. B.

1. 2.

3. 8.

9. 10.

11. 12.

THE PURPOSE OF THIS SHEET IS TO DESCRIBE AND
ILLUSTRATE DOOR TYPES. NOT ALL DOOR TYPES SHOWN ARE
NECESSARILY USED. SEE DOOR MARK SCHEDULE FOR DOOR
TYPES USED.

SEE FLOOR PLANS FOR DOOR SYMBOL REFERENCES.

DOOR OPENING LOCATIONS:

IMMEDIATELY ADJACENT TO A FLANKING WALL (AS
SHOWN ABOVE) UON.

AT THE CENTERLINE OF THE ROOM, UON, CENTERED ON
A GRID LINE.

DOOR OPENINGS IN OTHER LOCATIONS ARE LOCATED BY
DIMENSIONS.

SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE AND DETAIL
FOR HARDWARE MOUNTING INFORMATION.

TYPICAL DOOR CONSTRUCTION UON ON SCHEDULE: WOOD
(SCWD) = SOLID CORE WOOD DOOR. HOLLOW METAL (HM)
ALUMINUM (AL) = SEE SPECIFICATIONS.

DOOR FRAME NOTES:

METAL DOOR FRAME STOPS ARE FULL STOPS UON.

GLASS:

INTERIOR DOORS:
1/4" CLEAR TEMPERED GLASS TYPICAL AT NONRATED DOORS.
1/4" WIRED GLASS AT 20 MINUTE RATED DOORS.
1/4" CLEAR FIRE-LITE GLASS AT DOORS 45 MINUTE
RATED AND ABOVE.

MAXIMUM GLASS SIZE IN FIRE RATED DOORS:
20 MINUTE DOORS: 1296 SQUARE INCHES MAX.
60 MINUTE DOORS: 1296 SQUARE INCHES MAX.
90 MINUTE DOORS: 100 SQUARE INCHES MAX PER
LITE.

FINISH FLOOR TRANSITIONS OCCUR AT CENTERLINE OF

DOORS, UON SEE DETAILS SHEET FOR TYPICAL FLOOR
TRANSITIONS.

ALL INTERIOR DOORS WITH FIRE-RATINGS GREATER THAN 20

MINUTE SHALL HAVE A NONCOMBUSTIBLE SILL WITH AN
UNDERCUT OF 3/8" MAXIMUM ABOVE THE SILL.

ALL EXTERIOR DOORS SHALL HAVE METAL THRESHOLDS. SEE

HARDWARE SCHEDULE AND DOOR DETAILS SHEETS

WHERE DOOR HOLD-OPEN DEVICES OCCUR AT WALLS
PROVIDE BACKING PLATE PER BACKING PLATE SCHEDULE.

ALL HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES TO BE PAINTED.
2548

DOOR SCHEDULE LEGEND
ADO
AL
CR
EO
GL
HM
SCWD

AUTOMATIC DOOR OPERATOR (POWER ASSIST)

ALUMINUM

CARD READER

EXIT ONLY DOOR, PROVIDE SIGNAGE
"EMERGENCY EXIT ONLY"
GLASS

HOLLOW METAL

SOLID CORE WOOD DOOR

DOOR SCHEDULE LEGEND
DFLVP-1
W
(UON)
EQ
(UON)
EQ
H
19 A-701
18 A-701
18 A-701
DFL-1
14 A-701
14 A-701
LEVEL
DATUM
Y
3'-6"
H 1'-6"
GL-01
GL-01
10 A-701
14 A-701

SPECIAL

PURPOSE

OUTLETS (LOW)

TYPICAL MOUNTING HEIGHTS AND CLEARANCES

LIGHT SWITCH

FEC OR FHV

CABINET
DUPLEX
OUTLET
(LOW)

TELEPHONE

OR DATA
OUTLET

THERMOSTAT

OR FIRE
ALARM
COAT
HOOK
(HIGH)

JUNCTION
BOX

AUDIBLE &

VISUAL FIRE
ALARM

SWITCH AT

DOOR OR
CASED

OPENING

SECURITY

STROBE LIGHT
(BLUE LIGHT)

1. IT IS THE INTENT OF THE DESIGN THAT ALL ITEMS SHOWN

MOUNTED AT TYPICAL HEIGHTS BE ACCESSIBLE TO PERSONS
WITH DISABILITIES.

2. THE PURPOSE OF THIS SHEET IS TO ILLUSTRATE TYPICAL

MOUNTING HEIGHTS AND - WHERE APPLICABLE - TYPICAL

MINIMUM OR MAXIMUM CLEARANCES AND/OR TYPICAL
MOUNTING CONFIGURATIONS FOR A VARIETY OF ITEMS.

CAUTION: THIS SHEET MAY ILLUSTRATE ITEMS OR

CONFIGURATIONS WHICH DO NOT OCCUR AS PART OF THE
WORK OF THIS PROJECT. REFER TO THE PLANS, ELEVATIONS,

SECTIONS, DETAILS, AND SCHEDULES TO DETERMINE WHICH

ITEMS AND CONFIGURATIONS APPLY TO THE WORK OF THIS
PROJECT.

3.THE MOUNTING HEIGHTS, CLEARANCES, AND

CONFIGURATIONS SHOWN ON THIS SHEET ARE TYPICAL AND

SHALL APPLY TO ALL INSTANCES OF THE ITEM (OR GROUP OF

ITEMS) SHOWN UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED OR DIMENSIONED
OTHERWISE. TYPICAL DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON THIS SHEET

TAKE PRECEDENCE OVER TYPICAL DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON

THE ELECTRICAL OR MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR THE

MOUNTING OF ITEMS INSTALLED BY THE ELECTRICAL OR
MECHANICAL TRADES.

4. SPECIAL OR NON-TYPICAL MOUNTING HEIGHTS OCCUR ONLY
WHERE INDICATED BY ANNOTATED SYMBOLS; BY KEY NOTES;
BY NOTES ON PLANS, ELEVATIONS, OR DETAILS; OR BY UNIQUE DIMENSIONS ON ELEVATIONS OR DETAILS.

5. FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION REGARDING THE

PRECEDENCE OF DRAWINGS FOR DETERMINING THE EXACT

LOCATION OF EACH EXPOSED PART OF THE WORK, REFER TO
GENERAL NOTES.

6. TYPICAL MOUNTING HEIGHTS FOR ADDITIONAL ITEMS NOT

SHOWN ON THIS SHEET MAY BE ILLUSTRATED BY OTHER
SHEETS. REFER TO THE DRAWING INDEX FOR ADDITIONAL
INFORMATION.

7. MOUNTING CONFIGURATION DIAGRAMS ARE ELEVATIONS

WHICH ILLUSTRATE TYPICAL RULES GOVERNING THE

RELATIONSHIPS BETWEEN - AND PLACEMENT OF - ITEMS WHICH

OCCUR IN GROUPS OF RELATED ITEMS OR IN CLOSE PROXIMITY

TO OTHER PARTS OF THE WORK (SUCH AS SWITCHES AND
DOOR FRAMES). UNLESS OTHER MOUNTING CONFIGURATIONS

ARE SPECIFICALLY NOTED, DIMENSIONED, OR ELEVATED, THE

TYPICAL RELATIONSHIPS, ARRANGEMENTS, AND DIMENSIONS

SHOWN BY THE TYPICAL CONFIGURATION DIAGRAMS APPLY
THROUGHOUT THE WORK OF THIS PROJECT.
4'-0" MAX HIGH REACH
3'-0" MIN. FOR CONTROLS
1'-3" MIN. LOW REACH
4'-0"
3'-9"
1'-5"
DUPLEX
OUTLET
(HIGH)

SPECIAL

PURPOSE

OUTLETS (HIGH)
WALL-MTD.

TELEPHONE &
OUTLET

CARD READER,

LOCAL ALARM,

OR ARMING

STATION
8" TYP.
3'-9"
6'-8"6'-8"
4'-0" MAX HIGH REACH
3'-0" MIN. FOR CONTROLS
1'-3" MIN. LOW REACH
5'-9"
4'-0"
COAT
HOOK
(LOW) PTD-2 (SURFACE)

MIRRORED
CONDITION SIM.
1'-0"
WALL W.O.

TYP.
1/2"
2" 5/8"
1 15/16" VARIES 1 15/16"
PTN. + 1"

WALL FINISH WHERE OCCURS
4" TYP.

ROUGH OPENING

HM FRAME
1/4"

MTL PANEL SOFFIT, SEE
TYP.
1/2"
2" 5/8"
1 15/16" VARIES 1 15/16"
PTN. + 1"
A

ROUGH OPENING
20 MIN

RATED HM
WINDOW

ASSEMBLY,

PTD FRAME

GLAZING AS SCHEDULED
1/2"
1/4"
18 / A-602

SAW - MITERED

CORNER SHOWN

SAW-OR MACHINE -

MITERED AND FULL
(CONT WELDED
CORNER JOINTS, TYP.

GRIND AND FINISH

SMOOTH ALL EXPOSED
WELDS
MACHINE-MITERED:

JAMB TABS

INTERLOCKING SLOTS

IN HEAD MEMBER
14 GA. ONE PIECE

WELDED HOLLOW

METAL FRAME WITH
INTREGAL STOPS, TYP.

MACHINE - MITERED

CORNER SHOWN
MACHINE-MITERED:

JAMB TABS

INTERLOCKING SLOTS

IN HEAD MEMBER

STEEL ANCHOR CLIP

SHOP WELDED TO
FRAME
PROVIDE ADJ. FLOOR

ANCHORS WHERE

FRAMES OCCUR AT

SETTING BED

ASSEMBLIES
3/8" ø 'HILTI' KB-II W/ 2
1/2" EMBEDMENT
3/8" ø 'HILTI' KB-II W/ 2
1/2" EMBEDMENT
A. CORNER JOINT MITERED
AND FULL-WELDED, TYP.

B. STANDARD STOP WHERE
NOTED
C. CORNER JOINT
MITERED AND FULLWELDED
D. STANDARD FLOOR
ANCHOR TYP. U.O.N.

E. ADJUSTABLE FLOOR
ANCHOR TYP. AT FLOORS W/

SETTING BEDS

RESILIENT FLOORING

CONCRETE FLOOR SLAB

CARPET TO

MATCH (E)
"SCHLUTER" TRANSITION STRIP -

RENO-U, VERIFY ASSEMBLY

THICKNESS FOR TRANSITION

STRIP SELECTION
SCHD. DOOR
1/2"
TYP.
5/8" 2"
1 15/16" VARIES 1 15/16"
PTN. + 1"
4" TYP.

ROUGH OPENING
1/4"
1/2"
TYP.
5/8" 2"
1 15/16" VARIES 1 15/16"
PTN. + 1"
A
ROUGH OPENING 1/2"
20 MIN RATED HM WINDOW 1/4"

ASSEMBLY, PTD FRAME
SCHD. PARTITION
A

ROUGH OPENING
2" 3 9/32"

EZY DOOR FRAMELESS DOOR SYSTEM
1 3/4"
2 3/8"
3 9/32" 2"
1 3/4"
2 3/8"

ROUGH OPENING A
SCHD. PARITION

EZY DOOR FRAMELESS

DOOR SYSTEM

LICENSED ARCHITECT

STATE OF CALIFORNIA

PAULINE SOUZA
NO. C24532
REN. 8/31/25
5 4

SAN FRAN CISCO
CALIFORNIA 94107
415. 489.2 224 TEL
415.358.91 00 FAX
WWW.WRNSSTUDIO.COM
01 SECOND STREET
TH FLOOR, STE. 402
5 4

SAN FRAN CISCO
CALIFORNIA 94107
415. 489.2 224 TEL
415.358.91 00 FAX
WWW.WRNSSTUDIO.COM
01 SECOND STREET
TH FLOOR, STE. 402
SHEET NO:

SHEET TITLE:

ISSUES DATE
PROJECT NO.:

DATE:

SCALE:

If this drawing is not 30"x42", then the drawing has been revised from its original size.

Noted scales must be adjusted. This line should be equal to one inch

KEYPLAN
# REVISION LIST DATE
As indicated
3/18/2025 9:54:16 AM
23035.00

DOOR AND WINDOW

SCHEDULE, DOOR AND
WINDOW DETAILS, TYP.

MOUNTING HEIGHTS

AND CLEARANCES
A-701
03/18/2025
San Carlos Library
610 ELM ST. SAN CARLOS, CALIFORNIA 94070
MAKERS SPACE PERMIT SET 03/18/2025

INTERIOR DOOR SCHEDULE

MARK ROOM

DOOR FRAME
FIRE
RATING
HEIGHT
(H)
WIDTH
(W)
HDWR
GROUP
HEAD
DETAIL
JAMB
DETAIL
SILL

TYPEMAT'LFINISHTYPEFINISH
DETAIL

PANICCRADOEO

COMMENTS REV
LEVEL 2
132 MAKERS
SPACE
DFLVP-1 WD STAINE
D
FR-1 PTD MTL 20 MIN 6'-10" 6'-0" 101 18/A-701 14/A-701 19/A-701 X 132A MAKERS
SPACE
DFL-1 WD PTF NO
FRAME
6'-10" 6'-0" 18/A-701 14/A-701 19/A-701
17 1/4" = 1'-0"
DOOR TYPES 13 1/4" = 1'-0"WINDOW TYPES
18 6" = 1'-0"

HM DOOR HEAD
10 6" = 1'-0"

HM WINDOW HEAD
7 3" = 1'-0"
HOLLOW MTL FRAME TYP DETAILS 19 6" = 1'-0"HM DOOR SILL
14 6" = 1'-0"

HM DOOR JAMB
9 6" = 1'-0"

HM WINDOW JAMB
15 6" = 1'-0"
FRAMELESS DOOR HEAD 11 6" = 1'-0"

FRAMELESS DOOR JAMB
E:
003/28/2025 03/18/20252/04/2024
E:
03/28/2025
November 10, 2025
UP

CUSTOM PERFERATED

PEGBOARD PANEL
(E) FIRE RATED PARTION
5/8" GYP.
1/4"

CUSTOM PERFERATED PEGBOARD
PANEL

PLYWOOD BACKING

PARTITION AS SCHEDULED, SEE
PLANS

RUBBER BASE
FF
WALL TILE, TYP.

THIN-SET MORTAR

PARTITION AS SCHEDULED
4"
FF
5/8" GREENBOARD
(E) WALL ASSEMBLY
5/8" WOOD VENEER ZCLIPPED TO (E) FIRE RATED

PARTITION
(E) FIRE RATED PARTION
1/4"
5/8" GYP. Z-CLIPPED TO (E)

FIRE RATED PARTITION
(E) PARTITION
Z-CLIP
FIZFELT ARO PLANK 1 AK
MODULE
2 1/4"
TYP.

Z-CLIP
FIZFELT ARO PLANK 1 AK MODULE
(E) PARTITION
2 1/4"
(E) PARTITION
Z-CLIP
FIZFELT ARO PLANK 1 AK
MODULE

COUNTERTOP AND BACKSPLASH
BLOCKING AS REQ.

PARTITION AS SCHEDULED
Z-CLIP
FIZFELT ARO PLANK 1 AK
MODULE
SCHD. PARTITION
SCHD. RUBBER WALL
BASE
4"
SCHD. FLOOR
FF

SEALANT JOINT
WD-01

PLYWOOD BACKING

PARTITION AS SCHEDULED, SEE
PLANS
SCHD. RUBBER WALL BASE W

PLYWOOD BACKER
FF
5/8" WOOD VENEER
(E) FIRE RATED PARTION
Z-CLIP

CUSTOM PERFERATED

PEGBOARD, W/
ADJUSTABLE SHELVES; WD
VENEER TO MATCH WD-01
1/8" DIA. PEGBOARD HOLES
TYP.
1" TYP.
2"
C.9
D
D.8
E
5 6
4'-6" 24'-6" 3'-3"
26'-5 3/8"

CUSTOM PERFERATED

PEGBOARD, W/ ADJUSTABLE
SHELVES; WD VENEER TO
MATCH WD-01

BENCH SEATING WITH

STORAGE BELOW

WHITEBOARD WITH

STORAGE BELOW
RF-01
RF-03
RF-03 RF-01
2 A-901
8 A-901
5 A-901
4 3
6 7 A-901
13'-2"
6'-0"
8'-1" 12'-0"
6'-9"
Z-CLIPPED 5/8" WOOD
VENEER
(E) FIRE RATED PARTION
TYP.
1/4"

LICENSED ARCHITECT

STATE OF CALIFORNIA

PAULINE SOUZA
NO. C24532
REN. 8/31/25
5 4

SAN FRAN CISCO
CALIFORNIA 94107
415. 489.2 224 TEL
415.358.91 00 FAX
WWW.WRNSSTUDIO.COM
01 SECOND STREET
TH FLOOR, STE. 402
5 4

SAN FRAN CISCO
CALIFORNIA 94107
415. 489.2 224 TEL
415.358.91 00 FAX
WWW.WRNSSTUDIO.COM
01 SECOND STREET
TH FLOOR, STE. 402
SHEET NO:

SHEET TITLE:

ISSUES DATE
PROJECT NO.:

DATE:

SCALE:

If this drawing is not 30"x42", then the drawing has been revised from its original size.

Noted scales must be adjusted. This line should be equal to one inch

KEYPLAN
# REVISION LIST DATE
As indicated
3/27/2025 12:58:57 PM
23035.00

FINISH PLAN, FINISH

SCHEDULE & DETAILS
A-901
03/28/2025
San Carlos Library
610 ELM ST. SAN CARLOS, CALIFORNIA 94070
MAKERSPACE PERMIT SET 03/28/2025
18 1/4" = 1'-0"

FINISH PLAN - MAKERS SPACE

SYMBOL MANUFACTURER PRODUCT MODEL FINISH COLOR FINISH SIZE SPEC EPD COMMENTS REV

CEILING
CL-01 5/8" GYP. PTD TO MATCH PT-01
CL-02 ARMSTRONG ACOUSTIC CEILING TILE OPTIMA PB WHITE 12" X 60" NRC RATING OF .88 CL-03 BOK MODERN CEILING PANEL SYSTEM B47 PATTERN PTD TO MATCH PT-02 PAINT
PT-01 BENJAMIN MOORE PAINT CC-10- SUPER WHITE
PT-02 BENJAMIN MOORE PAINT 812 - BLUEBERRY HILL

RESILIENT FLOORING
RF-01 JOHNSONITE RUBBER FLOOR VN5 - THE BLUES
RF-02 JOHNSONITE RUBBER FLOOR 84 - BLUE JEANS
RF-03 JOHNSONITE RUBBER FLOOR 58 - WINDSOR BLUE
RF-04 JOHNSONITE RUBBER FLOOR 20 - CHARCOAL

SOLID SURFACE
SS-01 CAESARSTONE QUARTZ COUNTER 4600 - ORGANIC WHITE 3/4" THICK

SPECIALTY MATERIAL
SM-01 CLARUS HIGH-GLOSS GLASS

WHITEBOARD
WALL 2 WALL CBC -100 PURE WHITE
SM-02 FIZFELT ACOUSTIC FELT BAFFLE

PRODUCT
ARO PLANK 1.3 INDIGO A-B-A-B-B-B

BAFFLE LAYOUT
NRC RATING OF 1 WHEN

MOUNTED WITH FIZFELT

INTERLOCKING MOUNTING
SYSTEM
SM-03 FIZFELT FLAT WOOL PRODUCT AKUSTIKA 10 INDIGO NRC RATING OF .75 WHEN BACKED WITH 1/2" ACOUSTIC

SUBSTRATE AND Z CLIP
SYSTEM

UPHOLSTERY
UP-01 KVADRAT UPLHOLSTERY ATRIUM OUTDOOR 0351

WALL TILE
WT-01 HEATH CERAMIC WALL TILE DUAL GLAZE DG6 - BLUE BLEND 4" TRIANGLE WOOD
WD-01 COLUMBIA ALDER PLYWOOD VENEER PLAIN SLICED VENEER CORE RED ALDER 7 3" = 1'-0"
WD-01 PEGBOARD BASE
9 3" = 1'-0"
WD-01 PEGBOARD TO GYP
4 3" = 1'-0"
WT-01 TYP. SECTION
5 3" = 1'-0"
WD-01 TO GYP TRANSITION
12 6" = 1'-0"
SM-02 TYP. PLAN 8 3" = 1'-0"SM-02 TYP. SECTION 20 6" = 1'-0"SM-02 @ COUNTER 16 3" = 1'-0"SM-02 TYP. PLAN - INSIDE CORNER 3 3" = 1'-0"
TYP. RUBBER BASE @ GYP
2 3" = 1'-0"
WD-01 BASE
1 3" = 1'-0"
WD-01 TYP. SECTION
11 3" = 1'-0"
WD-01 PEGBOARD PATTERN
10 3" = 1'-0"
WD-01 TO PEGBOARD CORNER 6 3" = 1'-0"WD-01 TYP. JT
E:
003/28/2025 03/18/20252/04/2024
E:
03/28/2025
November 10, 2025

LICENSED ARCHITECT

STATE OF CALIFORNIA

PAULINE SOUZA
NO. C24532
REN. 8/31/25
5 4

SAN FRAN CISCO
CALIFORNIA 94107
415. 489.2 224 TEL
415.358.91 00 FAX
WWW.WRNSSTUDIO.COM
01 SECOND STREET
TH FLOOR, STE. 402
5 4

SAN FRAN CISCO
CALIFORNIA 94107
415. 489.2 224 TEL
415.358.91 00 FAX
WWW.WRNSSTUDIO.COM
01 SECOND STREET
TH FLOOR, STE. 402
SHEET NO:

SHEET TITLE:

ISSUES DATE
PROJECT NO.:

DATE:

SCALE:

If this drawing is not 30"x42", then the drawing has been revised from its original size.

Noted scales must be adjusted. This line should be equal to one inch

KEYPLAN
A
# REVISION LIST DATE
B
C
D
3/18/2025 9:54:18 AM
23035.00

RENDERINGS
A-902
03/18/2025
San Carlos Library
610 ELM ST. SAN CARLOS, CALIFORNIA 94070
MAKERS SPACE PERMIT SET 03/18/2025

COLLABORATION ZONE STORAGE WALL

CURVED WALL WET ZONE / DOCKING STATION

RENDERINGS INCLUDED TO CONVEY DESIGN INTENT ONLY
A B
C D
E:
003/28/2025 03/18/20252/04/2024
E:
03/28/2025
November 10, 2025

GENERAL MECHANICAL NOTES
A. PROVIDE MISCELLANEOUS METALS AND MATERIALS FOR A COMPLETE INSTALLATION (IE.

SUPPORT, BRACING, ETC.)
B. PROVIDE EQUIPMENT SUBMITTAL, FOR REVIEW, IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE SPECIFICATIONS.

DO NOT DELIVER TO THE JOB SITE ANY PRODUCTS WITHOUT PRIOR REVIEW BY THEARCHITECT. SUBMIT ALL REQUIRED SUBMITTALS AT ONE TIME. AT CONTRACTOR’S OPTION, 3SEPARATE SUBMITTALS MAY BE SUBMITTED, CONSISTING OF: UNDERGROUND WORK,BUILDING WORK, AND BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM – DEVIATIONS WILL BE RETURNEDWITHOUT REVIEW. INCOMPLETE SUBMITTALS WILL BE RETURNED WITHOUT REVIEW.ENGINEER WILL PROVIDE MAXIMUM OF TWO REVIEWS OF SUBMITTAL PACKAGE. ARRANGEFOR ADDITIONAL REVIEWS AND/OR EARLY REVIEW OF LONG-LEAD ITEMS AND BEAR COSTSOF THESE ADDITIONAL REVIEWS AT ENGINEER'S STANDARD HOURLY RATES. SUBSTITUTIONREQUESTS WILL NOT BE REVIEWED AFTER AWARD OF CONTRACT.

C. WHERE COMBINATION FIRE AND SMOKE DAMPER IS SHOWN IMMEDIATELY BEHIND A WALL MOUNTED GRILLE AND THERE IS INSUFFICIENT ACCESS AT DUCTWORK, ENLARGE THEWIDTH OF THE GRILLE AND FSD BY A MINIMUM OF 6 INCHES, OR AS OTHERWISE REQUIREDBY FSD MANUFACTURER, AND PROVIDE A “FRONT ACCESS” FSD FOR ACCESS TO FSDCOMPONENTS FROM FACE OF GRILLE. INSTALL GRILLE FLUSH WITH WALL SURFACE ANDLOCATE DAMPER ACTUATOR OUTSIDE OF THE AIRSTREAM. FSD’S SHALL BE RUSKINFSD-60FA OR EQUAL.

D. PRIOR TO SUBMISSION OF BID, REVIEW A COMPLETE SET OF CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS (INCLUDING ALL OTHER TRADES). INCLUDE ADDITIONAL PIPE OR DUCT OFF-SETS THAT MAYBE REQUIRED TO CLEAR STRUCTURE, FINISHES OR WORK OF OTHER TRADES. FIELD VERIFYEXACT LOCATION AND SIZES OF EXISTING UTILITIES, THE PROPOSED POINT OFCONNECTIONS TO EXISTING SYSTEMS, AND NEW ROUTINGS. EXTRA PAYMENT WILL NOT BEALLOWED FOR WORK RESULTING FROM LACK OF APPRAISAL OF ENTIRE SCOPE OF WORKPRIOR TO BID. SYSTEM LAYOUTS AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS ARE GENERALLYDIAGRAMMATIC BUT SHALL BE FOLLOWED AS CLOSELY AS ACTUAL CONSTRUCTION WILLPERMIT.

E. PROVIDE DUCT ACCESS DOORS FOR EQUIPMENT AND DEVICES REQUIRING ACCESS OR RESETTING (IE. FIRE AND SMOKE DAMPERS, SMOKE DAMPERS, SENSORS, ETC.) INDICATESIZE AND LOCATION ON COORDINATED SHOP DRAWINGS.

F. FLASH AND COUNTER FLASH ALL ROOF PENETRATIONS TO SEAL WEATHER TIGHT (SEE ARCHITECTURAL ROOFING DETAILS AND SPECIFICATIONS).

G. INSTALL EQUIPMENT AND CURBS LEVEL. PROVIDE DUNNAGE, MISCELLANEOUS METALS, AND/OR PRESSURE TREATED LUMBER, AS REQUIRED TO INSTALL EQUIPMENT AND CURBSLEVEL.

H. PROVIDE DUCTWORK AND TRANSITIONS EQUAL TO DUCT FREE AREA SHOWN ON DRAWINGS, TO PREVENT A SPATIAL CONFLICT. AT CONTRACTOR’S OPTION AND IF SPATIALCONSTRAINTS ALLOW IT, ROUND SPIRAL DUCTWORK, OF EQUAL CROSS-SECTIONAL AREAOR LARGER, MAY BE USED IN LIEU OF RECTANGULAR DUCTWORK WHERE SHOWN ON PLANS.

I. EQUIPMENT, HVAC DUCTS, PIPING AND OTHER DEVICES AND MATERIALS INSTALLED OUTDOORS OR EXPOSED TO WEATHER SHALL BE WEATHER-PROOF.

J. USE FLEXIBLE DUCTS ONLY FOR THE LAST 5 FEET MAXIMUM AT AIR OUTLETS, EXCEPT AT AIR OUTLETS DO NOT USE FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK IN LIEU OF ELBOWS OR FITTINGS.

K. PROVIDE MANUAL VOLUME DAMPERS AT EACH GRILLE, REGISTER, AND DIFFUSER, AND LOCATE EQUIDISTANCE BETWEEN BRANCH TAKEOFF AND AIR INLET/OUTLET. DO NOT USEVOLUME DAMPERS INTEGRAL WITH GRILLES, DIFFUSERS AND REGISTERS FOR AIRBALANCING.

L. INSTALL EQUIPMENT WITH SUFFICIENT ACCESS TO PANELS, ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS, CONTROLS, FILTERS, MOTORS, ETC. COORDINATE ACCESS TO ALL DAMPERS, VALVES, ANDOTHER SERVICEABLE EQUIPMENT. REVIEW CEILING HEIGHTS AND COORDINATE ACCESSPANEL LOCATIONS.

M. COORDINATE EQUIPMENT PLATFORMS, AND CUTTING AND PATCHING. OBTAIN WRITTEN PERMISSION FROM THE ARCHITECT PRIOR TO ANY STRUCTURAL MODIFICATIONS, CUTTINGOR PATCHING WORK. KEEP SAW CUTTING TO A MINIMUM.

N. VERIFY DIFFUSERS, GRILLES, AND REGISTER MOUNTING FRAME TYPES WITH CONSTRUCTION TYPE AND CONFIGURATION.

O. PAINT FLAT BLACK ALL VISIBLE INTERIOR PORTIONS OF DUCTWORK.P. PROTECT AND ISOLATE DUCTS STORED ON CONSTRUCTION SITE FROM DUST CONTAMINATION.

Q. COORDINATE LOCATION OF SENSORS AND THERMOSTATS WITH ARCHITECT. COMPLY WITH ADA REQUIREMENTS.

R. “DEMOLISH” OR “REMOVE” MEAN: REMOVE AND RETURN TO OWNER FOR ACCEPTANCE, AND DISPOSE OF ANY ITEMS NOT ACCEPTED BY THE OWNER.

S. SEE EQUIPMENT SCHEDULES FOR BRANCH PIPE SIZES TO EQUIPMENT, WHERE PIPE SIZES ARE NOT SHOWN ON PLANS.

T. PROVIDE REMOTE DAMPER OPERATORS AS MANUFACTURED BY YOUNG REGULATOR COMPANY, MODEL 315 AND 270-275, OR EQUAL, FOR DAMPERS ABOVE INACCESSIBLECEILINGS (SUCH AS GYPBOARD).

U. COORDINATE WITH DIVISION 26 FOR LOCATION OF POWER AND LOCAL DISCONNECTS FOR MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT DEVICES. PROVIDE STARTERS FOR EQUIPMENT WITHOUT VFD’S,ECM MOTORS, OR EQUIPMENT WITHOUT INTEGRAL STARTERS.

V. MAINTAIN MINIMUM ELECTRICAL CODE AND UNIT MANUFACTURER'S CLEARANCES TO ADJACENT CONSTRUCTION OR EQUIPMENT, PER CEC OR THE FOLLOWING TABLE:
0-150 VOLT 150-600

NO LIVE OR GROUNDED PARTSON OPPOSITE SIDE
36 INCH

GROUNDED PARTS ON OPPOSITE SIDELIVE PARTS ON OPPOSITE SIDE 36 INCH
36 INCH 42 INCH36 INCH 48 INCH
A. EXISTING DRAWINGS ARE BASED AS-BUILT DRAWINGS DATED 06/07/1999 AS PREPARED BY FLACK+KURTS CONSULTING ENGINEERS.

B. VERIFY CONDITION OF EXISTING EQUIPMENT, EXACT SIZES AND LOCATION OF EXISTING DUCTS AND PIPING, ETC. BEFORE DEMOLITION WORK BEGINS. REPORT ANYDISCREPANCIES BETWEEN PLANS AND ACTUAL FIELD CONDITIONS TO ARCHITECT ANDENGINEER PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF DEMOLITION WORK.

C. SCHEDULE NEW AND DEMOLITION WORK IN ADVANCE WITH OWNER.D. REMOVE EXISTING HVAC EQUIPMENT AND ASSOCIATED MATERIALS AS SHOWN AND TURN OVER TO OWNER OR REMOVE FROM SITE, AS DIRECTED BY OWNER.

E. COORDINATE CEILING REMOVAL WHICH IS REQUIRED FOR ACCESS TO WORK THAT IS NOT DESIGNATED FOR REMOVAL. NOTIFY ARCHITECT AND OWNER PRIOR TO COMMENCINGREMOVAL OF EXISTING CEILING WHICH IS DETERMINED TO BE REQUIRED FOR REMOVALWORK. REMOVE ONLY THAT PORTION NECESSARY TO ACCESS AND COMPLETE THEWORK. UPON COMPLETION OF THE ABOVE CEILING WORK, REPLACE CEILING TO MATCHEXISTING CEILING.

F. NOTIFY OWNER UPON DISCOVERY OF ANY DUCT DEBRIS, MOLD, ETC. THAT REQUIRE ADDITIONAL CLEANING PRIOR TO RECONNECTING TO NEW DUCTS.

GENERAL DEMOLITION NOTES
5 4

SAN FRAN CI SCO
CALIFORNIA 94107
415. 489.2 224 TEL415.358.91 00 FAX
WWW.WRNSSTUDIO.COM
01 SECOND STREET
TH FLOOR, STE. 402
5 4

SAN FRAN CI SCO
CALIFORNIA 94107
415. 489.2 224 TEL415.358.91 00 FAX
WWW.WRNSSTUDIO.COM
01 SECOND STREET
TH FLOOR, STE. 402
SHEET NO:

SHEET TITLE:

ISSUES DATE
PROJECT NO.:

DATE:

SCALE:

If this drawing is not 30"x42", then the drawing has been revised from its original size.Noted scales must be adjusted. This line should be equal to one inch

KEYPLAN
PRICING SET 11/15/2024
# REVISION LIST DATE
Exp: 06/30/26
MAIN LIBRARY PRIVACY POD PERMIT 02/05/2025SUBMISSIONPERMIT SET 02/12/2025 12" = 1'-0"
2/18/20259:10:10AM
23035.00

SYMBOL LIST ANDGENERAL NOTES -MECHANICAL
M-001
02/04/2024
San Carlos Library
610 ELM ST. SAN CARLOS, CALIFORNIA 94070
M-001 SYMBOL LIST AND GENERAL NOTES - MECHANICALM-002 SCHEDULES - MECHANICALM-003 TITLE 24 - MECHANICALM-004 TITLE 24 - MECHANICALM-101 SECOND FLOOR PRE-BALANCE PLAN - MECHANICALM-201 SECOND FLOOR PLANS - MECHANICALM-202 ROOF PLAN - MECHANICALM-301 DIAGRAMS - MECHANICALM-401 DETAILS - MECHANICAL

SHEET INDEX

MECHANICAL SYMBOL LIST
NOTE: This is a standard symbol list and not all items listed may be used.

Abbreviations

AFF ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR

AD ACCESS DOOR

A/C AIR CONDITION(ED)

BDD BACKDRAFT DAMPER

BFP BACKFLOW PREVENTER

BFF BELOW FINISHED FLOOR

BHP BRAKE HORSEPOWER

CD CEILING DIFFUSER

CV CHECK VALVE

COP COEFFICIENT OF PERFORMANCE

CW COLD WATER

CD CONDENSATE DRAINCU CONDENSING UNIT
CONT. CONTINUATION

DB DECIBEL

DIA DIAMETER

DX DIRECT EXPANSION
D DROP

DB DRY BULB

EFF EFFICIENT

ELECT ELECTRICAL

EER ENERGY EFFICIENCY RATING

EAT ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE

EWT ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE

EXH EXHAUST

EF EXHAUST FAN

F FAHRENHEIT

FT FEET

FD FIRE DAMPER

FLA FULL LOAD AMPS

GAL GALLONS

GPH GALLONS PER HOUR

GPM GALLONS PER MINUTE

HD HEAD

HTR HEATER

HTG HEATING

HP HORSEPOWER

HWC HOT WATER COIL

IN INCHESID INSIDE DIAMETER

IE INVERT ELEVATION

KW KILOWATT

LH LATENT HEAT

LAT LEAVING AIR TEMPERATURE

MAX MAXIMUM

MIN MINIMUM

MA MIXED AIR

MD MOTORIZED DAMPER

N/A NOT APPLICABLE

NIC NOT IN CONTRACT

NTS NOT TO SCALE
NO. NUMBER

OC ON CENTER

OBD OPPOSED BLADE DAMPER

OA OUTSIDE AIR

OD OUTSIDE DIAMETER

PH PHASE
LBS. POUNDS

PSI POUNDS PER SQUARE INCH

PD PRESSURE DROP

PRV PRESSURE REDUCING VALVEQTY QUANTITY

RET RETURN

RA RETURN AIR

RPM REVOLUTIONS PER MINUTE
R RISE

SEER SEASONAL ENERGY EFFICIENCY RATING

SH SENSIBLE HEAT

SOV SHUT OFF VALVE

SF SQUARE FEET

SP STATIC PRESSURESA SUPPLY AIR

T, TEMP TEMPERATURE

TD TEMPERATURE DIFFERENCE

MBH THOUSAND BTU'S PER HOUR

TH TOTAL HEAT

TP TOTAL PRESSURE
V VOLT

WC WATER COLUMN
W WATT

WB WET BULB

W/ WITH
Control Symbols

CARBON DIOXIDE SENSORSPACE TEMPERATURE SENSOR/THERMOSTAT Dampers

FIRE DAMPERFIRE/SMOKE DAMPERMOTORIZED DAMPERSMOKE DAMPERVOLUME DAMPER Diffusers and Grilles

DIFFUSER OR GRILLE IDENTIFICATIONEXHAUST AIRRETURN AIRSUPPLY AIR Ductwork Fittings
ACOUSTICALLY LINED DUCT (SIZES SHOWN ARE NET INSIDE)BELLMOUTHCONCENTRIC SQUARE TO ROUNDCONCENTRIC TRANSITION, RECTANGULAR OR ROUNDECCENTRIC TRANSITION, RECTANGULAR OR ROUNDFLEXIBLE CONNECTIONNON-SYMMETRICAL WYERECTANGULAR DUCT DROPRECTANGULAR DUCT RISERRECTANGULAR MAIN WITH RECTANGULAR BRANCHRECTANGULAR MAIN WITH ROUND BRANCHRECTANGULAR OFFSET LESS THAN 15%%dRECTANGULAR OFFSET MORE THAN 15%%dROUND DUCT DROPROUND DUCT RISERROUND DUCT WITH ROUND BRANCHROUND WYESYMMETRICAL WYEMITERED ELBOW WITH TURNING VANESRADIUSED ELBOW General

RECTANGULAR DUCT SIZINGROUND DUCT SIZING
Piping Fittings, Appurtenances and Equipment

AIR SEPARATORAUTOMATIC AIR VENTBACKFLOW PREVENTERCAPCONTINUATIONEXPANSION JOINTEXPANSION LOOPEXPANSION TANKFLOW SWITCHHEAT EXCHANGERHOSE BIBBMANUAL AIR VENTPIPE DROPPIPE RISEPIPE TO DRAINPRESSURE GAUGE WITH COCKPRESSURE RELIEF VALVEPRESSURE SENSORSHOCK ABSORBERT&P RELIEF VALVE WITH PIPE TO DRAINTEE DOWN ON PIPETEE UP ON PIPETEMPERATURE SENSORTEST PORT (PETE'S PLUG OR EQUAL)THERMOMETERVENT TO ATMOSPHEREWATER METER Piping Systems

HEATING WATER RETURNHEATING WATER SUPPLY
Piping Valves

CHECK VALVEGLOBE VALVEQUARTER TURN VALVEVALVE, GENERAL

PROJECT

CONTACT
www.interfaceengineering.com
Jeremy Boone
2024-1269
49 Stevenson Street, Suite 660
San Francisco, CA 94105
TEL 415.489.7240
03/18/2025
E:
003/28/2025 03/18/2025 2/04/2024
E:
03/28/2025
November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 39
Pz
Az ASHRAE 62.1 ASHRAE 62.1 ACTUAL Rp Ra Vbz Ez Voz Rp Voz Ra Voz Voz, max DESIGN

FLOOR OCCUPANT DENSITY NUMBER OF NUMBER OF PEOPLE OUTDOOR AREA OUTDOOR OUTDOOR VENTILATION CORRECTED OUTDOOR PEOPLE OUTDOOR OUTDOOR AREA OUTDOOR OUTDOOR OUTDOOR OUTDOOR

EQUIPMENT AREA DEFAULT OCCUPANT OCCUPANTS AIR RATE RATE AIR REQUIRED EFFECTIVENESS AIR REQUIRED AIR RATE AIR REQUIRED RATE AIR REQUIRED AIR REQUIRED AIR TAG ROOM (SF) (PEOPLE / 1000 SF) (# PEOPLE) (# PEOPLE) (CFM/ PERSON) (CFM/SF) (CFM) NUMBER (CFM) (CFM/PERSON) (CFM) (CFM/SF) (CFM) (CFM) (CFM) AHU-1 101 SAMPLE ROOM NAME 1077 20 22 22 10 0.18 414 0.8 517 15 330 0.15 162 517 520 0 0

OUTSIDE AIR VENTILATION SCHEDULE - CALIFORNIA MECHANICAL AND ENERGY CODE 2022 CALIFORNIA MECHANICAL CODE 2022 CALIFORNIA ENERGY CODE (PEOPLE) 2022 CALIFORNIA ENERGY CODE (AREA) 5 4

SAN FRAN CI SCO
CALIFORNIA 94107
415. 489.2 224 TEL415.358.91 00 FAX
WWW.WRNSSTUDIO.COM
01 SECOND STREET
TH FLOOR, STE. 402
5 4

SAN FRAN CI SCO
CALIFORNIA 94107
415. 489.2 224 TEL415.358.91 00 FAX
WWW.WRNSSTUDIO.COM
01 SECOND STREET
TH FLOOR, STE. 402
SHEET NO:SHEET TITLE:

ISSUES DATE
PROJECT NO.:DATE:SCALE:

If this drawing is not 30"x42", then the drawing has been revised from its original size.Noted scales must be adjusted. This line should be equal to one inch

KEYPLAN
PRICING SET 11/15/2024
# REVISION LIST DATE
Exp: 06/30/26
MAIN LIBRARY PRIVACY POD PERMIT 02/05/2025SUBMISSION
PERMIT SET 02/12/2025
2/18/20259:10:11AM
23035.00

SCHEDULES -MECHANICAL
M-002
02/04/2024
San Carlos Library
610 ELM ST. SAN CARLOS, CALIFORNIA 94070

PROJECTCONTACT
www.interfaceengineering.com
Jeremy Boone2024-1269
49 Stevenson Street, Suite 660San Francisco, CA 94105TEL 415.489.7240

DIFFUSER, REGISTER AND GRILLE SCHEDULE

SYMBOL TYPE FACE FRAME DAMPER FINISH

BASIS OF
DESIGN

MFR MODEL NOTES
LE-1 LINEAR EXHAUST 3-SLOT, 1 INCH SURFACE NONE WHITE TITUS MLR-39 1-6 LR-1 LINEAR RETURN 3-SLOT, 1 INCH SURFACE NONE WHITE TITUS MLR-39 1-6 LS-1 LINEAR SUPPY DIFFUSER 3-SLOT, 1 INCH SURFACE NONE WHITE TITUS ML-39 1-6

FAN SCHEDULE

SYMBOL LOCATION
AREA
SERVED

BASIS OF DESIGN

TYPE DRIVE

AIR FLOW
(CFM)
TSP
(IN H20)
MAX
RPM
SOUNDS
SONES

ELECTRICAL

CONTROLS
REF

MOUNTIN
G REF
MAX
WT

MFR MODEL VOLTS PH BHP MHP (LBS) COMMENTS
EF-1 ROOF MAKER SPACE GREENHECK USF-12 UTILITY DIRECT 520 0.35 2615 6.1 120 1 0.05 0.333 2/M-301 3/M-401 250 1-4

TERMINAL UNIT SCHEDULE

SYMBOL LOCATION
AREA
SERVED

BASIS OF DESIGN
INLET
SIZE

COOLING

AIR FLOW
MIN.

INLET SP
(IN H2O)
DN

STREAM SP
(IN H2O)

MAX TU SP
(IN H2O)

HOT WATER HEATING COIL MIN
BRANCH
PIPE
SIZE
VALVE
TYPE
(2-WAY
OR
3-WAY)
SOUND
DATA

CONTROLS
REF

MOUNTING

MFR MODEL REF COMMENTS
MAX
CFM
MIN
CFM
MAX
HTG
CFM
MIN
CAP

MBH GPM
EAT
(°F)
LAT
(°F)
EWT
(°F)
LWT
(°F)
#

ROWS FPI

WPD (FT
H2O)
RAD
NC
DISCH
NC
(N)VAV-TI-12 MAKER SPACE MAKER SPACE TITUS DESV 12 1040 520 1.00 0.25 0.10 520 22.6 1.4 55 95 200 166.9 1 12 0.26 3/4" 2-WAY 20 24 1/M-301 2/M-401 1-5 NOTES:1. FAN TO OPERATE AT CONSTANT VOLUME. INTERLOCK FAN OPERATION WITH MAKER SPACE LASER CUTTER.2. PROVIDE WITH BACKDRAFT DAMPER.3. PROVIDE FAN WITH UPBLAST DISCHARGE POSITION.4. PROVIDE FACTORY SUPPLIED ACCESS DOOR, BELT GUARD, WATHER COVER / OSHA BELT GUARD AND OUTLET SAFETY GUARD.5. PROVIDE RESTRAINED SPRING ISOLATORS. MAOSN TYPE SLR OR APPROVED EQUAL.

NOTES:1. PROVIDE WITH FLOW SENSOR AND CONTROLLER WITH CONTROL RANGE 0.004 IN. W.C. TO 1.5 IN. W.C. WITH AN ACCURACY OF +5% AT 1 IN. W.C.2. PROVIDE WITH 120V POWER TO CONTROL TRANSFORMER BY DIV 26. 24V DDC CONTROL WIRING BY CONTROLS CONTRACTOR.3. COIL CONNECTION AND CONTROL BOX SHALL BE ON OPPOSITE SIDE.4. SEE 3/M-301 FOR REHEAT COIL PIPING DIAGRAM.5. PROVIDE MINIMUM 5'-0" LONG LINED PLENUM AT OUTLET OF TERMINAL UNIT WITH 2 IN. DUCT LINING. SEE 2/M-401 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.

NOTES:1. PROVIDE VOLUME DAMPER AT EACH DIFFUSER AND GRILLE BRANCH FOR BALANCING.2. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH LIGHTS, SPRINKLER HEADS, AND ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED CEILING PLAN.3. FINAL FINISH, COLOR, AND BORDER TYPE SHALL BE AS SELECTED BY ARCHITECT.4. PROVIDE REMOTE DAMPER ACTUATORS IN INACCESSIBLE CEILINGS.5. SEE MECHANICAL FLOOR PLANS FOR DIFFUSER NECK SIZING.6. PROVIDE WITH INSULATED MANUFACTURED PLENUM. 03/18/2025
E:
003/28/2025 03/18/2025 2/04/2024
E:
03/28/2025
November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 40
5 4
S
A
N
F
R
A
N
CI S
C
O
C
A
LIF
O
R
NIA
9 410
7 415. 4
8 9.2
2 2
4 T
E
L
415.3
5 8.91 0
0 F
A
X
W
W
W.W
R
N
S
S
T
U
DIO.C
O
M
01 S
E
C
O
N
D
S
T
R
E
E
T
T
H
F
L
O
O
R, S
T
E. 4
0 2
5 4
S
A
N
F
R
A
N
CI S
C
O
C
A
LIF
O
R
NIA
9 410
7 415. 4
8 9.2
2 2
4 T
E
L
415.3
5 8.91 0
0 F
A
X
W
W
W.W
R
N
S
S
T
U
DIO.C
O
M
01 S
E
C
O
N
D
S
T
R
E
E
T
T
H
F
L
O
O
R, S
T
E. 4
0 2
5 4
S
A
N
F
R
A
N
CI S
C
O
C
A
LIF
O
R
NIA
9 410
7 415. 4
8 9.2
2 2
4 T
E
L
415.3
5 8.91 0
0 F
A
X
W
W
W.W
R
N
S
S
T
U
DIO.C
O
M
01 S
E
C
O
N
D
S
T
R
E
E
T
T
H
F
L
O
O
R, S
T
E. 4
0 2
S
H
E
E
T
N
O:

S
H
E
E
T
TITLE:

IS
S
U
E
S
D
A
T
E
P
R
OJE
C
T
N
O.:

D
A
T
E:

S
C
ALE:

All dra
wings and written m
aterial appe
aring herein constitute
original and unpublished w
ork of the
Architect/Engine
er and m
a
y not be duplicated, used or disclosed without consent of Architect/Engine er. If this dra
wing is not 30"x
4 2", then the dra
wing has be
en re
vised fro
m its original size. N
oted scales must be
adjusted. This line should be
equal to
one inch
K
E
Y
PLA
N
P
RICIN
G
S
E
T 11/15/202
4 #
R
E
VISIO
N LIS
T
D
A
T
E
Exp: 06/30/26
M

AIN LIB
R
A
R
Y
P
RIV
A
C
Y
P
O
D
P
E
R
MIT 02/05/202
5 S
U
B
MIS
SIO
N
P
E
R
MIT
S
E
T 02/12/202
5 2/18/2025 9:10:12 AM
23035.00
TIT
L
E
2 4
-
M
E
C
H
A
NIC
A
L
M
-
0 0
3 02/04/202
4 S
a
n
C
a
rlo
s
Lib
r
a
r
y
610 ELM
S
T. S
A
N
C
A
RLO
S, C
ALIF
O
R
NIA 94070

PROJECTCONTACT
w
w
w.interfaceengineering.com
Jeremy Boone2024-1269
49 Stevenson Street, Suite 660San Francisco, CA 94105TEL 415.489.7240 03/18/2025
E:
003/28/2025 03/18/2025
2/04/202
4 E:
03/28/2025
November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 41
5 4
S
A
N
F
R
A
N
CI S
C
O
C
A
LIF
O
R
NIA
9 410
7 415. 4
8 9.2
2 2
4 T
E
L
415.3
5 8.91 0
0 F
A
X
W
W
W.W
R
N
S
S
T
U
DIO.C
O
M
01 S
E
C
O
N
D
S
T
R
E
E
T
T
H
F
L
O
O
R, S
T
E. 4
0 2
5 4
S
A
N
F
R
A
N
CI S
C
O
C
A
LIF
O
R
NIA
9 410
7 415. 4
8 9.2
2 2
4 T
E
L
415.3
5 8.91 0
0 F
A
X
W
W
W.W
R
N
S
S
T
U
DIO.C
O
M
01 S
E
C
O
N
D
S
T
R
E
E
T
T
H
F
L
O
O
R, S
T
E. 4
0 2
5 4
S
A
N
F
R
A
N
CI S
C
O
C
A
LIF
O
R
NIA
9 410
7 415. 4
8 9.2
2 2
4 T
E
L
415.3
5 8.91 0
0 F
A
X
W
W
W.W
R
N
S
S
T
U
DIO.C
O
M
01 S
E
C
O
N
D
S
T
R
E
E
T
T
H
F
L
O
O
R, S
T
E. 4
0 2
S
H
E
E
T
N
O:

S
H
E
E
T
TITLE:

IS
S
U
E
S
D
A
T
E
P
R
OJE
C
T
N
O.:

D
A
T
E:

S
C
ALE:

AIN LIB
R
A
R
Y
P
RIV
A
C
Y
P
O
D
P
E
R
MIT 02/05/202
5 S
U
B
MIS
SIO
N
P
E
R
MIT
S
E
T 02/12/202
5 2/18/2025 9:10:13 AM
23035.00
TIT
L
E
2 4
-
M
E
C
H
A
NIC
A
L
M
-
0 0
4 02/04/202
4 S
a
n
C
a
rlo
s
Lib
r
a
r
y
610 ELM
S
T. S
A
N
C
A
RLO
S, C
ALIF
O
R
NIA 94070

SAN FRAN CI SCO
CALIFORNIA 94107
415. 489.2 224 TEL415.358.91 00 FAX
WWW.WRNSSTUDIO.COM
01 SECOND STREET
TH FLOOR, STE. 402
5 4

SAN FRAN CI SCO
CALIFORNIA 94107
415. 489.2 224 TEL415.358.91 00 FAX
WWW.WRNSSTUDIO.COM
01 SECOND STREET
TH FLOOR, STE. 402
SHEET NO:SHEET TITLE:

ISSUES DATE
PROJECT NO.:DATE:SCALE:

If this drawing is not 30"x42", then the drawing has been revised from its original size.Noted scales must be adjusted. This line should be equal to one inch

KEYPLAN
PRICING SET 11/15/2024
# REVISION LIST DATE
Exp: 06/30/26
MAIN LIBRARY PRIVACY POD PERMIT 02/05/2025SUBMISSION
PERMIT SET 02/12/2025
1/4" = 1'-0"
2/18/20259:10:13AM
23035.00

SECOND FLOORPRE-BALANCE PLAN -MECHANICAL
M-101
02/04/2024
San Carlos Library
610 ELM ST. SAN CARLOS, CALIFORNIA 94070
0' 2' 4' 8'
1/4" = 1'-0"
1 SECOND FLOOR PRE-BALANCE PLAN - MECHANICAL

PROJECTCONTACT
www.interfaceengineering.com
Jeremy Boone2024-1269
49 Stevenson Street, Suite 660San Francisco, CA 94105TEL 415.489.7240 NORTH

PRE-CONSTRUCTIONAIR BALANCE NOTES
A. TAKE ALL AIRFLOW READINGS BEFORE START OF DEMOLITION WORK.B. TAKE AIRFLOW READINGS OF ALL SUPPLY, RETURN AND EXHAUST AIR OUTLETS BOTH INSIDE AND OUTSIDE REMODEL AREAS AS SHOWN. MAKE NOTE OF ANY ADDITIONAL AIR OUTLETSAND THEIR AIRFLOW READINGS THAT ARE NOT SHOWN ON THE PRE- CONSTRUCTION AIRBALANCE DIAGRAM.

C. PROVIDE AIRFLOW READINGS OF ALL SUPPLY, RETURN AND EXHAUST AIR TERMINAL BOXES/VALVES AS SHOWN ON PLAN.

D. PROVIDE MARK-UP WITH LEGEND OF MEASUREMENT LOCATIONS.E. PROVIDE FOLLOWING EQUIPMENT INFORMATION:

AC-2 (SF-2): NAMEPLATE INFORMATION; TOTAL COOLING, HEATING, AND AIRFLOW CAPACITY;CHWS/R & HHWS/R GPM & TEMPERATURES; FAN & MOTOR PERFORMANCE DATA INCLUDINGTHE FOLLOWING AT MINIMUM: VOLTAGE, AMPERAGE, BHP, HP, RPM, SPEED (VFD),INLET/DISCHARGE STATIC PRESSURE; OA INTAKE: VERIFY PERCENTAGE.EF-2: NAMEPLATE INFORMATION; AIRFLOW; FAN & MOTOR PERFORMANCE DATA INCLUDINGTHE FOLLOWING AT MINIMUM: VOLTAGE, AMPERAGE, BHP, HP, RPM, SPEED (VFD),INLET/DISCHARGE STATIC PRESSURE(E)VAV-TI-12: NAMEPLATE INFORMATION; INLET SIZE; AIRFLOW; REHEAT COIL GPM, NUMBEROF ROWS AND FPI.

F. RECORD ALL MEASURED AIRFLOW READINGS IN A STANDARD AIR BALANCE REPORT COMPLETE WITH CORRESPONDING FAN INFORMATION, AIRFLOW READINGS, AND KEYEDDIAGRAM OF SYSTEM AND AIR READING POINTS CORRESPONDING TO AIRFLOW READINGS.

G. SUBMIT COMPLETE AIR BALANCE REPORT TO THE OWNER AND ARCHITECT AT PROJECT COMPLETION.

H. TAKE AIRFLOW READINGS AT EACH MAIN SUPPLY AND EXHAUST AIR DUCT SERVING AREAS OUTSIDE OF REMODEL AREA USING PITOT TRAVERSE POINTS. PROVIDE ADDITIONAL PITOTTRAVERSE READINGS IF ADDITIONAL DUCTS ARE FOUND EXTENDING TO AREAS OUTSIDE OFREMODEL AREA.

PROJECT COMPLETIONAIR BALANCE NOTES
A. BALANCE ALL SUPPLY, RETURN AND EXHAUST AIR OUTLETS WITHIN THE PROJECT AREA TO PRE-CONSTRUCTION READINGS AS RECORDED IN PRE-CONSTRUCTION AIR BALANCEREPORT.

B. BALANCE ALL SUPPLY, RETURN AND EXHAUST AIR OUTLETS OUTSIDE THE PROJECT AREA TO PRE-CONSTRUCTION READINGS AS RECORDED IN PRE-CONSTRUCTION AIR BALANCEREPORT.

C. MAKE FAN ADJUSTMENTS IF REQUIRED TO ACHIEVE BOTH PRE-CONSTRUCTION AIR QUANTITIES OUTSIDE OF PROJECT AREA AND REQUIRED AIR QUANTITIES INSIDE PROJECTAREA FOR COMPLETE SYSTEM BALANCE.

D. SUBMIT FINAL AIR BALANCE TO THE OWNER AND ARCHITECT SHOWING FAN AND SYSTEM BALANCE INCLUDING PROJECT AND NON-PROJECT AREA SERVED BY EACH SYSTEM. 03/18/2025
E:
003/28/2025 03/18/2025 2/04/2024
E:
03/28/2025
November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 43
C.9
D
D.8
E
5 6
14"ø
T
5 (E)VAV-TI-12
4 12"ø 3
(1040)
(N)VAV-TI-12

MAKERS SPACE
132
260
LS-1
TYP 4
12''ø - 5'-0"
260
LR-1TYP 4
12"ø - 5'-0"
260
LE-1TYP 2
12''ø - 5'-0"
10"ø10"ø
C.9
D
D.8
E
5 6
T
(E)VAV-TI-12
(E)VAV-TI-12
1 (E)8"ø
2 5
4 SAN FRAN CI SCO
CALIFORNIA 94107
415. 489.2 224 TEL415.358.91 00 FAX
WWW.WRNSSTUDIO.COM
01 SECOND STREET
TH FLOOR, STE. 402
5 4

SAN FRAN CI SCO
CALIFORNIA 94107
415. 489.2 224 TEL415.358.91 00 FAX
WWW.WRNSSTUDIO.COM
01 SECOND STREET
TH FLOOR, STE. 402
5 4

SAN FRAN CI SCO
CALIFORNIA 94107
415. 489.2 224 TEL415.358.91 00 FAX
WWW.WRNSSTUDIO.COM
01 SECOND STREET
TH FLOOR, STE. 402
SHEET NO:SHEET TITLE:

ISSUES DATE
PROJECT NO.:DATE:SCALE:

If this drawing is not 30"x42", then the drawing has been revised from its original size.Noted scales must be adjusted. This line should be equal to one inch

KEYPLAN
PRICING SET 11/15/2024
# REVISION LIST DATE
Exp: 06/30/26
MAIN LIBRARY PRIVACY POD PERMIT 02/05/2025SUBMISSION
PERMIT SET 02/12/2025
1/4" = 1'-0"
2/18/20259:10:14AM
23035.00

SECOND FLOOR PLANS -MECHANICAL
M-201
02/04/2024
San Carlos Library
610 ELM ST. SAN CARLOS, CALIFORNIA 94070
0' 2' 4' 8'
1/4" = 1'-0"
2 SECOND FLOOR NEW WORK PLAN - MECHANICAL

PROJECTCONTACT
www.interfaceengineering.com
Jeremy Boone2024-1269
49 Stevenson Street, Suite 660San Francisco, CA 94105TEL 415.489.7240 0' 2' 4' 8'
1/4" = 1'-0"
NOR 1 SECOND FLOOR DEMOLITION PLAN - MECHANICAL TH NORTH

SHEET KEYNOTES

1. DEMOLISH EXISTING 8"ø SUPPLY AIR DUCTWORK BACK TO BRANCH TAKEOFF AND CAP. CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY ROUTING OF EXISTING 8"øDUCTWORK FROM TERMINAL UNIT INLET TO BRANCH TAKEOFF AT SUPPLYDUCT MAIN PRIOR TO DEMOLITION.

2. DEMOLISH EXISING HEATING WATER SUPPLY AND RETURN BRANCH PIPING TO EXTENT NECESSARY TO INSTALL NEW TERMINAL UNIT, ASSOCAITEDREHEAT COIL, PIPING FIT-UP AND APPURTENANCES.

3. ROUTE NEW 12"ø SUPPLY AIR DUCTWORK FROM TERMINAL UNIT INLET TO BRANCH TAKEOFF AT SUPPLY DUCT MAIN. ROUTING OF NEW 12"ø INLETDUCTWORK TO BE INCLUDED IN SUBMITTED SHOP DRAWINGS FOR REVIEWAND APPROVAL.

4. 12x12 EXHAUST AIR DUCT UP TO EF-1 ON ROOF. SEE M-202 FOR CONTINUATION.

5. PROVIDE NEW THERMOSTAT TO MATCH EXISTING BUILDING STANDARD, KMC CONTROLS OR APPROVED EQUAL. MOUNT 48" ABOVE FINISHEDFLOOR TO MIDLINE OF SENSOR.

GENERAL SHEET NOTES
A. DEMOLITION SCOPE TO BE COMPLETED BY OWNER.B. FIELD VERIFY CONDITION AND ROUTING OF EXISTING HEATING WATER SUPPLY AND RETURN PIPING SERVING AREA OF WORK. PROVIDE SHOPDRAWINGS WITH PROPOSED NEW HWS/R BRANCH PIPING TO REHEAT COILFROM EXISTING MAIN HWS/R PIPING AS REQUIRED. CONTRACTOR TOSUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO DEMOLITION OFEXISTING HWS/R PIPING.

C. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, BRANCH DUCTS TO DIFFUSER AND GRILLES TO BE THE SAME SIZE AS THE DIFFUSER/GRILLE NECK.

D. PROVIDE MINIMUM 3'-0" ACOUSTICAL FLEX DUCT AT EACH SUPPLY AIR DIFFUSER.
03/18/2025
E:
003/28/2025 03/18/2025 2/04/2024
E:
03/28/2025
November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 44
C.9
D
D.8
E
5 6
EF-1
(520)
1 12x12 2

GENERAL MECHANICAL NOTES
A. DO NOT LOCATE EQUIPMENT CLOSER THAN 10’ FROM EDGE OF ROOF.B. FINISH COAT PAINT DUCTWORK AND FLUES PROTRUDING ABOVE PARAPETS WITH COLOR AS SELECTED BY ARCHITECT.

C. PLACEMENT OF MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT SHOWN ON THIS DRAWING IS DIAGRAMMATIC.

REVIEW ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS TO ASCERTAIN EXACT LOCATION OF ROOF CRICKETS.INSTALL EQUIPMENT TO CLEAR ALL ROOF CRICKET DRAINAGE VALLEYS AND IN ACCORDANCEWITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS AND TO MAINTAIN REQUIRED ANDRECOMMENDED CLEARANCES AROUND ALL EQUIPMENT.

D. FOR ROOF MOUNTED EQUIPMENT MAINTAIN 10'-0" CLEARANCE FROM ALL OUTSIDE AIR INTAKES TO ANY ADJACENT FLUE VENT, EXHAUST FAN OUTLET OR PLUMBING VENT.EXCEPTION: WHERE OUTSIDE AIR INTAKES ARE LOCATED AT MINIMUM OF 6'-0" BELOWADJACENT FAN OUTLET OR PLUMBING VENT.

E. INSTALL ROOF MOUNTED PIPING AND DUCTWORK WITH A MINIMUM OF 24" FROM UNDERSIDE OF PIPING, DUCTWORK, AND THEIR SUPPORT SYSTEM TO ABOVE FINISHED ROOF.

F. SEE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR WATER PROOFING DETAILS. 5 4

SAN FRAN CI SCO
CALIFORNIA 94107
415. 489.2 224 TEL415.358.91 00 FAX
WWW.WRNSSTUDIO.COM
01 SECOND STREET
TH FLOOR, STE. 402
5 4

SAN FRAN CI SCO
CALIFORNIA 94107
415. 489.2 224 TEL415.358.91 00 FAX
WWW.WRNSSTUDIO.COM
01 SECOND STREET
TH FLOOR, STE. 402
SHEET NO:SHEET TITLE:

ISSUES DATE
PROJECT NO.:DATE:SCALE:

If this drawing is not 30"x42", then the drawing has been revised from its original size.Noted scales must be adjusted. This line should be equal to one inch

KEYPLAN
PRICING SET 11/15/2024
# REVISION LIST DATE
Exp: 06/30/26
MAIN LIBRARY PRIVACY POD PERMIT 02/05/2025SUBMISSION
PERMIT SET 02/12/2025
As indicated
2/18/20259:10:14AM
23035.00

ROOF PLAN -MECHANICAL
M-202
02/04/2024
San Carlos Library
610 ELM ST. SAN CARLOS, CALIFORNIA 94070

PROJECTCONTACT
www.interfaceengineering.com
Jeremy Boone2024-1269
49 Stevenson Street, Suite 660San Francisco, CA 94105TEL 415.489.7240 0' 4' 8' 16'
1/4" = 1'-0"
NOR 1 ROOF PLAN - MECHANICAL TH

SHEET KEYNOTES

1. MAINTAIN MINIMUM 10'-0" CLEARANCE FROM ALL OUTSIDE AIR OR OTHER FORCED AIR INTAKES, AND 3'-0" CLEARANCE FROM ALL OTHER OPENINGSINTO THE BUILDING.

2. PROVIDE 1" LINING ON ROOFTOP EXHAUST DUCTWORK. DUCTWORK DIMENSIONS NOTED ON PLAN ARE THE MINIMUM INTERIOR CLEAR. 03/18/2025
E:
003/28/2025 03/18/2025 2/04/2024
E:
03/28/2025
November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 45
CT
AI
DP
MD
HS
DP
P
SD
T
TPI
VFD
ECM
H
FS
SP

CONTROL DIAGRAM SYMBOLS LIST

SYMBOLS

ANALOG INPUTANALOG OUTPUTELECTRIC CURRENT TRANSMITTER

DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROLDIGITAL INPUT

DIGITAL OUTPUTDIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE SENSOR

HIGH STATIC PRESSURE SENSORMOTOR STARTER

MOTORIZED DAMPERPRESSURE SENSORSMOKE DETECTORTEMPERATURE SENSOR/ROOM THERMOSTATTHIRD PARTY INTERFACE (BACNET)VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE DDC
M/S

ABBREVIATIONS

AFMS AIR FLOW MEASURING STATIONAI ANALOG INPUT

AO ANALOG OUTPUT
BMS/BAS BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEMCO CARBON MONOXIDE SENSORCO2 CARBON DIOXIDE SENSORCT ELECTRIC CURRENT TRANSMITTERDDC DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL

DI DIGITAL INPUTDO DIGITAL OUTPUTDP PRESSURE SENSOREA EXHAUST AIR

ECM ELECTRONICALLY COMMUTATED MOTOREF EXHAUST FANHS HIGH STATICHWR HEATING HOT WATER RETURNHWS HEATING HOT WATER SUPPLY

M MOTORIZED

MAU MAKE UP AIR UNITM/S MOTOR STARTER

MD MOTORIZED DAMPEROA OUTSIDE AIR

P PRESSURE SENSOR

PPM PARTS PER MILLION

RA RETURN AIR / RELIEF AIR

RF RETURN FAN / RELIEF FANSA SUPPLY AIR

SF SUPPLY FAN OR SQUARE FOOTSD SMOKE DETECTORT TEMPERATURE SENSOR / ROOM THERMOSTAT

TPI THIRD PARTY INTERFACEVFD VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE

ELECTRONICALLY COMMUTATED MOTOR

NETWORK BACNET COMMUNICATION LINE WITH DEVICE / CONTROLLER

ROOM / DUCT RELATIVE HUMIDITYSENSOR / TRANSMITTER

FLOW SWITCHSPACE PRESSURE SENSORFLOW METER

GENERAL SHEET NOTES
A. PROVIDE ALL THIRD PARTY BACNET INTERFACES WHERE NOT PROVIDED BY EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER.B. SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR 120 VOLT JUNCTION BOXES FOR POWER SUPPLY. PROVIDE ADDITIONAL 120V POWER SUPPLY AS REQUIRED, AND PROVIDE 120V TO 24V TRANSFORMERS FOR LOW VOLTAGECONTROL POWER. PROVIDE 24V POWER TO ALL CONTROL DEVICES. PROVIDE CONTROL WIRING PER DIV.23 & 26 SPECIFICATIONS. PROVIDE PLENUM RATED CABLE ABOVE REMOVABLE TILE CEILING, ANDRACEWAY ABOVE HARD LID CEILINGS.

C. PROVIDE 120V POWER FOR AIRFLOW MEASURING STATIONS, LARGE VALVES, AND BMS CONTROL SYSTEMS INCLUDING ALL PANELS. FOLLOW DIV. 26 SPECIFICATIONS FOR PRODUCTS AND INSTALLATION RELATED TO120V POWER DISTRIBUTION. PROVIDE EMERGENCY POWER FOR ASSOCIATED BMS CONTROLLERS ANDTERMINAL UNITS WHERE AHU IS ON EMERGENCY POWER.

D. PROVIDE COMMUNICATION WIRING AND CONNECT TO THE BUILDING AND/OR CAMPUS' IP NETWORK.

E. CONTROL DIAGRAMS, SEQUENCES, AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE PERFORMANCE BASED. PROVIDE FINAL SEQUENCES, POINT LIST, TRENDING LIST, CONTROL DIAGRAMS, AND ARCHITECTURAL RISER DIAGRAMS(SEE SPECIFICATIONS).

F. PROVIDE FLOOR LEVEL AND BUILDING LEVEL CONTROLLERS, AS NEEDED.G. MODIFY ADJUSTABLE SETPOINTS DURING FUNCTIONAL TESTING AND COMMISSIONING STAGE FOR PROPER SYSTEMS' OPERATION.

DI
DO
AI
AO
MD
M
P T
T
H
C

AIRFLOW(CFM)

MODULATE

VAVDAMPER

UNIT VAV CONTROLLER
TEMP
HWS
HWR

ROOM THERMOSTAT

AI AO AO AI
ECM
FAN

START/STOP
STATUS
CFM
SPEED

DO DI AI AO

AIR FLOW
M

MANUAL AIR VENT

UNION AT COIL CONN ONSTEEL PIPE ONLY

PETE'S PLUG(TYP)

BALANCING VALVE

ISOLATION VALVE (TYP)

TWO WAYPRESSUREINDEPENDENTCONTROL VALVE

STRAINER

HWR HWS
NOTE:1. PROVIDE TEMPORARY BYPASS PIPE/HOSE AROUND EQUIPMENT DURING SYSTEM FLUSHING. DO NOT USEPERMANENT STRAINERS DURING SYSTEM FLUSHING.

2. FOR 3-WAY CONTROL VALVES, PROVIDE A BYPASS PIPE AND CONNECT TO SUPPLY PIPE IMMEDIATELY DOWNSTREAM OF BALANCING VALVE.
5 4

SAN FRAN CI SCO
CALIFORNIA 94107
415. 489.2 224 TEL415.358.91 00 FAX
WWW.WRNSSTUDIO.COM
01 SECOND STREET
TH FLOOR, STE. 402
5 4

SAN FRAN CI SCO
CALIFORNIA 94107
415. 489.2 224 TEL415.358.91 00 FAX
WWW.WRNSSTUDIO.COM
01 SECOND STREET
TH FLOOR, STE. 402
SHEET NO:SHEET TITLE:

ISSUES DATE
PROJECT NO.:DATE:SCALE:

If this drawing is not 30"x42", then the drawing has been revised from its original size.Noted scales must be adjusted. This line should be equal to one inch

KEYPLAN
PRICING SET 11/15/2024
# REVISION LIST DATE
Exp: 06/30/26
MAIN LIBRARY PRIVACY POD PERMIT 02/05/2025SUBMISSION
PERMIT SET 02/12/2025

NO SCALE
2/18/20259:10:15AM
23035.00

DIAGRAMS -MECHANICAL
M-301
02/04/2024
San Carlos Library
610 ELM ST. SAN CARLOS, CALIFORNIA 94070

PROJECTCONTACT
www.interfaceengineering.com
Jeremy Boone2024-1269
49 Stevenson Street, Suite 660San Francisco, CA 94105TEL 415.489.7240

NO SCALE
1 VAV BOX WITH REHEAT ((N)VAV-TI-12)

NO SCALE
2 EC MOTOR (EF-1)

NO SCALE
3 VAV REHEAT COIL PIPING DIAGRAM ((N)VAV-TI-12)
03/18/2025
E:
003/28/2025 03/18/2025 2/04/2024
E:
03/28/2025
November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 46
S
E
E
MIN. S
T
R
AIG
H
T
R
U
N
R
E
Q
M'T. N
O
T
E 3
INLE
T
U
NIT
C
O
N
T
R
OLLE
R
R
E
H
E
A
T
C
OIL S
E
C
TIO
N
T
E
R
MIN
AL U
NIT
5"±
SLIP
A
N
D
D
RIV
E
CLE
A
T
C
O
N
N
E
C
TIO
N, T
Y
P
N
O
T
E
S:

1. B
R
A
N
C
H
D
U
C
T
SIZ
E
T
O
M
A
T
C
H
U

NIT INLE
T
C
O
N
N
E
C
TIO
N. F
O
R
B
R
A
N
C
H
D
U
C
T
S
O
V
E
R
FIV
E
F
E
E

T IN LE
N
G
T
H, IN
C
R
E
A
S
E
B
R
A
N
C
H
D
U
C
T
O
N
E
SIZ
E
A
N
D
P
R
O
VID
E
T
R
A
N
SITIO
N
IM
M
E
DIA
T
ELY
U
P
S
T
R
E
A
M
O
F
MINIM
U
M
S
T
R
AIG
H
T
D
U
C
T
R
U
N.

2. MINIM
U
M
5'-0" LO
N
G LIN
E
D
PLE
N
U
M
E
Q
U
AL T
O
T
E
R
MIN
AL B
O
X
O
U
TLE
T
SIZ
E.

3. MINIM
U
M
S
T
R
AIG
H
T
D
U
C
T
R
U
N
S
H
ALL B
E
E
Q
U
AL T
O
4 TIM
E
S
T
H
E INLE
T
DIA
M
E
T
E
R
O
F
T
E
R
MIN
AL U
NIT.

4. FIR
S
T
B
R
A
N
C
H
D
U
C
T
D
O
W
N
S
T
R
E
A
M
O
F
T
E
R
MIN
AL M
U
S
T
B
E
A
MINIM
U
M
O
F
5 F
E
E
T
D
O
W
N
S
T
E
A
M
O
F
T
E
R
MIN
AL U
NIT.

T
R
A
N
SITIO
N
FIT
TIN
G,
M
A
X. 15°, W
H
E
R
E
R
E
Q
UIR
E
D
B
R
A
N
C
H
D
U
C
T,
S
E
E
N
O
T
E 1
DIS
C
H
A
R
G
E LIN
E
D
PLE
N
U
M, S
E
E
N
O
T
E
2 T
R
A
N
S
V
E
R
S
E
A
N
D
LO
N
GIT
U
DIN
AL S
EIS
MIC
B
R
A
CIN
G
F
O
R
U
NIT
S
O
V
E
R
75 LB
S (E
A
C
H
SID
E)
5'-0" MINIM
U
M
FIR
S
T
B
R
A
N
C
H
D
U
C
T
M
E
DIU
M
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
D
U
C
T
A
T
T
A
C
H
H
A
N
G
E
R
S
A
N
D
S
EIS
MIC
S
U
P
P
O
R
T
S
T
O
S
T
R
U
C
T
U
R
E
A
B
O
V
E
P
E
R
C
B
C
R
E
Q
UIR
E
M
E
N
T
S
LA
G
S
C
R
E
W
T
O
BLO
C
KIN
G,
C
O
U
N
T
E
R
S
U
N
K IN
T
O
SLE
E
P
E
R
A
M
E
C
H
E
Q
UIP LE
G
O
R
S
U
P
P
O
R
T
IN
S
ULA
TIO
N
6 x LE
V
EL SLE
E
P
E
R
2 4
G
A.G
ALV. FLA
S
HIN
G
LA
G
S
C
R
E
W
S
T
O
SLE
E
P
E
R
M
A
S
TIC IN
H
OLE
S
&
A
T
FLA
S
HIN
G
P
E
N
E
T
R
A
TIO
N
4"x
4" P
T
D
F
BLO
C
KIN
G
2"x
2" A
N
GLE
CLIP
WIT
H
1/2" LA
G
S
C
R
E
W
S
JOIS
T / B
E
A
M. S
E
E
S
T
R
U
C
T
U
R
AL D
R
A
WIN
G
S.

M
E
T
AL D
E
C
K
A
T
T
A
C
H
VIB
R
A
TIO
N
IS
OLA
T
O
R
T
O 1/4" S
T
E
EL
PLA
T
E
WIT
H 1/2" DIA
S
S
M
B
A
N
D
N
U
T
FLA
S
HIN
G
D
R
AIN
H
OLE.

C
A
N
T
S
T
RIP (T
Y
P.).

S
S
M
A
C
HIN
E
B
OLT
FLE
X-C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
R
W
E
A
T
H
E
R
S
HIELD.

FLE
X
C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
R.

S
EIS
MIC IS
OLA
T
O
R
S
E
E
R
O
O
F
PLA
N
F
O
R
SIZ
E.

R
O
O
F
W
E
A
T
H
E
R
C
O
V
E
R
O
V
E
R
M
O
T
O
R.

U
TILIT
Y
E
X
H
A
U
S
T
F
A
N.

U
P
BLA
S
T
DIS
C
H
A
R
G
E
WIT
H 1/2"x1/2" H
E
A
V
Y
G
A
G
E
BIR
D
S
C
R
E
E
N.

R
O
O
F
S
E
E
A
R
C
HIT
E
C
T
U
R
AL D
R
A
WIN
G
S
F
O
R
R
O
O
FIN
G
FLA
S
HIN
G
C
O
N
C
R
E
T
E
A
N
C
H
O
R
V
E
R
TIC
AL DIS
C
H
A
R
G
E.

S
E
E
S
E
C
TIO
N
S
P
RIN
G IS
OLA
T
O
R
M
A
S
O
N
SLR
T
O
P
VIE
W
S
E
C
TIO
N
A
N
O
T
E:

1. P
R
O
VID
E
MIN. O
N
E IN
C
H
S
P
A
C
E
B
E
T
W
E
E
N
E
D
G
E
O
F
T
H
E
PIP
E
T
O
E
D
G
E
O
F
T
H
E
S
P
RIN
G IS
OLA
T
O
R
4"∅
G
ALV
A
NIZ
E
D
S
T
E
EL PIP
E
W
ELD
E
D
T
O 1/4" S
T
E
EL PLA
T
E
A
T
T
O
P
A
N
D
B
O
T
T
O
M
A
N
GLE
S
U
P
P
O
R
T
MIN.12"
MIN.
14"
N
O
T
E
S:

1. P
R
O
VID
E
MINIM
U
M 3 DIA
M
E
T
E
R
S
O
F
S
T
R
AIG
H
T
D
U
C
T
R
U
N IN
T
O
F
A
N.

2. F
O
R
W
O
O
D
R
O
O
F
C
O
N
S
T
R
U
C
TIO
N, S
U
P
P
O
R
T
F
A
N
F
R
O
M
D
E
T
AIL S
H
O
W
N
A
T LE
F
T
B
A
S
E
O
F
F
A
N.

3. F
O
R
C
O
N
C
R
E
T
E
R
O
O
F
C
O
N
S
T
R
U
C
TIO
N
O
R
F
O
R
C
O
N
C
R
E
T
E
FILLE
D
E
T
AL
D
E
C
K
C
O
N
S
T
R
U
C
TIO
N, S
U
P
P
O
R
T
F
A
N
F
R
O
M
D
E
T
AIL S
H
O
W
N
A
T
RIG
H
T
B
A
S
E
O
F
F
A
N.

D
A
M
P
E
R
C
OLLA
R
N
O
T
E:

1. ALL SLO
T
DIF
F
U
S
E
R
S LO
C
A
T
E
D IN
C
EILIN
G
S
A
R
E
T
O
B
E
P
R
O
VID
E
D
A
N
D
IN
S
T
ALLE
D
B
Y
C
EILIN
G
C
O
N
T
R
A
C
T
O
R (S.A.D.) M
E
C
H
A
NIC
AL C
O
N
T
R
A
C
T
O
R
T
O
P
R
O
VID
E
A
N
D IN
S
T

ALL PLE
N
U
M
B
O
X.

C
A
BLE
E
N
D
#1
C
H
A
M
B
E
R
S
U
P
P
O
R
T
S
C
R
E
W
(2-B)
C
A
M
S
U
P
P
O
R
T
B
R
A
C
K
E
T
A
DJU
S
TIN
G
S
H
A
F
T
CLE
A
R
A
N
C
E
H
OLE
S
P
A
C
E
R
S (2-A)
C
A
BLE
N
U
T
(3-A)
C
A
BLE
E
N
D
#
2 C
RIM
P
E
D
E
N
D (T
A
P
E
D)
CLO
S
E
D
D
A
M
P
E
R
P
O
SITIO
N (3-E)
C
A
BLE
N
U
T
(3-C)
D
A
M
P
E
R
S
E
T
S
C
R
E
W (3-D)
D
A
M
P
E
R
G
Y
P. C
EILIN
G
(S
E
E
A
R
C
H. D
W
G
S.)
C
A
M
S
E
T
S
C
R
E
W
(1-B)AIR
B
A
R
B
ULB
(T
Y
P)
S
U
P
P
O
R
T
CLIP
(1-A)
C
H
A
M
B
E
R
C
OLLA
R
5 4
S
A
N
F
R
A
N
CI S
C
O
C
A
LIF
O
R
NIA
9 410
7 415. 4
8 9.2
2 2
4 T
E
L
415.3
5 8.91 0
0 F
A
X
W
W
W.W
R
N
S
S
T
U
DIO.C
O
M
01 S
E
C
O
N
D
S
T
R
E
E
T
T
H
F
L
O
O
R, S
T
E. 4
0 2
5 4
S
A
N
F
R
A
N
CI S
C
O
C
A
LIF
O
R
NIA
9 410
7 415. 4
8 9.2
2 2
4 T
E
L
415.3
5 8.91 0
0 F
A
X
W
W
W.W
R
N
S
S
T
U
DIO.C
O
M
01 S
E
C
O
N
D
S
T
R
E
E
T
T
H
F
L
O
O
R, S
T
E. 4
0 2
5 4
S
A
N
F
R
A
N
CI S
C
O
C
A
LIF
O
R
NIA
9 410
7 415. 4
8 9.2
2 2
4 T
E
L
415.3
5 8.91 0
0 F
A
X
W
W
W.W
R
N
S
S
T
U
DIO.C
O
M
01 S
E
C
O
N
D
S
T
R
E
E
T
T
H
F
L
O
O
R, S
T
E. 4
0 2
S
H
E
E
T
N
O:

S
H
E
E
T
TITLE:

IS
S
U
E
S
D
A
T
E
P
R
OJE
C
T
N
O.:

D
A
T
E:

S
C
ALE:

AIN LIB
R
A
R
Y
P
RIV
A
C
Y
P
O
D
P
E
R
MIT 02/05/202
5 S
U
B
MIS
SIO
N
P
E
R
MIT
S
E
T 02/12/202
5 N
O
S
C
ALE
2/18/2025 9:10:15 AM
23035.00
D
E
T
AIL
S
-
M
E
C
H
A
NIC
A
L
M
-
4 0
1 02/04/202
4 S
a
n
C
a
rlo
s
Lib
r
a
r
y
610 ELM
S
T. S
A
N
C
A
RLO
S, C
ALIF
O
R
NIA 94070

PROJECTCONTACT
w
w
w.interfaceengineering.com
Jeremy Boone2024-1269
49 Stevenson Street, Suite 660San Francisco, CA 94105TEL 415.489.7240 N
O
S
C
A
L
E
2 T
Y
PIC
A
L
T
E
R
MIN
A
L
U
NIT
D
U
C
TIN
G
(
(
N
)
V
AV
-
TI1
2 )
N
O
S
C
A
L
E
3 E
X
H
A
U
S
T
F
A
N
(
E
F
-
1 )
N
O
S
C
A
L
E
1 S
L
O
T
WIT
H IN
T
E
G
R
A
L
V
O
L
U
M
E
D
A
M
P
E
R
03/18/2025
E:
003/28/2025 03/18/2025
2/04/202
4 E:
03/28/2025
November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 47
A. ALL WORK UNDER THIS CONTRACT SHALL CONFORM TO THE CURRENT

STATE, COUNTY AND NATIONAL CODES AND STANDARDS ADOPTED BY THE LOCAL JURISDICTIONS INCLUDING APPLICABLE AMENDMENTS.

B. CONDITIONS SHOWN ON THE PLANS RELATIVE TO THE WORK TO BE

PERFORMED ARE BASED ON THE BEST INFORMATION AVAILABLE AND SUBJECT TO VERIFICATION. VERIFY LOCATIONS AND ELEVATIONS OF UTILITIES TO BE CROSSED OR CONNECTED. CORRECT DEFICIENCIES

CAUSED BY FAILURE TO PERFORM SUCH VERIFICATIONS AT NO
EXPENSE TO OWNER. IMMEDIATELY NOTIFY ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER OF CONDITION IN CONFLICT WITH THE DETAILS/PLANS.

C. COORDINATE INSTALLATION OF PIPING, FIXTURES, EQUIPMENT AND THE

LIKE BELOW AND ABOVE GRADE WITH STRUCTURAL COMPONENTS AND OTHER SYSTEMS INSTALLATION.

D. COORDINATE FIXTURES, EQUIPMENT, PIPE ROUGH-IN/CONNECTION LOCATIONS AND DRAIN LOCATIONS WITH ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS.

E. VALVES FOR SERVICE ACCESSIBILITY. VALVES INSTALLED ABOVE CEILING SHALL BE WITHIN 18" OF CEILING.

F. ALL WASTE PIPE TO SLOPE MINIMUM OF 1/4" PER FOOT.

G. ROVIDE WATER HAMMER ARRESTERS TO DOMESTIC WATER LINES SERVING QUICK ACTING VALVES SUCH AS THE FOLLOWING:

1. FLUSH VALVES.

2. SOLENOID VALVES TO ICEMAKERS AND DISHWASHER.

3. SENSOR FAUCETS.

4. SINGLE HANDLE FAUCETS.

5. SINGLE HANDLE SHOWER VALVES.

6. SINGLE HANDLE TUB.SHOWER VALVES.

H. EXCEPT FOR SHOWER DRAINS, ALL FLOOR DRAINS, FLOOR SINKS, AND

OTHER INDIRECT WASTE RECEPTORS DIRECTLY CONNECTED TO THE

DRAINAGE SYSTEM SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH AN AUTOMATIC TRAP PRIMER.

I. PERMANENT VACUUM BREAKERS SHALL BE INCLUDED IN ALL HOSE BIBS.

J. INSTALLATION OF THE DOMESTIC HOT WATER SYSTEM SHALL COMPLY WITH THE MANDATORY REQUIREMENTS OF SECTION 1103.3 OF THE CALIFORNIA BUILDING ENERGY EFFICIENCY STANDARDS.

K. DRAINAGE PIPING SERVING FIXTURES THAT ARE LOCATED BELOW THE

ELEVATION OF THE NEXT UPSTREAM MANHOLE SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH A BACKWATER VALVE. FIXTURES ABOVE THAT LEVEL SHALL NOT DISCHARGE THROUGH THIS VALVE.

L. SEWER VENTS SHALL TERMINATE AT LEAST 10 FEET HORIZONTALLY (25 FEET FOR OSHPD PROJECTS) FROM AND AT LEAST 3 FEET ABOVE OPENABLE WINDOW, DOOR OPENING, AIR INTAKE OR VENT SHAFT. VENT MUST BE AT LEAST 3 FEET FROM PROPERTY LINE.

M. PRIOR TO BEING CONCEALED, PIPING PENETRATIONS AT THE FIRE

RESISTIVE ASSEMBLIES SHALL BE INSPECTED TO VERIFY COMPLIANCE WITH THE FIRE RESISTANCE RATING.

N. INDIRECT WASTE SHALL DISCHARGE TO THE BUILDING DRAINAGE THROUGH AN APPROVED AIR GAP OR AIR BREAK WITH A MINIMUM 1"

DISTANCE FROM THE LOWEST POINT OF INDIRECT PIPE TO THE FLOOD LEVEL RIM OF THE RECEPTOR.

GENERAL PLUMBING NOTES
5 4

SAN FRAN CI SCO
CALIFORNIA 94107
415. 489.2 224 TEL
415.358.91 00 FAX
WWW W. RNSSTUDIO. OC M
01 SECOND STREET
TH LF OOR STE., 402
5 4

SAN FRAN CI SCO
CALIFORNIA 94107
415. 489.2 224 TEL
415.358.91 00 FAX
WWW W. RNSSTUDIO. OC M
01 SECOND STREET
TH LF OOR STE., 402
SHEET NO:

SHEET TITLE:

ISSUES DATE
PROJECT NO.:

DATE:

SCALE:

If this drawing is not 30"x42", then the drawing has been revised from its original size.

Noted scales must be adjusted. This line should be equal to one inch

KEYPLAN
PRICING SET 11/15/2024
# REVISION LIST DATE
Exp: 06/30/26
PERMIT SET 03/06/2025
03/31/2025PERMIT SUBMISSION
12" = 1'-0"
3/28/2025 11:39:40 AM
23035.00

SYMBOL LIST AND

GENERAL NOTES -

PLUMBING
P-001
02/04/2024
San Carlos Library
610 ELM ST. SAN CARLOS, CALIFORNIA 94070
P-001 SYMBOL LIST AND GENERAL NOTES - PLUMBING
P-002 SCHEDULES - PLUMBING
PD-201 SECOND FLOOR DEMOLITION PLAN - PLUMBING
P-201 SECOND FLOOR PLAN - PLUMBING

SHEET INDEX

PLUMBING SYMBOL LIST
NOTE: This is a standard symbol list and not all items listed may be used.

General

KEYED NOTE

DEMOLISH

EXISTING WORK

NEW WORK

PIPE OR CONDUIT BELOW GRADE

CONTINUATION

EXTENT OF DEMOLITION

POINT OF CONNECTION

FIXTURE TAG (LEVEL BELOW FIXTURE)
HVAC EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION (REF. ONLY)

PLUMBING EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION
Piping Fittings

ACCESS PANEL

AQUASTAT

BLIND FLANGE
CAP

CLEANOUT TO GRADE

CONCENTRIC REDUCER

DOWNSPOUT NOZZLE

ECCENTRIC REDUCER

FLOOR CLEANOUT

FLOOR DRAIN

FLOOR SINK

FLOW DIRECTION

HOSE BIBB / WALL HYDRANT

OVERFLOW ROOF DRAIN

PIPE DROP

PIPE RISE
PUMP

ROOF DRAIN

SHOCK ABSORBER / WATER HAMMER ARRESTOR

STRAINER

T&P RELIEF VALVE WITH PIPE TO DRAIN

TEE DOWN ON PIPE

TEE UP ON PIPE

VENT THROUGH ROOF

WALL CLEANOUT
Piping Systems

COLD WATER PIPING

CONDENSATE / INDIRECT DRAIN PIPING

HOT WATER PIPING

HOT WATER RETURN PIPING
NATURAL GAS PIPING, 2 LB
NATURAL GAS PIPING, 7" WC PRESSURE

OVERFLOW DRAIN PIPING ABOVE GRADE OR FINISHED FLOOR

SANITARY VENT PIPING

SANITARY WASTE OR SOIL PIPING ABOVE GRADE OR FINISHED
FLOOR

SANITARY WASTE OR SOIL PIPING BELOW GRADE OR FINISHED
FLOOR

STORM DRAIN PIPING ABOVE GRADE OR FINISHED FLOOR

STORM DRAIN PIPING BELOW GRADE OR FINISHED FLOOR

TRAP PRIMER PIPING
Abbreviations
(A) ABANDON IN PLACE

AFF ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR

AP ACCESS PANEL
& AND

A AQUASTAT, ARCHITECT, ANCHOR, AMPHERE
@ AT

BFP BACKFLOW PREVENTER

BFF BELOW FINISHED FLOOR

BTUH BRITISH THERMAL UNITS PER HOUR

BLDG BUILDING

CV CHECK VALVE

CO CLEANOUT

CW COLD WATER

CD CONDENSATE DRAIN
CONT. CONTINUATION

CFH CUBIC FEET PER HOUR

CFS CUBIC FEET PER SECOND
(X) DEMOLISH

DW DISHWASHER, DOMESTIC WATER

DET DOMESTIC EXPANSION TANK

DCVA DOUBLE CHECK VALVE ASSEMBLY

DN DOWN

DS DOWNSPOUT

DSN DOWNSPOUT NOZZLE

D DRAIN

DFU DRAINAGE FIXTURE UNIT

DWV DRAINAGE, WASTE AND VENT

DF DRINKING FOUNTAIN

EWC ELECTRIC WATER COOLER

EWH ELECTRIC WATER HEATER
(E) EXISTING

FT FEET

FFE FINISHED FLOOR ELEVATION

F FIRE, FAHRENHEIT

FL FLOOR

FCO FLOOR CLEANOUT

FD FLOOR DRAIN

FV FLUSH VALVE
' FOOT, FEET
(F) FUTURE

GPM GALLONS PER MINUTE

GWH GAS WATER HEATER

HVAC HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING

HZ HERTZ

HB HOSE BIBB

HW HOT WATER

HWFU HOT WATER FIXTURE UNIT

HWR HOT WATER RETURN
IN, " INCHES

IW INDIRECT WASTE

INV INVERT ELEVATION

L LAVATORY

MIN MINIMUM

MX MIXING VALVE

MS MOP SINK
(N) NEW

N NORTH

NIC NOT IN CONTRACT

NTS NOT TO SCALE
# NUMBER
NO. NUMBER

OD OVERFLOW DRAIN, OUTSIDE DIAMETER

OFCI OWNER FURNISHED, CONTRACTOR INSTALLED

OFOI OWNER FURNISHED, OWNER INSTALLED

PLBG PLUMBING

P PLUMBING, PUMP

POC POINT OF CONNECTION

PSI POUNDS PER SQUARE INCH

PD PRESSURE DROP, PLUMBING DEMOLITION, PUMPED DISCHARGE

PRV PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE

QTY QUANTITY

RWL RAINWATER LEADER

RPBP REDUCED PRESSURE BACKFLOW PREVENTER
(R) RELOCATE / RELOCATED LOCATION

RD ROOF DRAIN

SAN SANITARY

SB SERVICE BOX

SHT SHEET

SA SHOCK ARRESTOR

SOV SHUT OFF VALVE

S, SK SINK

SF SQUARE FEET

SD STORM DRAIN

SP SUMP PUMP, STATIC PRESSURE

TEMP TEMPERATURE

TP TRAP PRIMER, TOTAL PRESSURE

TYP TYPICAL

U, UR URINAL

V VACUUM, VENT, VOLT

VTR VENT THRU ROOF

WCO WALL CLEANOUT

W WASTE

WC WATER COLUMN, WATER CLOSET

WHA WATER HAMMER ARRESTOR

WH WATER HEATER, WALL HYDRANT

WSFU WATER SUPPLY FIXTURE UNIT

W/ WITH
Valves

BACKFLOW PREVENTER

CHECK VALVE

SHUTOFF VALVE, GENERAL

PROJECT

CONTACT
www.interfaceengineering.com
2024-1269
49 Stevenson Street, Suite 660
San Francisco, CA 94105
TEL 415.489.7240
003/18/20252/04/2024
E:
03/28/2025

8.d
November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 48
SINK

COUNTER
P-TRAP
FLOOR

TANKLESS

INSTANTANEOUS WATER

HEATER (SEE FLOOR

PLAN FOR LOCATIONS)
ELEC. J-BOX AND
CONDUIT BY ELEC.

CONTR.

CONNECT TO COLD

WATER SUPPLY

TO OTHER FIXTURES

AS REQUIRED
WALL.

SUMP PUMP

CHECK VALVE
2" GATE VALVE
2" WASTE

INTO WALL

SUMP PUMP
2" WASTE

INTO WALL
5 4

SAN FRAN CI SCO
CALIFORNIA 94107
415. 489.2 224 TEL
415.358.91 00 FAX
WWW W. RNSSTUDIO. OC M
01 SECOND STREET
TH LF OOR STE., 402
5 4

SAN FRAN CI SCO
CALIFORNIA 94107
415. 489.2 224 TEL
415.358.91 00 FAX
WWW W. RNSSTUDIO. OC M
01 SECOND STREET
TH LF OOR STE., 402
SHEET NO:

SHEET TITLE:

DATEISSUES
PROJECT NO.:

DATE:

SCALE:

If this drawing is not 30"x42", then the drawing has been revised from its original size.

Noted scales must be adjusted. This line should be equal to one inch

KEYPLAN
11/15/2024PRICING SET
# REVISION LIST DATE
Exp: 06/30/26
03/06/2025PERMIT SET
03/31/2025PERMIT SUBMISSION

NO SCALE
3/28/2025 11:39:40 AM
23035.00

SCHEDULES - PLUMBING
P-002
02/04/2024
San Carlos Library
610 ELM ST. SAN CARLOS, CALIFORNIA 94070

PLUMBING PUMP SCHEDULE

SYMBOL EQUIPMENT TYPE

BASIS OF DESIGN FLOW
RATE
(GPM)
HEAD
(FT H2O)

ELECTRICAL

NOTESMFR MODEL VOLTS PH AMPS WATTS HP
SE-1 SEWAGE EJECTOR PENTAIR (FLOTEC) FPZS33LTS 6 22.00 115 1 17 920 1/3

FIXTURE UNIT CALCULATIONS

COUNT DESCRIPTION

WATER SUPPLY FIXTURE
UNITS

DRAINAGE

FIXTURE UNITS
CWFU
(TABLE
A-2)
CWFU
TOTAL
.75
HWFU
DFU
(TABLE
7-3)
DFU
TOTAL
1 KITCHEN SINK 1.5 1.5 1.125 2 2
FIXTURE UNIT COUNT TOTALS: 1.5 2

PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE

SYMBOL FIXTURE TYPE DESCRIPTION

BASIS OF DESIGN

ACCESSORIES

CONNECTION

COMMENTSMFR MODEL W V CW HW
SK-1 KITCHEN SINK UNDERMOUNT STAINLESS STEEL KITCHEN SINK; 23-1/2" x 18-1/4" x 5-3/8" SINGLE BOWL ELKAY ELUHAD211555PD W/ KOHLER FAUCET K-28268 TWO-FUNCTION

PULL-DOWN SPRAYHEAD
2" 1-1/2" 3/4" 3/4" SINK MODEL PENDING ARCHITECTURAL

APPROVAL

PROJECT

CONTACT
www.interfaceengineering.com
2024-1269
49 Stevenson Street, Suite 660
San Francisco, CA 94105
TEL 415.489.7240

ELECTRIC WATER HEATER SCHEDULE - TANKLESS

SYMBOL EQUIPMENT TYPE

BASIS OF DESIGN CAPACITY ELECTRICAL

NOTESMFR MODEL
FLOW
RATE
(GPM)

TEMPERA
TURE
RISE (°F) VOLTS PH WATTS AMPS
EWH-1 INSTANTANEOUS WATER HEATER CHRONOMITE SR-20L/208 3 71 208 1 4160 20 0' 4' 8' 16'

NO SCALE
1 INSTANTANEOUS WATER HEATER
0' 4' 8' 16'

NO SCALE
2 SEWAGE EJECTOR DETAIL
003/18/20252/04/2024
E:
03/28/2025

8.d
November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 49
C.9
D
D.8
E
5 6
(E) 1-1/2" V IN CEILING

TO BE REMOVED AND
CAPPED
VIF
(E) 2" W IN CEILING

TO BE REMOVED

AND CAPPED
VIF
(E) 3/4" CW IN CEILING

TO BE REMOVED AND
CAPPED
VIF
(E) SINK, (E) SEWAGE EJECTOR

AND ACCESSORIES

TO BE REMOVED
VIF
5 4

SAN FRAN CI SCO
CALIFORNIA 94107
415. 489.2 224 TEL
415.358.91 00 FAX
WWW W. RNSSTUDIO. OC M
01 SECOND STREET
TH LF OOR STE., 402
5 4

SAN FRAN CI SCO
CALIFORNIA 94107
415. 489.2 224 TEL
415.358.91 00 FAX
WWW W. RNSSTUDIO. OC M
01 SECOND STREET
TH LF OOR STE., 402
SHEET NO:

SHEET TITLE:

DATEISSUES
PROJECT NO.:

DATE:

SCALE:

If this drawing is not 30"x42", then the drawing has been revised from its original size.

Noted scales must be adjusted. This line should be equal to one inch

KEYPLAN
11/15/2024PRICING SET
# REVISION LIST DATE
Exp: 06/30/26
03/06/2025PERMIT SET
03/31/2025PERMIT SUBMISSION
1/4" = 1'-0"
3/28/2025 11:39:41 AM
23035.00

SECOND FLOOR

DEMOLITION PLAN -

PLUMBING
PD-201
02/04/2024
San Carlos Library
610 ELM ST. SAN CARLOS, CALIFORNIA 94070
0' 4' 8' 16'
1/4" = 1'-0"
1 LEVEL 2 DEMO PLUMBING PLAN

PROJECT

CONTACT
www.interfaceengineering.com
2024-1269
49 Stevenson Street, Suite 660
San Francisco, CA 94105
TEL 415.489.7240
003/18/20252/04/2024
E:
03/28/2025

8.d
November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 50
C.9
D
D.8
E
5 6
SK-1
SE-1
EWH-1
2" W FROM SE-1

PUMPED TO

CEILING FOR

ROUTING TO

NEARBY WASTE

CONNECTION,
VIF
3/4" CW TO

POINT-OF-USE

WATER HEATER
FOR SK-1
(N) 1-1/2" V IN CEILING

TO ROUTE TO

NEARBY (E) VENT,
VIF
(N) 2" W IN CEILING

TO ROUTE TO

NEARBY (E) WASTE,
VIF
3/4" CW SUPPLY

CONNECTION
2% SLOPE
(E) PIPING IN

CEILING SPACE,
VIF
5 4

SAN FRAN CI SCO
CALIFORNIA 94107
415. 489.2 224 TEL
415.358.91 00 FAX
WWW W. RNSSTUDIO. OC M
01 SECOND STREET
TH LF OOR STE., 402
5 4

SAN FRAN CI SCO
CALIFORNIA 94107
415. 489.2 224 TEL
415.358.91 00 FAX
WWW W. RNSSTUDIO. OC M
01 SECOND STREET
TH LF OOR STE., 402
SHEET NO:

SHEET TITLE:

DATEISSUES
PROJECT NO.:

DATE:

SCALE:

If this drawing is not 30"x42", then the drawing has been revised from its original size.

Noted scales must be adjusted. This line should be equal to one inch

KEYPLAN
11/15/2024PRICING SET
# REVISION LIST DATE
Exp: 06/30/26
03/06/2025PERMIT SET
03/31/2025PERMIT SUBMISSION
1/4" = 1'-0"
3/28/2025 11:39:41 AM
23035.00

SECOND FLOOR PLAN -

PLUMBING
P-201
02/04/2024
San Carlos Library
610 ELM ST. SAN CARLOS, CALIFORNIA 94070
0' 2' 4' 8'
1/4" = 1'-0"
1 LEVEL 2 PLUMBING ENLARGED PLAN - MAKERS SPACE

PROJECT

CONTACT
www.interfaceengineering.com
2024-1269
49 Stevenson Street, Suite 660
San Francisco, CA 94105
TEL 415.489.7240
003/18/20252/04/2024
E:
03/28/2025

8.d
November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 51

UL/IP DRIVER/
RATING POWER SUPPLY LIGHT SOURCE VOLTAGE MFG/CATALOG # NOTES L1A 4 INCH SQUARE RECESSED

DOWNLIGHT
20 GAUGE GALVANIZED STEEL 55 DEGREE RECESSED TBD BY ARCHITECT DAMP 10% DIMMING DRIVER. 0-10V.

LED 3500K, 500 LUMENS, 80 CRI 6W UNV LITHONIA LIGHTING
LBR4S1-AL01-05LM-35K-AR-LSSMWD-MVOLT-UGZ

APPROVED EQUIVALENT
L1B 4 INCH SQUARE RECESSED

DOWNLIGHT
20 GAUGE GALVANIZED STEEL 55 DEGREE RECESSED TBD BY ARCHITECT DAMP 10% DIMMING DRIVER. 0-10V.

LED 3500K, 2500 LUMENS, 80 CRI 32W UNV LITHONIA LIGHTING LBR4S1-AL03-25LM-35K-AR-LSSWD-MVOLT-UGZ

APPROVED EQUIVALENT
L2 72" ROUND LED DIRECT

PENDANT

ROLLED ALUMINUM HIGH EFFICENCY

REFLECTORS WITH

SILICONE DIFFUSER
SUSPENDED TBD BY ARCHITECT DAMP 10% DIMMING
DRIVER. 0-10V.

LED 3500K, 5554 LUMENS, 90 CRI 56.7W 277V EUREKA
ATOLL-4850D-72-LED-35-90-277VDV-AC-RC1-WHE-WH-WHE

APPROVED EQUIVALENT
1 2
3 4
5 6
7 LUMINAIRE SCHEDULE

TYPE DESCRIPTION HOUSING SHIELDING MOUNTING FINISH
INPUT
WATTS
NOTES:

THIS LUMINAIRE SCHEDULE IS NOT COMPLETE WITHOUT A COPY OF THE PROJECT MANUAL CONTAINING THE ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS.

DIMMING CONTROL PROTOCOL (0-10VDC, LINE VOLTAGE, DALI, ETC.) COMPATIBLE WITH LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEM AS SPECIFIED AND SHOWN ON DRAWINGS.

PROVIDE +/- 12 INCH ADJUSTABILITY IN AIRCRAFT CABLE LENGTH WHERE USED.

COORDINATE ALL CEILING TYPES WITH LUMINAIRE LOCATIONS PRIOR TO ORDERING LUMINAIRES. COORDINATE INSTALLATION WITH REFLECTED CEILING PLAN.

SPECIFIED MANUFACTURERS ARE APPROVED TO SUBMIT BID. INCLUSION DOES NOT RELIEVE MANUFACTURER FROM SUPPLYING PRODUCT AS DESCRIBED.

PROVIDE SUBMITTALS THAT INCLUDE THE LUMINAIRE, LAMP AND DIMMABLE LED DRIVER INFORMATION OF EACH LUMINAIRE, WITH APPLICABLE OPTIONS CLEARLY CHECKED OR HIGHLIGHTED. SUBMITTALS NOT INCLUDING THIS INFORMATION WILL BE RETURNED AS REJECTED BY THE ENGINEER OF RECORD.

PROVIDE COMMISSIONING OF THE LIGHTING AND LIGHTING CONTROLS IN ACCORDANCE WITH CALIFORNIA TITLE 24 LIGHTING COMMSSIONING REQUIREMENTS.

SPACE NAME TYPE OF CONTROLS CONTROL FUNCTIONS

MAKER SPACE

ON/OFF/DIMMING SWITCH,

OCCUPANCY SENSOR

MANUAL ON/OFF/DIMMING CONTROL (ACCESSIBLE TO USERS)
AUTO-ON TO 100% POWER WHEN OCCUPANCY IS SENSED, AUTO-OFF AFTER 15 MINUTES VACANCY.

LIGHTING CONTROL MATRIX: SPACE BY SPACE
GENERAL NOTES:

A. BASIS OF DESIGN IS WIRED WATTSTOPPER DLM.

B. REFER TO SPECIFICATION SECTION 26 09 25 IN CONJUNCTION WITH THIS SCHEDULE.

C. LIGHTING CONTROLS TO COMPLY WITH THE CALIFORNIA BUILDING ENERGY EFFICIENCY STANDARDS, 2022 TITLE 24.

D. PROVIDE INITIAL START UP TRAINING WITH OWNER AND DESIGN TEAM, AND AN ADDITIONAL VISIT FOR ADJUSTMENTS ONCE AFTER OCCUPANCY. 5 4

SAN FRAN CI SCO
CALIFORNIA 94107
415. 489.2 224 TEL
415.358.91 00 FAX
WWW W. RNSSTUDIO. OC M
01 SECOND STREET
TH LF ORO STE., 402
5 4

SAN FRAN CI SC O
CALIFORNIA 94107
415. 489.2 224 TEL
415.358.91 00 FAX
WWW W. RNSSTUDIO. OC M
01 SECOND STREET
TH LF ORO STE., 402
5 4

SAN FRAN CI SC O
CALIFORNIA 94107
415. 489.2 224 TEL
415.358.91 00 FAX
WWW W. RNSSTUDIO. OC M
01 SECOND STREET
TH LF ORO STE., 402
SHEET NO:

SHEET TITLE:

ISSUES DATE
PROJECT NO.:

DATE:

SCALE:

If this drawing is not 30"x42", then the drawing has been revised from its original size.

Noted scales must be adjusted. This line should be equal to one inch

KEYPLAN
PRICING SET 11/15/2024
# REVISION LIST DATE
Exp: 09/30/25
PERMIT SET 03/06/2025
03/31/2025PERMIT SUBMISSION

NO SCALE
3/27/2025 1:59:00 PM
23035.00

SYMBOL LIST, GENERAL

NOTES, LUMINAIRE

SCHEDULE & LIGHTING

CONTROL MATRIX -

ELECTRICAL
E-001
02/04/2024
San Carlos Library
610 ELM ST. SAN CARLOS, CALIFORNIA 94070
E-001 SYMBOL LIST, GENERAL NOTES, LUMINAIRE SCHEDULE & LIGHTING

CONTROL MATRIX - ELECTRICAL
E-002 TITLE 24 - ELECTRICAL
E-101 OVERALL SECOND FLOOR PLAN - ELECTRICAL
E-201 ENLARGED SECOND FLOOR PLAN - ELECTRICAL
E-202 ROOF PLAN - POWER
E-301 SINGLE LINE DIAGRAMS, SCHEDULES & DETAILS - ELECTRICAL

SHEET INDEX
Abbreviations

AFC ABOVE FINISHED CEILING

AFF ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR

AWG AMERICAN WIRE GAUGE

A AMPERES, AMBER

AHJ AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION

AIC AVAILABLE INTERRUPTING CAPACITY

CA CABLE

C CONDUIT, CLOSE, CONTROL

COORD COORDINATE

CU COPPER
(X) DEMOLISH

DIV DIVISION

EEOR ELECTRICAL ENGINEER OF RECORD

EMT ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING

E EMERGENCY

EF EXHAUST FAN
(E) EXISTING

FF FINISH FLOOR

FA FIRE ALARM

FT FOOT, FEET

G, GND GROUND

GFCI GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTER

IN INCH, INCHES

IEEE INSTITUTE OF ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERS

KV KILOVOLT

KVA KILOVOLT AMPERES

KW KILOWATT

LED LIGHT EMITTING DIODE

MOCP MAXIMUM OVERCURRENT PROTECTION

MIN MINIMUM

MCA MINIMUM CIRCUIT AMPS

MISC MISCELLANEOUS

NEC NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE

NEMA NATIONAL ELECTRICAL MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION

N NEUTRAL

N/A NOT APPLICABLE
N.I.C. NOT IN CONTRACT

NTS NOT TO SCALE

PH PHASE

PVC POLY-VINYL-CHLORIDE

PWR POWER

QTY QUANTITY

RFI REQUEST FOR INFORMATION

REQD REQUIRED

STD STANDARD

SPD SURGE PROTECTION DEVICE

SWBD SWITCHBOARD

TBD TO BE DETERMINED

XFMR TRANSFORMER

TYP TYPICAL

UG UNDERGROUND

UL UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES

UON UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED

VFD VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE

V VOLTS, VOLTAGE

WP WEATHERPROOF

W/ WITH

W/O WITHOUT
Connections / Equipment

NON-FUSED DISCONNECT SWITCH

TRANSFORMER
General

DETAIL NUMBER AND SHEET LOCATION

KEYED NOTE

EXISTING WORK

NEW WORK
Lighting

RECESSED LUMINAIRE
Miscellaneous
BRANCH CIRCUIT WIRING. ARROW INDICATES HOME RUN TO
PANEL WITH CIRCUITS AS NOTED. WIRE SIZE IS #12 AWG MINIMUM UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. SHORT TICK MARKS INDICATE PHASE CONDUCTORS. LONG TICK MARKS INDICATE NEUTRAL
CONDUCTORS. A SINGLE CURVED TICK MARK INDICATES
INSULATED GREEN GROUND CONDUCTOR. SECOND CURVED TICK
MARK INDICATES "ISOLATED GROUND" (GREEN INSULATION WITH YELLOW STRIPE) CONDUCTOR.

BRANCH PANEL

CIRCUIT BREAKER

FLUSH WALL MOUNTED BRANCH PANEL

MAIN DISTRIBUTION PANEL / SUB DISTRIBUTION PANEL
Raceways

CONDUIT CONCEALED IN WALL OR CEILING SPACE

CONDUIT ROUTED BELOW FLOOR / GRADE

CONDUIT ELLED DOWN

CONDUIT ELLED UP

CONDUIT/WIRING CONTINUATION

CONDUIT/WIRING STUBBED OUT WITH END CAP OR INSULATED

PLASTIC BUSHING

ELECTRICAL SYMBOL LIST
NOTE: This is a standard symbol list and not all items listed may be used.

Switches and Receptacles

DUPLEX RECEPTACLE (MULTIPLE LETTERS INDICATE MULTIPLE

OPTIONS)
A = ABOVE COUNTER

DOUBLE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE, FLUSH FLOOR
DOUBLE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE. SEE LETTER CODE LIST AT DUPLEX

RECEPTACLE FOR OPTIONS

CEILING MOUNTED OCCUPANCY SENSOR
P = PASSIVE INFRARED
D = DUAL TECHNOLOGY
U = ULTRASONIC, 360 DEG RANGE
H = ULTRASONIC, HALLWAY PATTERN
v (LOWERCASE) = VACANCY CONTROL DESIGNATION

SINGLE POLE SWITCH
3 = THREE-WAY SWITCH
4 = FOUR-WAY SWITCH
a THRU z (LOWERCASE) = LUMINAIRE CONTROL DESIGNATION
D = DIMMER
K = KEY OPERATED SWITCH
M = MANUAL MOTOR STARTER WITH THERMAL OVERLOAD
W = WEATHERPROOF SWITCH

PROJECT

CONTACT
www.interfaceengineering.com
Philip Nguyen
2024-1269
49 Stevenson Street, Suite 660
San Francisco, CA 94105
TEL 415.489.7240
A. DO NOT COMMENCE INSTALLATION OF ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT WITHOUT RELATED SHOP DRAWING APPROVALS.

B. ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS SHALL BE INTERRUPTED ONLY WITH PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT.

SUCH INTERRUPTIONS SHALL BE PRECEDED BY ALL POSSIBLE PREPARATIONS BY THE

CONTRACTOR WHICH ARE NECESSARY TO KEEP THE ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS OFF FOR A MINIMUM PERIOD IN AN EXPEDITIOUS MANNER PURSUANT WITH GOOD WORKMANSHIP.

THIS INCLUDES CIRCUIT TRACING TO IDENTIFY THE ELECTRICAL LOAD BEING SERVED AND THE ORIGIN OF THE CIRCUIT.

C. PROVIDE SUITABLE ANCHORAGE AND SUPPORT FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT IN RATED WALLS, SLABS AND CEILINGS. MOUNT DEVICES AND RACEWAYS IN ACCORDANCE WITH ESTABLISHED CODES AND SPECIFICATIONS.

D. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS.

E. DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS COMPLEMENT EACH OTHER. REQUIREMENT BY EITHER INFERS REQUIREMENT BY BOTH.

F. CONNECT EQUIPMENT AND DEVICES FURNISHED UNDER OTHER DIVISIONS OF THIS CONTRACT, BY OWNER OR BY OTHER CONTRACTS.

G. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, PROVIDE CONCEALED AND FLUSH MOUNTED INSTALLATION OF DEVICES AND EQUIPMENT IN AREAS.

H. PROVIDE SEPARATE EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR IN 120 VOLT, MULTI-WIRE CIRCUITS.

I. FOR 120 VOLT, 20 AMP CIRCUITS, WHERE CIRCUIT DISTANCE FROM PANELBOARD TO FARTHEST DEVICE/FIXTURE EXCEEDS 60 FEET, PROVIDE #10 SIZE PHASE AND GROUND CONDUCTORS. WHERE CIRCUIT DISTANCE FROM PANELBOARD TO FARTHEST DEVICE/FIXTURE EXCEEDS 90 FEET, PROVIDE #8 SIZE PHASE AND GROUND CONDUCTORS. NOTIFY ENGINEER FOR CIRCUITS EXCEEDING 140 FEET. UPSIZE RACEWAY SIZES AS REQUIRED PER CEC.

J. RUN ELECTRICAL CONDUIT CONCEALED AND PARALLEL TO BUILDING LINES. VERIFY WITH ARCHITECT.

K. RECEPTACLE OUTLETS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN COMPLIANCE WITH CEC SECTIONS 210.8, 210.50, AND 406.12.

L. LIGHTS, SWITCHES AND CONTROL MECHANISMS SHALL COMPLY WITH CEC SECTION 404.

M. BRACE ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT TO RESIST A HORIZONTAL FORCE THAT ACT IN ANY DIRECTION. COMPLY WITH TITLE 24 REQUIREMENTS.

N. INSTALL COMPLETE SYSTEM OF CONDUCTORS IN RACEWAY SYSTEM THROUGHOUT BUILDING FOR FEEDERS, BRANCH CIRCUITS, ETC.

O. DESIGN OF TEMPORARY POWER FOR CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY. REMOVE TEMPORARY POWER PRIOR TO COMPLETION OF PROJECT.

P. ALL WORK ON SERVICE CONDUCTORS, FEEDERS, AND OTHER SUCH EQUIPMENT SHALL BE DONE ONLY WHEN SUCH CONDUCTORS, FEEDERS, AND EQUIPMENT ARE DEENERGIZED. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL HAVE AN "ELECTRICAL SAFETY AND LOCKOUT/TAG-OUT PROCEDURE" IN PLACE PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF WORK.

Q. OCCUPANCY SENSOR NOTES:

1. WALL SENSORS
a. SENSOR MUST HAVE CLEAR "VIEW" OF OCCUPANTS. WHERE SENSOR WILL BE BLOCKED, SUBSTITUTE WITH SMALL-ROOM CEILING SENSOR.

2. SEE MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATION REGARDING PLACING SENSORS AWAY FROM STRONG AIR-FLOW. INDICATE PRECISE LOCATION OF EACH CEILING SENSOR WHERE DRAWINGS INDICATE AIR SUPPLIES.

3. IN INDIVIDUAL ROOMS WITH CEILING SENSORS AND DUAL-LEVEL LIGHTING, ASSUME TWO TOGGLE SWITCH OVERRIDES PER ROOM.

4. PRIOR TO INSTALLATION, RECEIVE FACTORY-TRAINING AND LAYOUT-ASSISTANCE.

IF LOCAL AGENT CHANGES LIGHTING DRAWINGS, CONTACT FACTORY REPRESENTATIVE.

R. PROVIDE DEFERRED APPROVAL FOR ANY REQUIRED MODIFICATION TO THE EXISTING FIRE ALARM SYSTEM. SUBMIT COMPLETE DRAWINGS TO THE FIRE MARSHAL FOR

APPROVAL AND ASSUME FULL RESPONSIBILITY OF THE SYSTEM, DEVICE QUANTITY AND LOCATION, WIRING, PROGRAMMING AND CONTROL PANELS. COORDINATE FINAL DEVICE LOCATIONS WITH THE ARCHITECT PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN.

S. HIRE THIRD PARTY TESTING AGENCY TO PERFORM THE FOLLOWING, AS PART OF A

DEFERRED SUBMITTAL IN CONSTRUCTION FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL BY THE ENGINEER OF RECORD:

1. SHORT CIRCUIT STUDY ARC FLASH STUDY & LABELS, AND OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE STUDY.

2. ACCEPTANCE TESTING IN ACCORDANCE WITH SPECIFICATIONS.

T. PROVIDE TESTING REPORTS TO ENGINEER FOR REVIEW UPON COMPLETION OF

INSTALLATION FOR THE FOLLOWING, AS PART OF A DEFERRED SUBMITTAL IN CONSTRUCTION FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL BY THE ENGINEER OF RECORD:

1. TORQUE TEST REPORTS PRIOR TO EQUIPMENT ENERGIZATION.

GENERAL ELECTRICAL NOTES
003/18/20252/04/2024
E:
03/28/2025

8.d
November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 52
5 4

SAN FRAN CI SC O
CALIFORNIA 94107
415. 489.2 224 TEL
415.358.91 00 FAX
WWW W. RNSSTUDIOC O . M
01 SECOND STREET
O F HT ETS LRO , .402
5 4

SAN FRAN CI SC O
CALIFORNIA 94107
415. 489.2 224 TEL
415.358.91 00 FAX
WWW W. RNSSTUDIOC O . M
01 SECOND STREET
O F HT ETS LRO , .402
SHEET NO:

SHEET TITLE:

SSSEUI DT
PROJECT NO.:

DATE:

SCALE:

If this drawing is not 30"x42", then the drawing has been revised from its original size.

Noted scales must be adjusted. This line should be equal to one inch

KEYPLAN
NGTES CIRPI 42
# REVISION LIST DATE
Exp: 09/30/25
TES TREPMI 52

ONISSUS MBTIREPMI

NO SCALE
3/27/2025 1:59:14 PM
23035.00
TITLE 24 - ELECTRICAL
E-002
02/04/2024
San Carlos Library
610 ELM ST. SAN CARLOS, CALIFORNIA 94070

PROJECT

CONTACT
www.interfaceengineering.com
Philip Nguyen
2024-1269
49 Stevenson Street, Suite 660
San Francisco, CA 94105
TEL 415.489.7240
003/18/20252/04/2024
E:
03/28/2025

8.d
November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 53
1 A
B
C
C.2
C.9
D
D.8
E
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
E-201
2 (E) PANEL 'LP2B'
(E) PANEL 'LPH2B'

MAKERS SPACE
132
1 E-201
5 4

SAN FRAN CI SC O
CALIFORNIA 94107
415. 489.2 224 TEL
415.358.91 00 FAX
WWW W. RNSSTUDIOC O . M
01 SECOND STREET
O F HT ETS LRO , .402
5 4

SAN FRAN CI SC O
CALIFORNIA 94107
415. 489.2 224 TEL
415.358.91 00 FAX
WWW W. RNSSTUDIOC O . M
01 SECOND STREET
O F HT ETS LRO , .402
SHEET NO:

SHEET TITLE:

SSSEUI DT
PROJECT NO.:

DATE:

SCALE:

If this drawing is not 30"x42", then the drawing has been revised from its original size.

Noted scales must be adjusted. This line should be equal to one inch

KEYPLAN
NGTES CIRPI 42
# REVISION LIST DATE
Exp: 09/30/25
TES RTEPMI 52

ONISSUS MBRTIEPMI
1/8" = 1'-0"
3/27/2025 1:59:16 PM
23035.00

OVERALL SECOND

FLOOR PLAN -

ELECTRICAL
E-101
02/04/2024
San Carlos Library
610 ELM ST. SAN CARLOS, CALIFORNIA 94070

PROJECT

CONTACT
www.interfaceengineering.com
Philip Nguyen
2024-1269
49 Stevenson Street, Suite 660
San Francisco, CA 94105
TEL 415.489.7240
0' 4' 8' 16'
1/8" = 1'-0"
1 OVERALL SECOND FLOOR PLAN - ELECTRICAL
003/18/20252/04/2024
E:
03/28/2025

8.d
November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 54
OS
OS
J
C.9
D
D.8
E
5 6
'L1A'
'L1A'
'L1A'
'L1A'
D
D N.I.C

MAKERS SPACE
132
Da
Db
De
d
Dd
'L2'
'L2'
'L2'
c
b
b
b
'L1A'
'L1A'
'L1A'
'L1A'
'L1A'
'L1A'
'L1A'
c
c
1 1
'L1B'
'L1B' 'L1B'
'L1B'
'L1B'
'L1B'
'L1B' 'L1B'
LP2HB-19.

Dc
a
a
LP2HB-19.
a
LP2HB-19.
a
LP2HB-19.
a
LP2HB-19.
a
LP2HB-19.
a
LP2HB-19.
a
LP2HB-19.
a
LP2HB-19.

LP2HB-19.

LP2HB-19.
e
LP2HB-19.
e
LP2HB-19.
e
LP2HB-19.
e
LP2HB-19.
e
LP2HB-19.
e
LP2HB-19.
7 7
7 LP2HB-19.

LP2HB-19.

C.9
D
D.8
E
5 6
N.I.C
AG
A
2 2
3 4
5 M

MAKERS SPACE
132
VAV-TI-12
EWH-1
6 C
C
8 8
9 AG
G
SE-1
PANEL 'LP2D'

1. 1.

1. 14.

5. 5.

15. 15.

8. 12.

11. 10.

6. 4.

4. 4.

2. 9.

9. 13.

13. 7.

7. LP2D-16,18.

LP2D-3.

LP2D-20.

LP2D-2,4,6.

LP2D-1,3,5.

LP2D-7,9,11.

LP2D-13,15.
10 10
10 10
10 10
10 10
11 11
11 5
4 SAN FRAN CI SC O
CALIFORNIA 94107
415. 489.2 224 TEL
415.358.91 00 FAX
WWW W. RNSSTUDIO. OC M
01 SECOND STREET
TH LF ORO STE., 402
5 4

SAN FRAN CI SC O
CALIFORNIA 94107
415. 489.2 224 TEL
415.358.91 00 FAX
WWW W. RNSSTUDIO. OC M
01 SECOND STREET
TH LF ORO STE., 402
5 4

SAN FRAN CI SC O
CALIFORNIA 94107
415. 489.2 224 TEL
415.358.91 00 FAX
WWW W. RNSSTUDIO. OC M
01 SECOND STREET
TH LF ORO STE., 402
SHEET NO:

SHEET TITLE:

DATEISSUES
PROJECT NO.:

DATE:

SCALE:

If this drawing is not 30"x42", then the drawing has been revised from its original size.

Noted scales must be adjusted. This line should be equal to one inch

KEYPLAN
11/15/2024PRICING SET
# REVISION LIST DATE
Exp: 09/30/25
03/06/2025PERMIT SET
03/31/2025PERMIT SUBMISSION
1/4" = 1'-0"
3/27/2025 1:59:26 PM
23035.00

ENLARGED SECOND

FLOOR PLAN -

ELECTRICAL
E-201
02/04/2024
San Carlos Library
610 ELM ST. SAN CARLOS, CALIFORNIA 94070

PROJECT

CONTACT
www.interfaceengineering.com
Philip Nguyen
2024-1269
49 Stevenson Street, Suite 660
San Francisco, CA 94105
TEL 415.489.7240
0' 2' 4' 8'
1/4" = 1'-0"
1 ENLARGED SECOND FLOOR REVISED PLAN - LIGHTING
0' 2' 4' 8'
1/4" = 1'-0"
2 ENLARGED SECOND FLOOR REVISED PLAN - POWER

GENERAL SHEET NOTES
A. COORDINATE DEMOLITION WORK WITH ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF WORK.

B. PROVIDE UPDATED PANEL SCHEDULES THAT VERIFY EXISTING

CIRCUITS AND NUMBER OF SPARE CIRCUITS AVAILABLE UPON
COMPLETION OF DEMOLITION WORK.

C. EXISTING RECEPTACLES AND ELECTRICAL DEVICES NOT SHOWN

AND OUTSIDE OF PROJECT BOUNDARY ARE TO REMAIN, UNLESS
OTHERWISE NOTED.

D. OBTAIN COPY OF EXISTING RECORD DRAWINGS PRIOR TO BID.

E. DESIGN DRAWINGS ARE BASED ON ASSESSMENT OF AVAILABLE ASBUILT DRAWINGS. AS-BUILT DRAWINGS MAY NOT ACCURATELY REFLECT ACUTAL CONDITIONS. FIELD VERIFY ALL EXISTING
CONDITIONS PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF WORK.

F. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION AND MOUNTING HEIGHT OF

LUMINAIRES, LIGHTING CONTROLS, RECEPTACLES AND ELECTRICAL DEVICES WITH ARCHITECT PRIOR TO INSTALLATION.

G. REFER TO LIGHTING CONTROL MATRIX ON SHEET E-001 FOR

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ON TYPE OF CONTROLS TO BE
PROVIDED FOR EACH SPACE TYPE.

SHEET KEYNOTES

1. POWER FOR CORD REEL. REFER TO SHEET E-301 FOR RECEPTACLE LOCATION AND POWER REQUIREMENTS.

2. PROVIDE POWER FOR 3D PRINTER. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH ARCHITECT PRIOR TO INSTALLATION.

3. PROVIDE POWER FOR LASER CUTTER. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH ARCHITECT PRIOR TO INSTALLATION.

4. PROVIDE POWER FOR LAPTOP/TABLET CHARGING CART. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH ARCHITECT PRIOR TO INSTALLATION.

5. PROVIDE POWER FOR VINYL CUTTER. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH ARCHITECT PRIOR TO INSTALLATION.

6. PROVIDE 120V POWER IN JUNCTION BOX AND MOTOR RATED DISCONNECT

SWITCH IN ABOVE CEILING SPACE FOR CONTROL POWER TRANSFORMER 120/24V THAT WILL BE SERVING VAV.

7. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION AND ZONING OF SWITCH WITH THE CLIENT PRIOR TO ROUGH IN.

8. PROVIDE 120V POWER FOR CORD REEL.

9. PROVIDE POWER FOR LASER CUTTER AIR FILTER. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH ARCHITECT PRIOR TO INSTALLATION.

10. RECEPTACLES AND ELECTRICAL INFRASTRUCTURE ON THIS WALL IS BEING PROVIDED BY OWNER. RECEPTACLES ARE SHOWN FOR CIRCUITING PURPOSES ONLY, FED VIA TENANT PANEL 'LP2D'.

11. COORDINATE MOUNTING HEIGHT OF RECEPTACLE WITH ARCHITECT PRIOR TO ROUGH IN.
003/18/20252/04/2024
E:
03/28/2025

8.d
November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 55
C.9
D
D.8
E
5 6
EF-1
MW
W
LP2D-20.

17. LP2D-17.
5 4

SAN FRAN CI SC O
CALIFORNIA 94107
415. 489.2 224 TEL
415.358.91 00 FAX
WWW W. RNSSTUDIOC O . M
01 SECOND STREET
O F HT ETS LRO , .402
5 4

SAN FRAN CI SC O
CALIFORNIA 94107
415. 489.2 224 TEL
415.358.91 00 FAX
WWW W. RNSSTUDIOC O . M
01 SECOND STREET
O F HT ETS LRO , .402
SHEET NO:

SHEET TITLE:

SSSEUI DT
PROJECT NO.:

DATE:

SCALE:

If this drawing is not 30"x42", then the drawing has been revised from its original size.

Noted scales must be adjusted. This line should be equal to one inch

KEYPLAN
NGTES CIRPI 42
# REVISION LIST DATE
Exp: 09/30/25
TES RTEPMI 52

ONISSUS MBRTIEPMI
1/4" = 1'-0"
3/27/2025 1:59:27 PM
23035.00

ROOF PLAN - POWER
E-202
02/04/2024
San Carlos Library
610 ELM ST. SAN CARLOS, CALIFORNIA 94070

PROJECT

CONTACT
www.interfaceengineering.com
Philip Nguyen
2024-1269
49 Stevenson Street, Suite 660
San Francisco, CA 94105
TEL 415.489.7240
0' 4' 8' 16'
1/4" = 1'-0"
1 ROOF PLAN - POWER

GENERAL SHEET NOTES
A. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION AND POWER REQUIREMENTS OF
HVAC UNITS WITH DIVISION 23 PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. PROVIDE MAINTENANCE RECEPTACLE WITHIN 25' OF EACH EQUIPMENT PER CEC ARTICLE 210.63.
003/18/20252/04/2024
E:
03/28/2025

8.d
November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 56
2024-1269
Ckt. C.B. C.B. Ckt.

No. Description / Location A/Pole Note Ph. Note A/Pole Description / Location No. 1 (E) EXTERIOR LIGHTS 20/1 A 20/1 (E) LOAD 2
3 (E) EXTERIOR LIGHTS 20/1 B 20/1 (E) LOAD 4
5 (E) EXTERIOR LIGHTS 20/1 C 20/1 (E) LOAD 6
7 (E) EXTERIOR LIGHTS 20/1 A 20/1 (E) LOAD 8
9 (E) LOBBY & 211 LIGHTS 20/1 B 20/1 (E) LOAD 10
11 (E) LOAD 20/1 C 20/1 (E) LOAD 12
13 (E) LOAD 20/1 A 20/1 (E) HALLWAY & 212 LIGHTS 14
15 (E) LOAD 20/1 B 20/1 (E) SPARE 16
17 (E) LOAD 20/1 C 20/1 (E) SPARE 18
19 (E) SUITE 202 LIGHTS/MAKERSPACE 322 L 20/1 A 20/1 (E) SPARE 20 21 (E) WEST HALLWAY LIGHTS 20/1 B 20/1 (E) SPARE 22
23 (E) SPARE 20/1 C 20/1 (E) SPARE 24
25 (E) SPACE A (E) SPACE 26
27 (E) SPACE B (E) SPACE 28
29 (E) SPACE C (E) SPACE 30
Total Connected Load: Ph. A 322 VA 1 Amps Panel Connected Load: 0.3 KVA 0.4 Amps Total Connected Load: Ph. B 0 VA 0 Amps Sub-Fed Connected Load: 0.0 KVA 0.0 Amps Total Connected Load: Ph. C 0 VA 0 Amps Total Demand Load: 0.4 KVA 0.5 Amps Notes: Accessories:

1. 2.

3. 4.

5. (E) Panel 'LPH2B'
277/480V, 3 Ph., 4 W.; 100A Bus with Main Lug Only Surface Mounted Panelboard Load Load
(VA)|Type (VA)|Type
2024-1269
Ckt. C.B. C.B. Ckt.

No. Description / Location A/Pole Note Ph. Note A/Pole Description / Location No. 1 REC - MAKER SPACE NORTH AND COUNTER 900 R 20/1 A 20/1 1,440 R RECEPT - CHARGING CART - MAKER 135 2 3 SE-1 864 G 20/1 B 20/1 1,080 R RECEPT - CLOSET - MAKER SPACE 135 4 5 SPARE 20/1 C 20/1 850 R RECEPT - 3D PRINTER 6
7 RECEPT - CORD REEL 360 R 20/1 A 20/1 500 R RECEPT - VINYL CUTTER 8 9 RECEPT - FLOOR BOXES - MAKER 135 720 R 20/1 B 20/1 850 R RECEPT - 3D PRINTER 10 11 RECEPT - LASER CUTTER 1,150 R 20/1 C 20/1 1,000 R RECEPT - LASER CUTTER VAC 12 13 RECEPT - FLOOR BOXES - MAKER 135 720 R 20/1 A 20/1 180 R RECEPT - TV 14 15 RECEPT - MAKER SPACE 132 SOUTH 360 R 20/1 B 20/2 2,080 WH EWH-1 16 17 RECEPT - ROOF 180 R 20/1 C - 2,080 WH - 18
19 SPARE 20/1 A 20/1 762 M EF-1/VAV-1 20
21 SPARE 20/1 B 20/1 SPARE 22
23 SPARE 20/1 C 20/1 SPARE 24
25 SPARE 20/1 A 20/1 SPARE 26
27 SPARE 20/1 B 20/1 SPARE 28
29 SPARE 20/1 C 20/1 SPARE 30
31 SPACE A SPACE 32
33 SPACE B SPACE 34
35 SPACE C SPACE 36
37 SPACE A SPACE 38
39 SPACE B SPACE 40
41 SPACE C SPACE 42
Total Connected Load: Ph. A 4,862 VA 40 Amps Panel Connected Load: 16.1 KVA 44.6 Amps Total Connected Load: Ph. B 5,954 VA 50 Amps Sub-Fed Connected Load: 0.0 KVA 0.0 Amps Total Connected Load: Ph. C 5,260 VA 44 Amps Total Demand Load: 17.2 KVA 47.6 Amps Notes: Accessories:

1. 2.

3. 4.

5. Panel 'LP2D'
120/208V, 3 Ph., 4 W.; 100A Bus with 100A Main Circuit Breaker Surface Mounted Panelboard Load Load
(VA)|Type (VA)|Type
EF-1 EXHAUST FAN ROOF 120/1 1.5 FLA 20 202 LP2D-20.

VAV-TI-12 VAV BOX MAKER SPACE 120/1 50.0 W 20 202 LP2D-20.

SE-1 SEWER EJECTOR PUMP MAKER SPACE 120/1 0.3 HP 20 202 LP2D-3.

EWH-1 ELECTRIC WATER HEATER MAKER SPACE 208/1 4.2 KW 20 202 LP2D-16,18.

GENERAL MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT CONNECTION SCHEDULE NOTES
A.

B. MOCP = MAXIMUM OVER CURRENT PROTECTION
MCA = MINIMUM CIRCUIT AMPACITY
C.

WIRE / CONDUIT SCHEDULE
202 2 #12 CU, 1 #12 CU GND., IN 3/4" C.

MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT CONNECTION SCHEDULE

ITEM DESCRIPTION LOCATION

VOLTS /

PHASE LOAD MCA MOCP
WIRE /

CONDUIT CIRCUIT NOTES
THE ABOVE INFORMATION IS FOR A SPECIFIC MANUFACTURER. ACTUAL MANUFACTURER FOR EQUIPMENT MAY BE DIFFERENT.

COORDINATE WITH MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT SUBMITTALS FOR LOADS AND OVER CURRENT PROTECTION REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF WIRING.

PROVIDE DISCONNECTING MEANS FOR EACH ITEM OF EQUIPMENT LISTED IN THE SCHEDULE ABOVE, EXCEPT AS SPECIFICALLY NOTED OTHERWISE IN SCHEDULE NOTES, BELOW.
2024-1269
Ckt. C.B. C.B. Ckt.

No. Description / Location A/Pole Note Ph. Note A/Pole Description / Location No. 1 (E) PLUGS 203-204 20/1 A 20/1 SPARE 2
3 (E) PLUGS RECEPETION 200-203 20/1 B 20/1 (E) PLUGS 215, STAR 213 4 5 (E) PLUGS RECEPETION 200-205 20/1 C 20/1 (E) LOAD 6
7 (E) REFRIGERATOR 205 20/1 A 20/1 (E) PLUGS 224 8
9 (E) PLUGS 209 20/1 B 20/1 (E) FSD 10
11 (E) MICROWAVE, WATER COOLER 209-212 20/1 C 1 100/3 4,862 S PANEL 'LP2D' 12 13 (E) LOAD 20/1 A 1 - 5,954 S -- 14
15 (E) PLUGS 213-220 20/1 B 1 - 5,260 S -- 16
17 (E) PLUGS 220 20/1 C 20/1 (E) LOAD 18
19 (E) PLUGS 209,210,213,214 20/1 A 20/1 (E) SPARE 20
21 (E) PLUGS 216 20/1 B 20/1 (E) SPARE 22
23 (E) PLUGS 208 20/1 C 20/1 (E) PLUGS 234 24
25 (E) PLUGS 213,214 20/1 A 20/1 (E) PLUGS 273 26
27 (E) PLUGS HALLWAY COPIER 216 20/1 B 20/1 (E) PLUGS 237 28 29 (E) PLUGS 206 20/1 C 20/1 (E) FIRE ALARM PANEL 30
31 (E) PLUGS 206 20/1 A 20/1 (E) PLUGS 218 32
33 (E) PLUGS 208 20/1 B 30/2 (E) LOAD 34
35 (E) LOAD 20/1 C - - 36
37 (E) LOAD 20/1 A 30/2 (E) LOAD 38
39 (E) PANEL 'LP3C' 50/2 B - - 40
41 - - C 20/1 (E) PLUG 219 42
Total Connected Load: Ph. A 5,954 VA 50 Amps Panel Connected Load: 0.0 KVA 0.0 Amps Total Connected Load: Ph. B 5,260 VA 44 Amps Sub-Fed Connected Load: 0.0 KVA 0.0 Amps Total Connected Load: Ph. C 4,862 VA 40 Amps Total Demand Load: 0.0 KVA 0.0 Amps Notes: Accessories:

1. MATCH EXISTING MANUFACTURER AND KAIC RATING.

Revised Panel 'LP2B'
120/208V, 3 Ph., 4 W.; 225A Bus with Main Lug Only Surface Mounted Panelboard Load Load
(VA)|Type (VA)|Type
2024-1269
Ckt. C.B. C.B. Ckt.

No. Description / Location A/Pole Note Ph. Note A/Pole Description / Location No. 1 (E) PLUGS 203-204 20/1 A 3 20/1 (E) SPARE 2
3 (E) PLUGS RECEPETION 200-203 20/1 B 20/1 (E) PLUGS 215, STAR 213 4 5 (E) PLUGS RECEPETION 200-205 20/1 C 20/1 (E) LOAD 6
7 (E) REFRIGERATOR 205 20/1 A 20/1 (E) PLUGS 224 8
9 (E) PLUGS 209 20/1 B 20/1 (E) FSD 10
11 (E) MICROWAVE, WATER COOLER 209-212 20/1 C 1 20/1 (E) SPARE 12 13 (E) LOAD 20/1 A 1 20/1 (E) SPARE 14
15 (E) PLUGS 213-220 20/1 B 20/1 (E) LOAD 16
17 (E) PLUGS 220 20/1 C 20/1 (E) LOAD 18
19 (E) PLUGS 209,210,213,214 20/1 A 20/1 (E) SPARE 20
21 (E) PLUGS 216 20/1 B 1,2 20/1 (E) SPARE 22
23 (E) PLUGS 208 20/1 C 20/1 (E) PLUGS 234 24
25 (E) PLUGS 213,214 20/1 A 20/1 (E) PLUGS 273 26
27 (E) PLUGS HALLWAY COPIER 216 20/1 B 20/1 (E) PLUGS 237 28 29 (E) PLUGS 206 20/1 C 20/1 (E) FIRE ALARM PANEL 30
31 (E) PLUGS 206 20/1 A 20/1 (E) PLUGS 218 32
33 (E) PLUGS 208 20/1 B 30/2 (E) LOAD 34
35 (E) LOAD 20/1 C - - 36
37 (E) LOAD 20/1 A 30/2 (E) LOAD 38
39 (E) PANEL 'LP3C' 50/2 B - - 40
41 - - C 20/1 (E) PLUG 219 42
Total Connected Load: Ph. A 0 VA 0 Amps Panel Connected Load: 0.0 KVA 0.0 Amps Total Connected Load: Ph. B 0 VA 0 Amps Sub-Fed Connected Load: 0.0 KVA 0.0 Amps Total Connected Load: Ph. C 0 VA 0 Amps Total Demand Load: 0.0 KVA 0.0 Amps Notes: Accessories:

1. CIRCUIT BREAKER SHALL BE MADE SPARE UPON DEMOLITION FROM THE CITY. (X) SPARE 20A/1P CIRCUIT BREAKER AS SHOWN. NOTIFY EEOR FOR ANY DISCREPANCIES OF EXISTING CONDITIONS.

2. RE-ARRANGE CIRCUIT BREAKER 22 TO CIRCUIT 16 IN PREPARATION FOR CONSECUTIVE BREAKER SPACES FOR PANEL 'LP2D'. REFER TO REVISED PANEL SCHEDULE 'LP2B' FOR FURTHER DETAIL.

3. CIRCUIT BREAKER SHALL BE MADE SPARE UPON DEMOLITION FROM THE CITY. (E) Panel 'LP2B' 120/208V, 3 Ph., 4 W.; 225A Bus with Main Lug Only Surface Mounted Panelboard Load Load
(VA)|Type (VA)|Type
3P
100A
(E) MAIN SWITCHBOARD 'MSB'
1200A, 277/480V, 3PH, 4W, 65KAIC
(E)PANEL
'LPH1B'
(E)PANEL
'LPH2B'
(E)
(E)
3P
225A
(E)
(E) DISTRIBUTION PANEL 'DPL'
400A, 120/208V, 3PH, 4W
3P
400A
(E)
(E)PANEL
'LP2B'
(E) (E)
GARAGE
LEVEL 1
LEVEL 2
(E)PANEL
'LP2C'
(E)
3P
175A
(E)
(E)
(E) (E)
(E) TRANSFORMER
112.5KVA, 480-120/208V,
3PH, 4W
PANEL
'LP2D'
10KAIC
1004

MAKERSPACE
1 1
2 2
MOUNT BOX TO STRUCTURE. CEILING/ROOF

STRUCTURE

TYPE 'S' OR 'SJ'

CABLE WITH
GROUND.

REEL CRAFT

POWER AND LIGHT
CORD REEL #L4545
123 7A

DUPLEX RECEPTACLE

CEILING

MOUNTED
DUPLEX

RECEPTACLE

CONDUIT STRAP
*VERIFY EXACT

EQUIPMENT

LOCATION, ORIENTATION,

AND CONNECTION POINTS
PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN.
5 4

SAN FRAN CI SC O
CALIFORNIA 94107
415. 489.2 224 TEL
415.358.91 00 FAX
WWW W. RNSSTUDIO. OC M
01 SECOND STREET
TH LF ORO STE., 402
5 4

SAN FRAN CI SC O
CALIFORNIA 94107
415. 489.2 224 TEL
415.358.91 00 FAX
WWW W. RNSSTUDIO. OC M
01 SECOND STREET
TH LF ORO STE., 402
SHEET NO:

SHEET TITLE:

DATEISSUES
PROJECT NO.:

DATE:

SCALE:

If this drawing is not 30"x42", then the drawing has been revised from its original size.

Noted scales must be adjusted. This line should be equal to one inch

KEYPLAN
11/15/2024PRICING SET
# REVISION LIST DATE
Exp: 09/30/25
03/06/2025PERMIT SET
03/31/2025PERMIT SUBMISSION

NO SCALE
3/27/2025 1:59:27 PM
23035.00

SINGLE LINE DIAGRAMS,

SCHEDULES & DETAILS -

ELECTRICAL
E-301
02/04/2024
San Carlos Library
610 ELM ST. SAN CARLOS, CALIFORNIA 94070
A,C,S,X A=Aluminum
C=Conduit only
S=Service secondary
X=Seperately derived system

FEEDER SCHEDULE
1004 4 #2 CU, 1 #8 CU GND., IN 1 1/4" C.

PROJECT

CONTACT
www.interfaceengineering.com
Philip Nguyen
2024-1269
49 Stevenson Street, Suite 660
San Francisco, CA 94105
TEL 415.489.7240

NO SCALE
1 PARTIAL SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM - ELECTRICAL

SHEET KEYNOTES

1. LOADS SHOWN FOR NEW LOADS ONLY.

2. PROVIDE 30-DAY LOAD METER READINGS PRIOR TO STARTING CONSTRUCTION FOR EXISTING PANEL 'LP2B'. SUBMIT METER READING TO EEOR FOR REVIEW PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF NEW PANEL.
(E) EXISTING FEEDER

NO SCALE
2 CORD REEL
003/18/20252/04/2024
E:
03/28/2025

8.d
November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 57
A.

AA.

THE LOCAL GENERAL CONTRACTOR (GC) SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR CONDUIT RACEWAYS, BACK BOXES AND TO

PROVIDE AND INSTALL NECESSARY DOOR LOCKING HARDWARE (ELECTRICAL OR OTHER) ELECTRICAL LOCKING HARDWARE TO BE INSTALLED TO THE INSIDE JAMB AND TESTED PRIOR TO SECURITY CONTRACTORS ARRIVAL. ON SITE,

SECURITY CONTRACTOR (SC) TO PROVIDE IP CAMERA SYSTEMS, REX DEVICES, CARD READERS, AND INSTALLATION LABOR, INCLUDING FINAL CONNECTIONS, PROGRAMMING AND TESTING.

SECURITY CABLING SHALL BE COMPLETED BY THE SECURITY CONTRACTOR DESIGNATED VENDOR, THE CABLE SHALL BE INSTALLED FROM THE SECURITY CONTROL PANEL TO THE DOOR THAT IT SERVICES. THERE SHALL BE APPROPRIATE

SERVICE LOOP AT EACH END TO REACH THE FIELD DEVICES, THE CONDUIT REQUIREMENTS ARE ILLUSTRATED BELOW FOR VARIOUS DOOR TYPES.

NETWORK CABLE FOR VIDEO CAMERAS SHALL BE TERMINATED AND TESTED PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF CAMERAS BY OTHERS. HORIZONTAL CABLING SHALL BE TERMINATED AT THE TELECOM ROOM TO THE PATCH PANEL AND LABELED.

THE FIELD END SHALL TERMINATE ON A 8P8C RJ45 OUTLET MOUNTED IN A SINGLE GANG SURFACE MOUNT BLOCK AND BE LABELED IN THE SAME MANNER AS THE PATCH PANEL. A 10-FEET PATCH CORD SHALL BE INSTALLED BY SECURITY

CONTRACTOR, AND CONNECTED TO THE NETWORK OUTLET PROVIDED, TO ALLOW FOR THE EXACT PLACEMENT OF THE CAMERA DEVICES.

DOOR HARDWARE AND WIRING TO THE HINGES IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. SECURITY

CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE THE INTERCONNECTIONS OF THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR PROVIDED LOCKING HARDWARE TO THE ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM.

WHERE NEW EQUIPMENT IS REQUIRED: 24 VOLT FAIL SAFE ELECTRIFIED MORTISE LOCK DEVICE, BRAND TO - MEET SITE HARDWARE SPECIFICATIONS (GENERAL CONTRACTOR SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED). POWER TRANSFER HINGE BE UTILIZED (GENERAL CONTRACTOR SUPPLIED AND - INSTALLED), WIRING FROM THE ELECTRIFIED MORTISE LOCK DEVICE TO BE

TIED - INTO THE FIRE SYSTEM TO RELEASE ON FIRE ALARM, THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR ENSURE THE FIRE VENDOR

PROVIDES A FIRE ALARM RELAY WITHIN THREE FEET OF THE SECURITY PANELS IN THE MDF CLOSET WHERE THE ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM POWER SUPPLIES ARE LOCATED. NOTE: MORE THAN ONE FACP RELAY MAY BE REQUIRED IF THERE

ARE MULTIPLE LOCATIONS (GENERAL CONTRACTOR SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED), DOOR STATUS SWITCH BE A REQUEST TO EXIT BUTTON - REQUEST TO EXIT MOTION DETECTORS.

DOORS THAT REQUIRE A MAGNETIC LOCK: 24 VOLT DC SINGLE OR DOUBLE (AS REQUIRED) MAGNETIC LOCK - 1200 LBS

HOLDING FORCE (AS REQUIRED) MAGNETIC LOCK WITH BONDING SENSOR (DPS), IF THE DOOR SHALL ACCOMODATE A FLUSH OR HARDWARE FINISH. PATHWAYS TO BE PROVIDED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO THESE DEVICES. NOTE THE

CABLE REQUIREMENTS OF THESE DEVICES ON THE DRAWINGS, (SECURITY CONTRACTOR IS TO SUPPLY, INSTALL AND TERMINATE THE FIELD DEVICES). MAG LOCKS BE TIED INTO THE FIRE SYSTEM ALARM RELAY WITHIN THREE FEET OF THE SECURITY PANELS IN THE IDF/MDF CLOSET WHERE THE ACCESS CONTROL POWER SUPPLIES ARE LOCATED. NOTE: MORE THAN ONE FACP RELAY MAY BE REQUIRED IF THERE ARE MULTIPLE LOCATIONS.

ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM & EQUIPMENT SHALL BE INSTALLED, UTILIZING OWNER IT NETWORK INFRASTRUCTURE

STANDARDS, THE ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN THE TELECOM ROOM ON A PLYWOOD SHEET

UTILIZING A CHASE FOR WIRE MANAGEMENT PER DRAWINGS, THE IP INFORMATION IS TO BE PROVIDED TO THE SECURITY CONTRACTOR BY OWNER.

VIDEO CAMERAS SHALL BE CONNECTED TO RACK MOUNTED NETWORK SWITCHES IN THE TELECOM ROOM AND PROVIDED

BY THE SECURITY CONTRACTOR, NETWORK SWITCHES SHALL BE CONNECTED TO THE VIDEO SURVEILLANCE SYSTEM NETWORK VIDEO SERVER IN THE MDF. VIDEO SURVEILLANCE SYSTEM SERVER SHALL BE CONNECTED TO THE OWNER IT NETWORK.

CONDUIT FOR DOOR CONTACT DEVICES SHALL BE 3/4" EMT CONDUIT.

CONDUIT FOR POWER TRANSFER HINGE SHALL BE 1/2" EMT CONDUIT.

CONDUIT FOR SECURITY CAMERA SHALL BE 1-1/4" EMT CONDUIT.

THE SYSTEM SHALL UTILIZE CARD READERS, BADGES SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH THE SITE OWNER BY SECURITY CONTRACTOR. ALL ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM CABLES TO BE PLENUM RATED.

DOOR DETAILS ARE TYPICAL FOR CONDUIT AND BACK BOX EMT REQUIREMENTS, REFER TO FLOOR PLANS FOR ACTUAL DEVICE LOCATION AT EACH DOOR.

ALL JUNCTION BOXES SHALL BE MOUNTED ON THE PROTECTED SIDE OF THE DOOR.

WHERE NO FINISHED CEILING EXISTS, JUNCTION BOXES OVER DOORS SHALL BE PLACED AT LEAST NINE INCHES FROM

BOTTOM OF BOX TO TOP OF DOOR AS SPACE PERMITS, BOX COVER TO BE ACCESSIBLE, COORDINATE LOCATION WITH OTHER TRADES.

RECESSED CONTACTS SHALL BE INSTALLED WITHIN SIX INCHES FROM LATCH SIDE OF DOOR. HANDBOX SHALL BE CENTERED ON CONTACT LOCATION. WIRING FOR DEVICES ON DOUBLE DOORS SHALL BE RUN THROUGH HOLLOW METAL FRAMES.

THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE AND INSTALL NECESSARY DOOR LOCKING HARDWARE WHICH IS TO BE INSTALLED TO THE INSIDE JAMB AND TESTED PRIOR TO THE SECURITY CONTRACTOR ARRIVAL. SECURITY CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE AS REQUIRED.

FOR INSTALLATION OF ELECTROMAGNETIC LOCKS, ELECTRIFIED MORTISE LOCKS AND ELECTRICAL STRIKES, FOLLOW MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS.

SECURITY DEVICES SHALL BE MOUNTED ON BACKBOXES, AS SHOWN IN INSTALLATION DETAILS. UNLESS OTHERWISE

NOTED, CONDUITS, PULL STRINGS, BACKBOXES AND BUSHINGS SHALL BE PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR.

SECURITY CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE FINAL QUANTITIES, LOCATIONS AND STYLES WITH ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR AND ARCHITECT.

PANEL COUNTS AND CONNECTIONS ARE FOR REFERENCE ONLY. CONFIRM ALL COUNTS AND PANEL LAYOUT BASED ON DEVICE COUNTS.

SECURITY CABLING SHALL BE COMPLETED BY THE SECURITY CONTRACTOR UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, CABLE SHALL BE

INSTALLED FROM THE TELECOM ROOM TO THE DOOR THAT IT SERVICES WITH AN APPROPRIATE SERVICE LOOP AT EACH END TO REACH FIELD DEVICES.

NETWORK CABLE FOR VIDEO CAMERAS SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THE TELECOM CONTRACTOR AND IS TO BE TERMINATED

AND TESTED PRIOR TO THE INSTALLATION OF CAMERAS, HORIZONTAL CABLING SHALL BE TERMINATED AT THE TELECOM ROOM TO THE PATCH PANEL AND LABELED AS "CAM#" THAT CORRELATES TO THE CAMERA NUMBER IDENTIFIED ON THE SECURITY DRAWINGS.

THE FIELD END OF NETWORK CABLE FOR VIDEO CAMERAS SHALL TERMINATE TO A SMB AND LABELED IN THE SAME MANNER AS THE PATCH PANEL. A 10' PATCH CORD SHALL BE INSTALLED TO THE OUTLET TO ALLOW EXACT PLACEMENT OF THE CAMERAS.

SECURITY SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT SHALL BE INSTALLED UTILIZING OWNER IT NETWORK INFRASTRUCTURE STANDARDS. IP INFORMATION IS TO BE PROVIDED TO THE SECURITY CONTRACTOR BY THE OWNER AND/OR THE IT STAFF.

VIDEO CAMERAS SHALL BE CONNECTED TO SECURITY CONTRACTOR PROVIDED RACK MOUNTED NETWORK SWITCHES IN TELECOM ROOMS. NETWORK SWITCHES SHALL BE CONNECTED TO THE VIDEO SURVEILLANCE SYSTEM SERVER IN THE MDF, VIDEO SURVEILLANCE SYSTEM SERVER SHALL BE CONNECTED TO THE OWNER IT NETWORK.

GENERAL SECURITY NOTES

SECURITY CABLE LEGEND

LTR DESCRIPTION DEVICE / USE
A 4C/18 AWG UNSHIELDED LOCK POWER
B 4C/22 AWG UNSHIELDED REX / SPARE
C 4C/22 AWG OVERALL SHIELD REX / SPARE
D 4C/18 AWG UNSHIELDED DOOR CONTACT
E #6 AWG GREEN GROUNDING
F 4C/18 AWG UNSHIELDED MOTION DETECTOR
G 4C/18 AWG UNSHIELDED GLASS BREAK
H CAT6A IP SECURITY DEVICE

I LAN / IP PATCH CORD

J IP CAMERA
CAT6A
CAT6A
K 6C/22 AWG SHIELDED CARD READER
A.

THE TELECOMMUNICATIONS CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBLE FOR THE WORK DESCRIBED IN THESE CONTRACT DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE REFERRED TO THROUGHOUT THESE DOCUMENTS AS THE "CONTRACTOR".

THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ADHERE TO ALL BUILDING CODES AND REGULATIONS.

THESE COMMUNICATIONS DRAWINGS SHALL BE USED IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE DIVISION 27 AND 28 SPECIFICATIONS,

SHOULD THERE BE ANY DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN THE DRAWINGS AND THE SPECIFICATIONS, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BRING IT TO THE IMMEDIATE ATTENTION OF THE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER.

THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR REPORTING ANY DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN THESE CONTRACT DRAWINGS AND ACTUAL FIELD CONDITIONS.

CONDUITS AND SLEEVES DESIGNATED FOR COMMUNICATIONS USE, WHETHER THEY ARE UTILIZED BY THE CONTRACTOR OR NOT, SHALL BE FIRE STOPPED.

THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR COORDINATION WITH OTHER TRADES AND DRAWINGS.

BACKBOXES, CONDUITS, STUB-UPS SHALL BE PROVIDED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR.

CABLE TRAY SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THE CONTRACTOR.

THE ENTIRE CABLE PLANT SHALL BE TESTED AS OUTLINED IN THE SPECIFICATIONS.

REFER TO THE SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS.

THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL CABLE, HARDWARE AND EQUIPMENT SHOWN ON THESE DRAWINGS EXCEPT WHERE OTHERWISE NOTED.

THE CONTRACT DRAWINGS OF ALL TRADES INCLUDING ARCHITECTURAL, ELECTRICAL, FIRE PROTECTION, IT, AV, SECURITY ETC ARE PART OF THIS PACKAGE. THE TELECOMMUNICATIONS CONTRACTOR MUST REVIEW THE DRAWINGS

OF ALL OTHER TRADES AND OBTAIN PERTINENT INFORMATION THAT PERTAINS TO THE TELECOM WORK AND IS SHOWN

OR INDICATED ON OTHER TRADE DRAWINGS, NO EXTRAS WILL BE PERMITTED DUE TO THE FAILURE OF THE CONTRACTOR TO COMPLY WITH THIS REQUIREMENT. AFTER REVIEW OF ALL DOCUMENTS IF THE CONTRACTOR FEELS

SOMETHING IS NOT IN THEIR SCOPE OF WORK, CONTRACTOR MUST TAKE EXCEPTION DURING BID SUBMISSION AND CLEARLY INDICATE THE SCOPE OF WORK FOR WHICH CONTRACTOR IS TAKING THE EXCEPTION.

THE CONTRACTOR MUST MAINTAIN A RUNNING UPDATE OF ALL FIELD OR CONTRACT DOCUMENT CHANGES AND UPDATE THEIR "AS BUILT" DRAWINGS AS AN ONGOING PROCESS.

ALL EQUIPMENT, CABLING, RACEWAY, ETC, SHALL BE GROUNDED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE SPECIFICATIONS.

PROVIDE GROUND CONDUCTORS, GROUND CLAMPS, COMPRESSION TAPS, LUGS, ETC, AS REQUIRED FOR CONNECTION TO THE TELECOMMUNICATIONS GROUNDING AND BONDING SYSTEM (AS REQUIRED). TELECOMMUNICATIONS GROUNDING AND BONDING SYSTEM SHALL BE PROVIDED BY DIVISION 26, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO: BONDING

CONDUCTOR FOR TELECOMMUNICATIONS, TELECOMMUNICATIONS GROUNDING BUSBAR, TELECOMMUNICATIONS BONDING BACKBONE, TELECOMMUNICATIONS GROUNDING BUSBAR/S). GROUNDING EQUALIZER AND BONDING CONDUCTORS TO BUILDING STEEL (WHERE APPLICABLE), POWER PANELS (WHERE APPLICABLE) AND CONDUITS.

USE PULLBOXES WHEREVER THE BENDS IN A CONDUIT RUN EXCEED 180-DEGREES.

TELECOMMUNICATION CONTRACTOR SHALL COMPLY WITH ZONE 4 SEISMIC REQUIREMENTS FOR ALL EQUIPMENT RACKS, CABBLE TRAYS, AND ANY OTHER EQUIPMENT THAT REQUIRES BRACING OR STRUCTURAL SUPPORT.

COORDINATE WITH STRUCTURAL ENGINEER FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT.

UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, ALL CONDUIT SHALL BE 1.25" ELECTROMETALLIC TUBING (EMT) AND RUN WITHIN WALLS.

ALL NETWORK CABLING IS CATEGORY 6A, CMP.

WHERE INSTALLATION METHODS AND REQUIREMENTS ARE NOT IDENTIFIED IN THE ABOVE REFERENCED CODES,

STANDARDS AND PRACTICES, OR IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, COMPLY WITH THE RECOMMENDATIONS AND METHODS OF THE FOLLOWING REFERENCES:

BICSI, TELECOMMUNICATIONS DISTRIBUTION METHODS MANUAL (TDMM), 15TH EDITION, 2024.

BICSI, INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SYSTEMS INSTALLATION METHODS MANUAL, 8TH EDITION, 2022.

BICSI, OUTSIDE PLANT DESIGN REFERENCE MANUAL, 6TH EDITION, 2018.

GENERAL TELECOMMUNICATIONS NOTES

1. ALL CABLES MUST BE PULLED AT THE SAME TIME TO ACHIEVE THE GREATER FILL LEVELS.
* INDUSTRY STANDARD AND NEC CODES IS TO DESIGN FOR A MAXIMUM OF 40% FILL. THE

ACTUAL NUMBER OF CABLES WHICH CAN BE INSTALLED IN A PARTICULAR CONDUIT CAN BE SLIGHTLY MORE OR SIGNIFICANTLY LESS DEPENDING UPON FOLLOWING:
4" 12.73" 120
3" 7.39" 72
2" 3.36" 27

1.25" 1.5"
CONDUIT 40% FILL BASED ON DIAMETER OF CABLES

AREA (SQ IN)

CONDUIT

TRADE SIZE
CONDUIT REQUIREMENT CABLE FILL*

2.5" OR MORE 10 TIMES THE INTERNAL CONDUIT DIAMETER
2" OR LESS 6 TIMES THE INTERNAL CONDUIT DIAMETER

INTERNAL DIAMETER MINIMUM BEND RADIUS

CONDUIT BEND RADIUSES
4" 15" 64" 8" 8"
2" 8" 32" 4" 5"

1.25" 8" 24" 4" 4"

ADD LENGTH TO BOX

SIZE FOR EACH

ADDITIONAL CONDUIT

BOX SIZE
DEPTH

BOX SIZE
LENGTH

BOX SIZE
WIDTH

MAXIMUM

CONDUIT
SIZE

PULL BOX SIZING REQUIREMENT
.250"
106
64 24
4 .265"
99 59
22 4
.275"
* FOR ISP, PULL BOXES SHOULD BE PLACED EVERY 100 FEET. THERE SHALL BE NO MORE THE 180-DEGREES OF BENDS BETWEEN ACCESSIBLE PULL POINTS. * FOR OSP, PULL BOXES SHOULD BE PLACED EVERY 300 FEET. THERE SHALL BE NO MORE THAN 180-DEGREES OF BENDS BETWEEN ACCESSIBLE PULL POINTS. 4 5
4 SAN FRAN CISCO
CALIFORNIA 94107
415. 489.2 224 TEL
415.358.91 00 FAX
WWW.WRNSSTUDIO.COM
01 SECOND STREET
TH FLOOR, STE. 402
5 4

SAN FRAN CISCO
CALIFORNIA 94107
415. 489.2 224 TEL
415.358.91 00 FAX
WWW.WRNSSTUDIO.COM
01 SECOND STREET
TH FLOOR, STE. 402
5 4

SAN FRAN CISCO
CALIFORNIA 94107
415. 489.2 224 TEL
415.358.91 00 FAX
WWW.WRNSSTUDIO.COM
01 SECOND STREET
TH FLOOR, STE. 402
SHEET NO:

SHEET TITLE:

ISSUES DATE
PROJECT NO.:

DATE:

SCALE:

If this drawing is not 30"x42", then the drawing has been revised from its original size.

Noted scales must be adjusted. This line should be equal to one inch

KEYPLAN
PRICING SET 11/15/2024
# REVISION LIST DATE
Exp: 03/31/26
MAIN LIBRARY PRIVACY POD PERMIT 02/05/2025

SUBMISSION
PERMIT SET 02/12/2025
12" = 1'-0"
2/12/2025 7:18:58 PM
23035.00

SYMBOL LIST AND

GENERAL NOTES -

TECHNOLOGY
T-001
02/04/2024
San Carlos Library
610 ELM ST. SAN CARLOS, CALIFORNIA 94070

TECHNOLOGY SYMBOL LIST
Abbreviations

AFF ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR

ALS ASSISTED LISTENING SYSTEM

AV AUDIO VISUAL

CATV CABLE ANTENNA TELEVISION

CAT CATEGORY CABLE

CCTV CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION

COAX COAXIAL

COM COMMUNICATION

CFCI CONTRACTOR FURNISHED CONTRACTOR INSTALLED

CFOI CONTRACTOR FURNISHED OWNER INSTALLED
(X) DEMOLISH

EF ENTRANCE FACILITY

ER EQUIPMENT ROOM
(E) EXISTING

LC FIBER OPTIC CONNECTOR

SC FIBER OPTIC CONNECTOR

FDU FIBER OPTIC DISTRIBUTION UNIT

FT FOOT, FEET
(F) FUTURE

GND GROUND

HH HANDHOLE

IN INCH, INCHES

ICT INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATIONS TECHNOLOGY

IT INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

ISP INSIDE PLANT

LAN LOCAL AREA NETWORK

LV LOW VOLTAGE

MTR MAIN TELECOMMUNICATIONS ROOM

MH MAINTENANCE HOLE

MATV MASTER ANTENNA TELEVISION
(N) NEW

NTS NOT TO SCALE

OSP OUTSIDE PLANT

OFCI OWNER FURNISHED, CONTRACTOR INSTALLED

OFOI OWNER FURNISHED, OWNER INSTALLED

PTZ PAN, TILT, ZOOM

PBB PRIMARY BONDING BUSBAR

QTY QUANTITY

RU RACK UNIT

SATV SATELLITE ANTENNA TELEVISION

SBB SECONDARY BONDING BUSBAR

SBC SECONDARY BONDING CONDUCTOR

TBB TELECOMMUNICATIONS BONDING BACKBONE

TBC TELECOMMUNICATIONS BONDING CONDUCTOR

TEBC TELECOMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT BONDING CONDUCTOR

TR TELECOMMUNICATIONS ROOM

TYP TYPICAL

UPS UNINTERRUPTABLE POWER SUPPLY

UON UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED

WP WEATHERPROOF

WAN WIDE AREA NETWORK

WAP WIRELESS ACCESS POINT

WIFI WIRELESS FIDELITY

SHEET INDEX
Electronic Security
WALL MOUNTED ACCESS CONTROL CARD READER WITH 3/4"

CONDUIT TO ACCESSIBLE CEILING AND CABLING TO SERVING

SECURITY PANEL
Pathways

CONDUIT SLEEVE

J-HOOKS
Reference Symbols

DETAIL NUMBER AND SHEET LOCATION

KEYED NOTES

SECTION NUMBER AND SHEET LOCATION
Telecommunications
TELECOM OUTLET WITH TWO CATEGORY 6A CABLES. FOR USE
WITH WALL MOUNTED WIRELESS ACCESS POINT. PROVIDE 5S
BOX WITH SINGLE GANG ADAPTER RING AND 1-1/4" CONDUIT

WITH PROTECTIVE BUSHING STUBBED TO NEAREST
ACCESSIBLE CEILING SPACE.

TELECOM OUTLET WITH TWO CATEGORY 6A CABLES. PROVIDE
5S BOX WITH SINGLE GANG ADAPTER RING AND 1-1/4"

CONDUIT WITH PROTECTIVE BUSHING STUBBED TO NEAREST
ACCESSIBLE CEILING SPACE.

T-001 SYMBOL LIST AND GENERAL NOTES - TECHNOLOGY
T-101 OVERALL FIRST FLOOR PLAN - TECHNOLOGY
T-201 OVERALL SECOND FLOOR PLAN - TECHNOLOGY
T-301 ENLARGED SECOND FLOOR PLAN - TECHNOLOGY

PROJECT

CONTACT
www.interfaceengineering.com
Kris Howard
2024-1269
49 Stevenson Street, Suite 660
San Francisco, CA 94105
TEL 415.489.7240
03/18/2025 03/18/2025
E:
003/28/2025 03/18/20252/04/2024
E:
03/28/2025
November 10, 2025
1 A
B
C
C.2
C.9
D
D.8
E
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
FRAMERY 6 CONFERENCE POD LOCATION
FRAMERY 4 CONFERENCE POD LOCATION FRAMERY 4 CONFERENCE POD LOCATION

TELECOM
125

MAIN LIBRARY
101

CHILDRENS LIBRARY
133
ENTRY
104

HALL ELEV
127C

FRIENDS
110

ROTUNDA
102

MAIN LIBRARY
101

CIRCULATION SUPERVISOR
111

BRANCH MANAGER
115
ELEC
120
CL
119
LOCKER
121

WOMEN'S RR
118

MEN'S RR
117

BREAK ROOM
122
HALL
136

MTG ROOM
127
STUDY
129
CL
127A

WOMENS RR
109

MENS RR
107
VEST
109A
VEST
107A
1 TYP
2 5
4 SAN FRAN CISCO
CALIFORNIA 94107
415. 489.2 224 TEL
415.358.91 00 FAX
WWW.WRNSSTUDIO.COM
01 SECOND STREET
TH FLOOR, STE. 402
5 4

SAN FRAN CISCO
CALIFORNIA 94107
415. 489.2 224 TEL
415.358.91 00 FAX
WWW.WRNSSTUDIO.COM
01 SECOND STREET
TH FLOOR, STE. 402
5 4

SAN FRAN CISCO
CALIFORNIA 94107
415. 489.2 224 TEL
415.358.91 00 FAX
WWW.WRNSSTUDIO.COM
01 SECOND STREET
TH FLOOR, STE. 402
SHEET NO:

SHEET TITLE:

ISSUES DATE
PROJECT NO.:

DATE:

SCALE:

If this drawing is not 30"x42", then the drawing has been revised from its original size.

Noted scales must be adjusted. This line should be equal to one inch

KEYPLAN
PRICING SET 11/15/2024
# REVISION LIST DATE
Exp: 03/31/26
MAIN LIBRARY PRIVACY POD PERMIT 02/05/2025

SUBMISSION
PERMIT SET 02/12/2025
1/8" = 1'-0"
2/12/2025 7:18:59 PM
23035.00

OVERALL FIRST FLOOR

PLAN - TECHNOLOGY
T-101
02/04/2024
San Carlos Library
610 ELM ST. SAN CARLOS, CALIFORNIA 94070

PROJECT

CONTACT
www.interfaceengineering.com
Kris Howard
2024-1269
49 Stevenson Street, Suite 660
San Francisco, CA 94105
TEL 415.489.7240

GENERAL SHEET NOTES
A.

COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION AND MOUNTING HEIGHTS OF
TELECOMMUNICATIONS OUTLETS WITH ARCHITECT PRIOR TO INSTALLATION.

ROUTE TELECOMMUNICATIONS CABLING TO HUB ROOM (TELECOM RM 125).

IDENTIFY AND UTILIZE EXISTING PATHWAY SYSTEMS WHERE POSSIBLE.

PROVIDE NEW PATHWAY SYSTEMS AS REQUIRED.

AS BUILT DRAWINGS INDICATE EXISTING TELECOMMUNICATIONS OUTLETS IN CLOSE PROXIMITY TO THE FRAMERY CONFERENCE POD LOCATIONS. WHERE POSSIBLE, EXISTING TELECOMMUNICATIONS OUTLETS MAY BE USED.

CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS IN FIELD AND COORDINATE REUSE OF EXISTING OUTLETS WITH OWNER.

SHEET KEYNOTES

1. 2.

INDICATES THE LOCATION OF THE HUB ROOM (TELECOM RM 125).

PROVIDE TELECOMMUNICATIONS OUTLET FOR CONFERENCE POD.

INSTALL OUTLET ON WALL AND COORDINATE CONNECTION TO
CONFERENCE POD WITH CONFERENCE POD INSTALLER.
0' 4' 8' 16'
1/8" = 1'-0"
1 OVERALL FIRST FLOOR PLAN - TECHNOLOGY
03/18/2025 03/18/2025
E:
003/28/2025 03/18/20252/04/2024
E:
03/28/2025
November 10, 2025
1 A
B
C
C.2
C.9
D
D.8
E
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
T-301
2 1
2 5
4 SAN FRAN CISCO
CALIFORNIA 94107
415. 489.2 224 TEL
415.358.91 00 FAX
WWW.WRNSSTUDIO.COM
01 SECOND STREET
TH FLOOR, STE. 402
5 4

SAN FRAN CISCO
CALIFORNIA 94107
415. 489.2 224 TEL
415.358.91 00 FAX
WWW.WRNSSTUDIO.COM
01 SECOND STREET
TH FLOOR, STE. 402
5 4

SAN FRAN CISCO
CALIFORNIA 94107
415. 489.2 224 TEL
415.358.91 00 FAX
WWW.WRNSSTUDIO.COM
01 SECOND STREET
TH FLOOR, STE. 402
SHEET NO:

SHEET TITLE:

ISSUES DATE
PROJECT NO.:

DATE:

SCALE:

If this drawing is not 30"x42", then the drawing has been revised from its original size.

Noted scales must be adjusted. This line should be equal to one inch

KEYPLAN
PRICING SET 11/15/2024
# REVISION LIST DATE
Exp: 03/31/26
MAIN LIBRARY PRIVACY POD PERMIT 02/05/2025

SUBMISSION
PERMIT SET 02/12/2025
1/8" = 1'-0"
2/12/2025 7:19:00 PM
23035.00

OVERALL SECOND

FLOOR PLAN -

TECHNOLOGY
T-201
02/04/2024
San Carlos Library
610 ELM ST. SAN CARLOS, CALIFORNIA 94070

PROJECT

CONTACT
www.interfaceengineering.com
Kris Howard
2024-1269
49 Stevenson Street, Suite 660
San Francisco, CA 94105
TEL 415.489.7240
0' 4' 8' 16'
1/8" = 1'-0"
1 OVERALL SECOND FLOOR PLAN - TECHNOLOGY

GENERAL SHEET NOTES
A.

ROUTE TELECOMMUNICATIONS AND SECURITY CABLING TO HUB
ROOM ON 1ST FLOOR. REFER TO SHEET T-101 FOR LOCATION OF HUB ROOM.

IDENTIFY AND UTILIZE EXISTING PATHWAY SYSTEMS WHERE
POSSIBLE. PROVIDE NEW PATHWAY SYSTEMS AS REQUIRED.

SHEET KEYNOTES

1. 2.

INDICATES THE LOCATION OF THE MAKER SPACE (PROJECT AREA).

INDICATES THE APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF THE HUB ROOM ON
THE 1ST FLOOR. REFER TO SHEET T-101 FOR ADDITIONAL
INFORMATION.
03/18/2025 03/18/2025
E:
003/28/2025 03/18/20252/04/2024
E:
03/28/2025
November 10, 2025
CR
C.9
D
D.8
E
5 6
C.9
D
D.8
E
TYP 1
+108"
WAP
2 +42"
3 N.I.C
C.9
D
D.8
E
5 6
N.I.C
4 5
4 SAN FRAN CISCO
CALIFORNIA 94107
415. 489.2 224 TEL
415.358.91 00 FAX
WWW.WRNSSTUDIO.COM
01 SECOND STREET
TH FLOOR, STE. 402
5 4

SAN FRAN CISCO
CALIFORNIA 94107
415. 489.2 224 TEL
415.358.91 00 FAX
WWW.WRNSSTUDIO.COM
01 SECOND STREET
TH FLOOR, STE. 402
5 4

SAN FRAN CISCO
CALIFORNIA 94107
415. 489.2 224 TEL
415.358.91 00 FAX
WWW.WRNSSTUDIO.COM
01 SECOND STREET
TH FLOOR, STE. 402
SHEET NO:

SHEET TITLE:

ISSUES DATE
PROJECT NO.:

DATE:

SCALE:

If this drawing is not 30"x42", then the drawing has been revised from its original size.

Noted scales must be adjusted. This line should be equal to one inch

KEYPLAN
PRICING SET 11/15/2024
# REVISION LIST DATE
Exp: 03/31/26
MAIN LIBRARY PRIVACY POD PERMIT 02/05/2025

SUBMISSION
PERMIT SET 02/12/2025
1/4" = 1'-0"
2/12/2025 7:19:02 PM
23035.00

ENLARGED SECOND

FLOOR PLAN -

TECHNOLOGY
T-301
02/04/2024
San Carlos Library
610 ELM ST. SAN CARLOS, CALIFORNIA 94070

PROJECT

CONTACT
www.interfaceengineering.com
Kris Howard
2024-1269
49 Stevenson Street, Suite 660
San Francisco, CA 94105
TEL 415.489.7240
0' 2' 4' 8'
1/4" = 1'-0"
2 ENLARGED SECOND FLOOR REVISED PLAN - TECHNOLOGY

GENERAL SHEET NOTES
A.

COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION AND MOUNTING HEIGHTS OF

TELECOMMUNICATIONS OUTLETS WITH ARCHITECT PRIOR TO
INSTALLATION.

ROUTE TELECOMMUNICATIONS AND SECURITY CABLING TO HUB
ROOM ON 1ST FLOOR. REFER TO SHEET T-101 FOR LOCATION OF HUB ROOM.

IDENTIFY AND UTILIZE EXISTING PATHWAY SYSTEMS WHERE
POSSIBLE. PROVIDE NEW PATHWAY SYSTEMS AS REQUIRED.

PROVIDE ACCESS CONTROL PANEL WITH DOOR CONTROLLER
AND BATTERY BACKUP WITHIN HUB ROOM ON 1ST FLOOR.

DEMOLITION OF TELECOMMUNICATIONS STRUCTURED CABLING

SYSTEM COMPONENTS INCLUDES THE FULL REMOVAL OF THE

DATA OUTLET, HORIZONTAL CABLING, AS WELL AS ANY

ASSOCIATED PATHWAY SYSTEMS, RACKS, PATCH PANELS, AND

HARDWARE LEFT ABANDONED BY THE REMOVAL OF THE
CABLING.

SHEET KEYNOTES

1. 2.

3. 4.

PROVIDE TELECOMMUNICATIONS OUTLET WITHIN CABINETRY.

PROVIDE TELECOMMUNICATIONS OUTLET FOR WIRELESS ACCESS
POINT. INSTALL AT INDICATED HEIGHT
PROVIDE WALL MOUNTED SECURITY CARD READER. INSTALL AT
INDICATED HEIGHT.

IDENTIFY, DOCUMENT, AND PERFORM THE COMPLETE DEMOLITION

OF TELECOMMUNICATIONS STRUCTURED CABLING SYSTEM
COMPONENTS WITHIN THE IDENTIFIED SPACE.
0' 4' 8' 16'
1/4" = 1'-0"
1 ENLARGED SECOND FLOOR DEMO PLAN - TECHNOLOGY
03/18/2025 03/18/2025
E:
003/28/2025 03/18/20252/04/2024
E:
03/28/2025
November 10, 2025
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
TABLE OF CONTENTS 00 0010-1
DOCUMENT 00 0010

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Cover

INTRODUCTORY INFORMATION
00 0010 Table of Contents
DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
01 1000 Summary
01 2500 Substitution Procedures
Attachment: Request for Substitution Form
01 2600 Contract Modification Procedures
01 3100 Project Management and Coordination
01 3200 Construction Progress Documentation
01 3233 Photographic Documentation
01 3300 Submittal Procedures
Attachment: Submittal Cover Sheet
01 4000 Quality Requirements
01 4200 References
01 6000 Product Requirements
01 7300 Execution
01 7419 Construction Waste Management and Disposal
01 7700 Closeout Procedures
01 7823 Operation and Maintenance Data
01 7839 Project Record Documents
01 7900 Demonstration and Training
01 8113 Sustainable Design Requirements
Attachment: Product Data Submittal Reporting Form
01 8116 Low-Emitting Materials Restrictions
DIVISION 2 - EXISTING CONDITIONS
02 4119 Selective Demolition
DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE
(Not Used)
DIVISION 4 - MASONRY
(Not Used)
DIVISION 5 – METALS
05 5000 Metal Fabrications
05 7000 Decorative Metal
DIVISION 6 - WOOD, PLASTICS, AND COMPOSITES
06 1053 Miscellaneous Rough Carpentry

8.d
November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 62
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
TABLE OF CONTENTS 00 0010-2
06 1600 Sheathing
06 4023 Interior Architectural Woodwork
DIVISION 7 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION
07 2100 Building Insulation
07 2715 Nonbituminous self-Adhering Air Barriers
07 5113 Built-Up Asphalt Roofing
07 6200 Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim
07 8413 Penetration Firestopping
07 9200 Joint Sealants
DIVISION 8 – OPENINGS
08 1416 Flush Wood Doors
08 6250 Tubular Daylighting Devices
08 8000 Glazing
DIVISION 9 – FINISHES
09 2216 Non-Structural Metal Framing
09 2900 Gypsum Board
09 3000 Tiling
09 5113 Acoustical Panel Ceilings
09 6513 Resilient Base and Accessories
09 6515 Resilient Flooring
09 8430 Sound Absorbing Panels
09 9123 Interior Painting
DIVISION 10 – SPECIALTIES
10 1100 Visual Display Surfaces
10 4413 Fire Protection Cabinets
10 4416 Fire Extinguishers
DIVISION 11 – EQUIPMENT
(Not Used)
DIVISION 12 – FURNISHINGS
12 2413 Roller Window Shades
12 3600 Countertops
DIVISION 13 - SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION
(Not Used)
DIVISION 14 - CONVEYING EQUIPMENT
(Not Used)
DIVISION 21 - FIRE SUPPRESSION
21 0000 Fire Suppression Basic Requirements

8.d
November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 63
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
TABLE OF CONTENTS 00 0010-3
21 0500 Common Work Results for Fire Suppression
21 1300 Fire Suppression Sprinkler Systems
DIVISION 22 - PLUMBING
22 0000 Plumbing Basic Requirements
22 0523 General-Duty Valves for Plumbing Piping
22 0529 Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipment 22 0553 Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment 22 0700 Plumbing Insulation
22 1000 Plumbing Piping
22 3000 Plumbing Equipment
22 4000 Plumbing Fixtures
DIVISION 23 - HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR CONDITIONING 23 0000 Heating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning (HVAC) Basic Requirements 23 0519 Meters and Gauges for HVAC Piping
23 0523 General-Duty Valves for HVAC Piping
23 0529 Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping, Ductwork and Equipment 23 0548 Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC Equipment 23 0553 Identification for HVAC Piping, Ductwork and Equipment 23 0593 Testing, Adjusting, And Balancing For HVAC
23 0700 HVAC Insulation
23 0900 Instrumentation and Control Performance Specifications 23 2113 HVAC Piping
23 2116 Hydronic Piping Specialties
23 3100 HVAC Ducts and Casings
23 3300 Air Duct Accessories
23 3400 HVAC Fans
23 3600 Air Terminal Units
23 3700 Air Outlets and Inlets
DIVISION 25 – INTEGRATED AUTOMATION
(Not Used)
DIVISION 26 - ELECTRICAL
26 0000 Electrical Basic Requirements
26 0519 Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables 26 0526 Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems
26 0529 Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems and Equipment 26 0533 Raceways
26 0534 Boxes
26 0553 Identification for Electrical Systems
26 0810 Building Lighting Acceptance Testing and Documentation 26 0943 Digital Lighting Controls
26 2726 Wiring Devices
26 2816.16 Enclosed Switches and Circuit Breakers
DIVISION 27 - COMMUNICATIONS

8.d
November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 64
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
TABLE OF CONTENTS 00 0010-4
27 0000 Communications Basic Requirements
27 0528.28 Firestopping for Communications Systems
27 05 28 Pathways for Communications Systems
27 1500 Communications Horizontal Cabling
DISION 28 - ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY
28 3100 Fire Detection and Alarm
28 0000 Electronic Safety and Security Basic Requirements 28 0001 Electronic Safety Basic Requirements
28 1000 Access Control and Intrusion Detection
DIVISION 31 - EARTHWORK
(Not Used)
DIVISION 32 - EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS
(Not Used)
DIVISION 33 - UTILITIES
(Not Used)

END OF DOCUMENT

8.d
November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 65
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
SUMMARY 01 1000 - 1
SECTION 01 1000

SUMMARY
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:

1. Project information.

2. Work covered by Contract Documents.

3. Owner-furnished/Contractor-installed (OFCI) products.

4. Contractor's use of site and premises.

5. Work restrictions.

6. Specification and Drawing conventions.

B. Related Requirements:

1. Section 017300 "Execution" for coordination of Owner-installed products.

1.3 PROJECT INFORMATION
A. Project Identification: San Carlos Library.

1. Project Location: San Carlos, California.

B. Architect: WRNS Studio.

C. Construction Manager: .

1. Construction Manager for this Project is Project's constructor. The terms "Construction Manager" and "Contractor" are synonymous.

D. Web-Based Project Software: Project software will be used for purposes of managing communication and documents during the construction stage.

1. See Section 01 3100 "Project Management and Coordination." for requirements for establishing administering and using web-based Project software.

1.4 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
A. The Work of Project is defined by the Contract Documents and consists of the renovation of a an Library building as documented on the drawings.

B. Type of Contract:

1. Project will be constructed under a single prime contract.

1.5 OWNER-FURNISHED/CONTRACTOR-INSTALLED (OFCI) PRODUCTS A. Owner's Responsibilities: Owner will furnish products indicated and perform the following, as applicable:

8.d
November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 66
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
SUMMARY 01 1000 - 2

1. Provide to Contractor Owner-reviewed Product Data, Shop Drawings, and Samples.

2. Provide for delivery of Owner-furnished products to Project site.

3. Upon delivery, inspect, with Contractor present, delivered items. a. If Owner-furnished products are damaged, defective, or missing, arrange for replacement.

4. Obtain manufacturer's inspections, service, and warranties.

5. Inform Contractor of earliest available delivery date for Owner-furnished products.

B. Contractor's Responsibilities: The Work includes the following, as applicable:

1. Designate delivery dates of Owner-furnished products in Contractor's construction schedule, utilizing Owner-furnished earliest available delivery dates.

2. Review Owner-reviewed Product Data, Shop Drawings, and Samples, noting discrepancies and other issues in providing for Owner-furnished products in the Work.

3. Receive, unload, handle, store, protect, and install Owner-furnished products.

4. Make building services connections for Owner-furnished products.

5. Protect Owner-furnished products from damage during storage, handling, and installation and prior to Substantial Completion.

6. Repair or replace Owner-furnished products damaged following receipt.

1.6 CONTRACTOR'S USE OF SITE AND PREMISES
A. Unrestricted Use of Site: Contractor shall have full use of Project site for construction operations during construction period. Contractor's use of Project site is limited only by Owner's right to perform work or to retain other contractors on portions of Project.

B. Condition of Existing Building: Maintain portions of existing building affected by construction operations in a weathertight condition throughout construction period. Repair damage caused by construction operations.

C. Condition of Existing Grounds: Maintain portions of existing grounds, landscaping, and hardscaping affected by construction operations throughout construction period. Repair damage caused by construction operations.

1.7 WORK RESTRICTIONS
A. Work Restrictions, General: Comply with restrictions on construction operations.

1. Comply with limitations on use of public streets and with other requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.

B. On-Site Work Hours: Limit work in the existing building to normal business working hours of 8:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m., Monday through Friday, unless otherwise indicated.

1. Weekend Hours: By request only.

2. Early Morning Hours: Prior to 8:00am by request only.

3. Hours for Utility Shutdowns: By request only.

4. Hours for Core Drilling and generally noisy activity: 8:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m.

C. Existing Utility Interruptions: Do not interrupt utilities serving facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after providing temporary utility services according to requirements indicated:

1. Notify Owner not less than two days in advance of proposed utility interruptions.

2. Obtain Owner's written permission before proceeding with utility interruptions.

D. Noise, Vibration, and Odors: Coordinate operations that may result in high levels of noise and vibration, odors, or other disruption to Owner occupancy with Owner.

8.d
November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 67
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
SUMMARY 01 1000 - 3

1. Notify Owner not less than two days in advance of proposed disruptive operations.

2. Obtain Owner's written permission before proceeding with disruptive operations.

E. Nonsmoking Building: Smoking is not permitted within the building or within 25 feet of entrances, operable windows, or outdoor-air intakes.

F. Employee Identification: Provide identification tags for Contractor personnel working on Project site. Require personnel to use identification tags at all times.

G. Employee Screening: Comply with Owner's requirements for drug and background screening of Contractor personnel working on Project site.

1.8 SPECIFICATION AND DRAWING CONVENTIONS
A. Specification Content: The Specifications use certain conventions for the style of language and the intended meaning of certain terms, words, and phrases when used in particular situations.

These conventions are as follows:

1. Imperative mood and streamlined language are generally used in the Specifications. The words "shall," "shall be," or "shall comply with," depending on the context, are implied where a colon (:) is used within a sentence or phrase.

2. Text Color: Text used in the Specifications, including units of measure, manufacturer and product names, and other text may appear in multiple colors or underlined as part of a hyperlink; no emphasis is implied by text with these characteristics.

3. Hypertext: Text used in the Specifications may contain hyperlinks. Hyperlinks may allow for access to linked information that is not residing in the Specifications. Unless otherwise indicated, linked information is not part of the Contract Documents.

4. Specification requirements are to be performed by Contractor unless specifically stated otherwise.

B. Division 01 General Requirements: Requirements of Sections in Division 01 apply to the Work of all Sections in the Specifications.

C. Drawing Coordination: Requirements for materials and products identified on Drawings are described in detail in the Specifications. One or more of the following are used on Drawings to identify materials and products:

1. Terminology: Materials and products are identified by the typical generic terms used in the individual Specifications Sections.

2. Abbreviations: Materials and products are identified by abbreviations published as part of the U.S. National CAD Standard and scheduled on Drawings.

3. Keynoting: Materials and products are identified by reference keynotes referencing Specification Section numbers found in this Project Manual.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)

END OF SECTION

8.d
November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 68
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES 01 2500 - 1
SECTION 01 2500

SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for substitutions.

B. Related Requirements:

1. Section 01 6000 "Product Requirements" for requirements for submitting comparable product submittals for products by listed manufacturers.

1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Substitutions: Changes in products, materials, equipment, and methods of construction from those required by the Contract Documents and proposed by Contractor.

1. Substitutions for Cause: Changes proposed by Contractor that are required due to changed Project conditions, such as unavailability of product, regulatory changes, or unavailability of required warranty terms.

2. Substitutions for Convenience: Changes proposed by Contractor or Owner that are not required in order to meet other Project requirements but may offer advantage to Contractor or Owner.

1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Substitution Requests: Submit documentation identifying product or fabrication or installation method to be replaced. Include Specification Section number and title and Drawing numbers and titles.

1. Substitution Request Form: Use form provided in Project Manual.

2. Documentation: Show compliance with requirements for substitutions and the following, as applicable:
a. Statement indicating why specified product or fabrication or installation cannot be provided, if applicable.
b. Statement indicating why specific substitution benefits the owner. c. Coordination information, including a list of changes or revisions needed to other parts of the Work and to construction performed by Owner and separate contractors, that will be necessary to accommodate proposed substitution. d. Detailed comparison of significant qualities of proposed substitution with those of the Work specified. Include annotated copy of applicable Specification Section.

Significant qualities may include attributes such as performance, weight, size, durability, visual effect, sustainable design characteristics, warranties, and specific features and requirements indicated. Indicate deviations, if any, from the Work specified.
e. Product Data, including drawings and descriptions of products and fabrication and installation procedures.
f. Samples, where applicable or requested.
g. Certificates and qualification data, where applicable or requested.

8.d
November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 69
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES 01 2500 - 2
h. List of similar installations for completed projects with project names and addresses and names and addresses of architects and owners. i. Material test reports from a qualified testing agency indicating and interpreting test results for compliance with requirements indicated.
j. Research reports evidencing compliance with building code in effect for Project, from ICC-ES.
k. Detailed comparison of Contractor's construction schedule using proposed substitution with products specified for the Work, including effect on the overall Contract Time. If specified product or method of construction cannot be provided within the Contract Time, include letter from manufacturer, on manufacturer's letterhead, stating date of receipt of purchase order, lack of availability, or delays in delivery.
l. Cost information, including a proposal of change, if any, in the Contract Sum. m. Contractor's certification that proposed substitution complies with requirements in the Contract Documents except as indicated in substitution request, is compatible with related materials, and is appropriate for applications indicated. n. Contractor's waiver of rights to additional payment or time that may subsequently become necessary because of failure of proposed substitution to produce indicated results.

3. Architect's Action: If necessary, Architect will request additional information or documentation for evaluation within seven days of receipt of a request for substitution.

Architect will notify Contractor of acceptance or rejection of proposed substitution within 15 days of receipt of request, or seven days of receipt of additional information or documentation, whichever is later.
a. Forms of Acceptance: Change Order, Construction Change Directive, or Architect's Supplemental Instructions for minor changes in the Work. b. Use product specified if Architect does not issue a decision on use of a proposed substitution within time allocated.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Compatibility of Substitutions: Investigate and document compatibility of proposed substitution with related products and materials. Engage a qualified testing agency to perform compatibility tests recommended by manufacturers.

1.6 PROCEDURES
A. Coordination: Revise or adjust affected work as necessary to integrate work of the approved substitutions.

1.7 SUBSTITUTIONS
A. Substitutions for Cause: Submit requests for substitution immediately on discovery of need for change, but not later than 15 days prior to time required for preparation and review of related submittals.

8.d
November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 70
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES 01 2500 - 3
e. Requested substitution has received necessary approvals of authorities having jurisdiction.
f. Requested substitution is compatible with other portions of the Work. g. Requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work. h. Requested substitution provides specified warranty.
i. If requested substitution involves more than one contractor, requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work, is uniform and consistent, is compatible with other products, and is acceptable to all contractors involved. j. Only one request for substitution for each product per contractor will be considered. When substitution is not accepted, provide specified product.

B. Substitutions for Convenience: Architect will consider requests for substitution if received within 60 days after commencement of the Work. Requests received after that time may be considered or rejected at discretion of Architect.

1. Conditions: Architect will consider Contractor's request for substitution when the following conditions are satisfied. If the following conditions are not satisfied, Architect will return requests without action, except to record noncompliance with these requirements:
a. Requested substitution offers Owner a substantial advantage in cost, time, energy conservation, or other considerations, after deducting additional responsibilities Owner must assume. Owner's additional responsibilities may include compensation to Architect for redesign and evaluation services, increased cost of other construction by Owner, and similar considerations. b. Requested substitution does not require extensive revisions to the Contract Documents.
c. Requested substitution is consistent with the Contract Documents and will produce indicated results.
d. Requested substitution provides sustainable design characteristics that specified product provided for achieving LEED prerequisites and credits. e. Substitution request is fully documented and properly submitted. f. Requested substitution will not adversely affect Contractor's construction schedule. g. Requested substitution has received necessary approvals of authorities having jurisdiction.
h. Requested substitution is compatible with other portions of the Work. i. Requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work. j. Requested substitution provides specified warranty.
k. If requested substitution involves more than one contractor, requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work, is uniform and consistent, is compatible with other products, and is acceptable to all contractors involved.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)

END OF SECTION

8.d
November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 71
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
REQUEST FOR SUBSTITUTION FORM Page 1 of 2

SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM

Project: _____________________________ Architect's Project Number: ___________________ _____________________________ Substitution Request Number: ______________ To: _____________________________ Date: ___________________________________ _____________________________ From: __________________________________ Re: _____________________________ Contract For: ______________________________ Section Title: _________________________ Description: _______________________________ Section No.: ___________ Page: ________________ Article/Paragraph: _______________ Trade name, model number, and name of proposed substitution:

What effect does substitution have on applicable code requirements? Differences between proposed substitution and specified item? (Use attachment for additional space, if required.)

Manufacturer's warranty on proposed and specified items are:

Same Different
(Explain on attachment.)
Reason for requesting substitution:

Cause Convenience

Savings to Owner for accepting substitution: ___________________________ ($ ___________ ).

Proposed substitution changes Contract Time: ____________  No  Yes [Add] [Deduct] days.

Will the Undersigned pay for changes to the building design, including engineering and detailing costs, caused by the requested substitution? Yes No

8.d
November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 72
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
REQUEST FOR SUBSTITUTION FORM Page 2 of 2
Enclosed data consists of:

Catalog Drawings Product Data Samples Tests
Reports Sustainability Criteria
List availability of maintenance service and replacement materials.

State effects of substitution on project sustainability goals:

Any license fees or royalties: Yes No
UNDERSIGNED certifies:
• Proposed substitution has been fully investigated and determined to be equal or superior in all respects to specified product, including meeting Sustainability Requirements. • Same warranty will be furnished for proposed substitution as for specified product. • Same maintenance service and source of replacement parts as applicable is available. • Proposed Substitution will not affect or delay Progress Schedule. • Cost data as stated above is complete. Claims for additional costs related to accepted substitution which may subsequently become apparent are to be waived by the Contractor. • Proposed substitution does not affect dimensions or functional clearances. • Payment will be made for changes to building design, including architectural or engineering design, detailing, and construction costs caused by proposed substitution. • Coordination, installation, and changes to the Work as necessary for accepted substitution will be complete in all respects.

Submitted by:

Signature
Firm
Address
Date
Telephone

For use by Architect:

Accepted: Accepted As Noted:

Not Accepted: Received Too Late:

Date
Remarks:

Approved by (C.M.)
By:

END OF FORM

8.d
November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 73
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 01 2600 - 1
SECTION 01 2600

CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for handling and processing Contract modifications.

B. Related Requirements:

1. Section 01 2500 "Substitution Procedures" for administrative procedures for handling requests for substitutions made after the Contract award.

2. Section 01 3100 "Project Management and Coordination" for requirements for forms for contract modifications provided as part of web-based Project management software.

1.3 MINOR CHANGES IN THE WORK
A. Architect will issue supplemental instructions authorizing minor changes in the Work, not involving adjustment to the Contract Sum or the Contract Time, on AIA Document G710 or form acceptable to the owner and Architect.

1.4 PROPOSAL REQUESTS
A. Owner-Initiated Proposal Requests: Architect will issue a detailed description of proposed changes in the Work that may require adjustment to the Contract Sum or the Contract Time. If necessary, the description will include supplemental or revised Drawings and Specifications.

1. Work Change Proposal Requests issued by Architect are not instructions either to stop work in progress or to execute the proposed change.

2. Within time specified in Proposal Request or 20 days, when not otherwise specified, after receipt of Proposal Request, submit a quotation estimating cost adjustments to the Contract Sum and the Contract Time necessary to execute the change. a. Include a list of quantities of products required or eliminated and unit costs, with total amount of purchases and credits to be made. If requested, furnish survey data to substantiate quantities.
b. Indicate applicable taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts of trade discounts.
c. Include costs of labor and supervision directly attributable to the change. d. Include an updated Contractor's construction schedule that indicates the effect of the change, including, but not limited to, changes in activity duration, start and finish times, and activity relationship. Use available total float before requesting an extension of the Contract Time.

8.d
November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 74
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 01 2600 - 2
e. Quotation Form: Use forms acceptable to Architect.

B. Contractor-Initiated Proposals: If latent or changed conditions require modifications to the Contract, Contractor may initiate a claim by submitting a request for a change to Architect.

1. Include a statement outlining reasons for the change and the effect of the change on the Work. Provide a complete description of the proposed change. Indicate the effect of the proposed change on the Contract Sum and the Contract Time.

2. Include a list of quantities of products required or eliminated and unit costs, with total amount of purchases and credits to be made. If requested, furnish survey data to substantiate quantities.

3. Indicate applicable taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts of trade discounts.

4. Include costs of labor and supervision directly attributable to the change.

5. Include an updated Contractor's construction schedule that indicates the effect of the change, including, but not limited to, changes in activity duration, start and finish times, and activity relationship. Use available total float before requesting an extension of the Contract Time.

6. Comply with requirements in Section 01 2500 "Substitution Procedures" if the proposed change requires substitution of one product or system for product or system specified.

7. Proposal Request Form: Use form acceptable to Architect.

1.5 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES
A. On Owner's approval of a Work Change Proposal Request, Architect will issue a Change Order for signatures of Owner and Contractor on AIA Document G701 or form acceptable to the owner and Architect.

1.6 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVE
A. Construction Change Directive: Architect may issue a Construction Change Directive on AIA Document G714. Construction Change Directive instructs Contractor to proceed with a change in the Work, for subsequent inclusion in a Change Order.

1. Construction Change Directive contains a complete description of change in the Work. It also designates method to be followed to determine change in the Contract Sum or the Contract Time.

B. Documentation: Maintain detailed records on a time and material basis of work required by the Construction Change Directive.

1. After completion of change, submit an itemized account and supporting data necessary to substantiate cost and time adjustments to the Contract.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)

END OF SECTION

8.d
November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 75
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01 3100 - 1
SECTION 01 3100

PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes administrative provisions for coordinating construction operations on Project including, but not limited to, the following:

1. General coordination procedures.

2. Coordination drawings.

3. Requests for Information (RFIs).

4. Digital project management procedures.

5. Web-based Project management software package.

6. Project meetings.

B. Related Requirements:

1. Section 01 3200 "Construction Progress Documentation" for preparing and submitting Contractor's construction schedule.

2. Section 01 7300 "Execution" for procedures for coordinating general installation and fieldengineering services, including establishment of benchmarks and control points.

3. Section 01 7700 "Closeout Procedures" for coordinating closeout of the Contract.

4. Section 01 9113 "General Commissioning Requirements" for coordinating the Work with Owner's Commissioning Authority.

1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. RFI: Request from Owner, Architect, or Contractor seeking information required by or clarifications of the Contract Documents.

1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Subcontract List: Prepare a written summary identifying individuals or firms proposed for each portion of the Work, including those who are to furnish products or equipment fabricated to a special design. Include the following information in tabular form:

1. Name, address, and telephone number of entity performing subcontract or supplying products.

2. Number and title of related Specification Section(s) covered by subcontract.

3. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate, covered by subcontract.

B. Key Personnel Names: Within 15 days of starting construction operations, submit a list of key personnel assignments, including superintendent and other personnel in attendance at Project

8.d
November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 76
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01 3100 - 2
site. Identify individuals and their duties and responsibilities; list addresses and telephone numbers, including home, office, and cellular telephone numbers and e-mail addresses.

Provide names, addresses, and telephone numbers of individuals assigned as alternates in the absence of individuals assigned to Project.

1. Post copies of list in project meeting room, in temporary field office, in web-based Project software directory, and in prominent location in each built facility. Keep list current at all times.

1.5 GENERAL COORDINATION PROCEDURES
A. Coordination: Coordinate construction operations included in different Sections of the Specifications to ensure efficient and orderly installation of each part of the Work. Coordinate construction operations, included in different Sections that depend on each other for proper installation, connection, and operation.

1. Schedule construction operations in sequence required to obtain the best results where installation of one part of the Work depends on installation of other components, before or after its own installation.

2. Coordinate installation of different components to ensure maximum performance and accessibility for required maintenance, service, and repair.

3. Make adequate provisions to accommodate items scheduled for later installation.

B. Prepare memoranda for distribution to each party involved, outlining special procedures required for coordination. Include such items as required notices, reports, and list of attendees at meetings.

1. Prepare similar memoranda for Owner and separate contractors if coordination of their Work is required.

C. Administrative Procedures: Coordinate scheduling and timing of required administrative procedures with other construction activities and scheduled activities of other contractors to avoid conflicts and to ensure orderly progress of the Work. Such administrative activities include, but are not limited to, the following:

1. Preparation of Contractor's construction schedule.

2. Preparation of the schedule of values.

3. Installation and removal of temporary facilities and controls.

4. Delivery and processing of submittals.

5. Progress meetings.

6. Preinstallation conferences.

7. Project closeout activities.

8. Startup and adjustment of systems.

D. Conservation: Coordinate construction activities to ensure that operations are carried out with consideration given to conservation of energy, water, and materials. Coordinate use of temporary utilities to minimize waste.

1.6 COORDINATION DRAWINGS
A. Coordination Drawings, General: Prepare coordination drawings according to requirements in individual Sections, and additionally where installation is not completely shown on Shop Drawings, where limited space availability necessitates coordination, or if coordination is required to facilitate integration of products and materials fabricated or installed by more than one entity.

8.d
November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 77
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01 3100 - 3

1. Content: Project-specific information, drawn accurately to a scale large enough to indicate and resolve conflicts. Do not base coordination drawings on standard printed data. Include the following information, as applicable:
a. Use applicable Drawings as a basis for preparation of coordination drawings.

Prepare sections, elevations, and details as needed to describe relationship of various systems and components.
b. Indicate functional and spatial relationships of components of architectural, structural, civil, mechanical, and electrical systems.
c. Indicate space requirements for routine maintenance and for anticipated replacement of components during the life of the installation. d. Show location and size of access doors required for access to concealed dampers, valves, and other controls.
e. Indicate required installation sequences.
f. Indicate dimensions shown on the Drawings. Specifically note dimensions that appear to be in conflict with submitted equipment and minimum clearance requirements. Provide alternate sketches to Architect indicating proposed resolution of such conflicts. Minor dimension changes and difficult installations will not be considered changes to the Contract.

B. Coordination Drawing Organization: Organize coordination drawings as follows:

1. Floor Plans and Reflected Ceiling Plans: Show architectural and structural elements, and mechanical, plumbing, fire-protection, fire-alarm, and electrical Work. Show locations of visible ceiling-mounted devices relative to acoustical ceiling grid. Supplement plan drawings with section drawings where required to adequately represent the Work.

2. Plenum Space: Indicate subframing for support of ceiling and wall systems, mechanical and electrical equipment, and related Work. Locate components within plenums to accommodate layout of light fixtures and other components indicated on Drawings.

Indicate areas of conflict between light fixtures and other components.

3. Mechanical Rooms: Provide coordination drawings for mechanical rooms showing plans and elevations of mechanical, plumbing, fire-protection, fire-alarm, and electrical equipment.

4. Structural Penetrations: Indicate penetrations and openings required for all disciplines.

5. Slab Edge and Embedded Items: Indicate slab edge locations and sizes and locations of embedded items for metal fabrications, sleeves, anchor bolts, bearing plates, angles, door floor closers, slab depressions for floor finishes, curbs and housekeeping pads, and similar items.

6. Mechanical and Plumbing Work: Show the following:
a. Sizes and bottom elevations of ductwork, piping, and conduit runs, including insulation, bracing, flanges, and support systems.
b. Dimensions of major components, such as dampers, valves, diffusers, access doors, cleanouts and electrical distribution equipment. c. Fire-rated enclosures around ductwork.

7. Electrical Work: Show the following:
a. Runs of vertical and horizontal conduit 1-1/4 inches in diameter and larger. b. Light fixture, exit light, emergency battery pack, smoke detector, and other firealarm locations. c. Panel board, switch board, switchgear, transformer, busway, generator, and motor control center locations.
d. Location of pull boxes and junction boxes, dimensioned from column center lines.

8. Fire-Protection System: Show the following:
a. Locations of standpipes, mains piping, branch lines, pipe drops, and sprinkler heads.

9. Review: Architect will review coordination drawings to confirm that the Work is being coordinated, but not for the details of the coordination, which are Contractor's responsibility. If Architect determines that coordination drawings are not being prepared

8.d
November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 78
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01 3100 - 4
in sufficient scope or detail, or are otherwise deficient, Architect will so inform Contractor, who shall make changes as directed and resubmit.

10. Coordination Drawing Prints: Prepare coordination drawing prints according to requirements in Section 01 3300 "Submittal Procedures." C. Coordination Digital Data Files: Prepare coordination digital data files according to the following requirements:

1. File Preparation Format: Same digital data software program, version, and operating system as original Drawings.

2. Architect will furnish Contractor one set of digital data files of Drawings for use in preparing coordination digital data files.
a. Architect makes no representations as to the accuracy or completeness of digital data files as they relate to Drawings.
b. Contractor shall execute a data licensing agreement in the form of AIA Document C106 or an Agreement form acceptable to Owner and Architect.

1.7 REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION (RFIs)
A. General: Immediately on discovery of the need for additional information, clarification, or interpretation of the Contract Documents, Contractor shall prepare and submit an RFI in the form specified.

1. Architect will return RFIs submitted to Architect or their Consultants by other entities controlled by Contractor with no response.

2. Coordinate and submit RFIs in a prompt manner so as to avoid delays in Contractor's work or work of subcontractors.

B. Content of the RFI: Include a detailed, legible description of item needing information or interpretation and the following:

1. Project name.

2. Project number.

3. Date.

4. Name of Contractor.

5. Name of Architect.

6. RFI number, numbered sequentially.

7. RFI subject.

8. Specification Section number and title and related paragraphs, as appropriate.

9. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate.

10. Field dimensions and conditions, as appropriate.

11. Contractor's suggested resolution. If Contractor's suggested resolution impacts the Contract Time or the Contract Sum, Contractor shall state impact in the RFI.

12. Contractor's signature.

13. Attachments: Include sketches, descriptions, measurements, photos, Product Data, Shop Drawings, coordination drawings, and other information necessary to fully describe items needing interpretation.
a. Include dimensions, thicknesses, structural grid references, and details of affected materials, assemblies, and attachments on attached sketches.

C. RFI Forms: Software-generated form with substantially the same content as indicated above, acceptable to Architect.

1. Attachments shall be electronic files in PDF format.

D. Architect's Action: Architect will review each RFI, determine action required, and respond.

Allow seven working days for Architect's response for each RFI. RFIs received by Architect after 1:00 p.m. will be considered as received the following working day.

8.d
November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 79
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01 3100 - 5

1. The following Contractor-generated RFIs will be returned without action:
a. Requests for approval of submittals.
b. Requests for approval of substitutions.
c. Requests for approval of Contractor's means and methods. d. Requests for coordination information already indicated in the Contract Documents.
e. Requests for adjustments in the Contract Time or the Contract Sum. f. Requests for interpretation of Architect's actions on submittals. g. Incomplete RFIs or inaccurately prepared RFIs.

2. Architect's action may include a request for additional information, in which case Architect's time for response will date from time of receipt by Architect of additional information.

3. Architect's action on RFIs that may result in a change to the Contract Time or the Contract Sum may be eligible for Contractor to submit Change Proposal. a. If Contractor believes the RFI response warrants change in the Contract Time or the Contract Sum, notify Architect in writing within 10 days of receipt of the RFI response.

E. RFI Log: Prepare, maintain, and submit a tabular log of RFIs organized by the RFI number.

Submit log weekly. Software log with not less than the following:

1. Project name.

2. Name and address of Contractor.

3. Name and address of Architect.

4. RFI number including RFIs that were returned without action or withdrawn.

5. RFI description.

6. Date the RFI was submitted.

7. Date Architect's response was received.

8. Identification of related Minor Change in the Work, Construction Change Directive, and Proposal Request, as appropriate.

F. On receipt of Architect's action, update the RFI log and immediately distribute the RFI response to affected parties. Review response and notify Architect within seven days if Contractor disagrees with response.

1.8 DIGITAL PROJECT MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES
A. Use of Architect's Digital Data Files: Digital data files of Architect's BIM model will be provided by Architect for Contractor's use during construction.

1. Digital data files may be used by Contractor in preparing coordination drawings, Shop Drawings, and Project record Drawings.

2. Architect makes no representations as to the accuracy or completeness of digital data files as they relate to Contract Drawings.

3. Contractor shall execute a data licensing agreement in the form of AIA Document C106 Digital Data Licensing Agreement or an Agreement form acceptable to Owner and Architect.
a. Subcontractors, and other parties granted access by Contractor to Architect's digital data files shall execute a data licensing agreement in the form of AIA Document C106 or an Agreement form acceptable to Owner and Architect.

4. The following digital data files will be furnished for each appropriate discipline:
a. Floor plans.
b. Reflected ceiling plans.

B. Web-Based Project Software: Provide, administer, and use web-based Project software site for purposes of hosting and managing Project communication and documentation until Final Completion.

8.d
November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 80
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01 3100 - 6

1. Web-based Project software site includes, at a minimum, the following features:
a. Compilation of Project data, including Contractor, subcontractors, Architect, architect's consultants, Owner, and other entities involved in Project. Include names of individuals and contact information.
b. Access control for each entity for each workflow process, to determine entity's digital rights to create, modify, view, and print documents. c. Document workflow planning, allowing customization of workflow between project entities.
d. Creation, logging, tracking, and notification for Project communications required in other Specification Sections, including, but not limited to, RFIs, submittals, Minor Changes in the Work, Construction Change Directives, and Change Orders. e. Track status of each Project communication in real time, and log time and date when responses are provided.
f. Procedures for handling PDFs or similar file formats, allowing markups by each entity. Provide security features to lock markups against changes once submitted. g. Processing and tracking of payment applications.
h. Processing and tracking of contract modifications.
i. Creating and distributing meeting minutes.
j. Document management for Drawings, Specifications, and coordination drawings, including revision control.
k. Management of construction progress photographs.
l. Mobile device compatibility, including smartphones and tablets.

2. Provide up to ten web-based Project software user licenses for use of Owner, Owner's Commissioning Authority, Architect, and Architect's consultants. Provide eight hours of software training at Architect's office for web-based Project software users.

3. At completion of Project, provide digital archive in format that is readable by common desktop software applications in format acceptable to Architect. Provide data in locked format to prevent further changes.

4. Provide the following web-based Project software packages under their current published licensing agreements:
a. Procore Technologies, Inc.

C. PDF Document Preparation: Where PDFs are required to be submitted to Architect, prepare as follows:

1. Assemble complete submittal package into a single indexed file incorporating submittal requirements of a single Specification Section and transmittal form with links enabling navigation to each item.

2. Name file with submittal number or other unique identifier, including revision identifier.

3. Certifications: Where digitally submitted certificates and certifications are required, provide a digital signature with digital certificate on where indicated.

1.9 PROJECT MEETINGS
A. General: Schedule and conduct meetings and conferences at Project site unless otherwise indicated.

1. Attendees: Inform participants and others involved, and individuals whose presence is required, of date and time of each meeting. Notify Owner and Architect of scheduled meeting dates and times.

2. Agenda: Prepare the meeting agenda. Distribute the agenda to all invited attendees.

3. Minutes: Entity responsible for conducting meeting will record significant discussions and agreements achieved. Distribute the meeting minutes to everyone concerned, including Owner and Architect, within three days of the meeting.

8.d
November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 81
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01 3100 - 7
B. Preconstruction Conference: Schedule and conduct a preconstruction conference before starting construction, at a time convenient to Owner and Architect, but no later than 15 days after execution of the Agreement.

1. Attendees: Authorized representatives of Owner, Owner's Commissioning Authority, Architect, and their consultants; Contractor and its superintendent; major subcontractors; suppliers; and other concerned parties shall attend the conference. Participants at the conference shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work.

2. Agenda: Discuss items of significance that could affect progress, including the following:
a. Responsibilities and personnel assignments.
b. Tentative construction schedule.
c. Phasing.
d. Critical work sequencing and long lead items.
e. Designation of key personnel and their duties.
f. Lines of communications.
g. Use of web-based Project software.
h. Procedures for processing field decisions and Change Orders. i. Procedures for RFIs.
j. Procedures for testing and inspecting.
k. Procedures for processing Applications for Payment.
l. Distribution of the Contract Documents.
m. Submittal procedures.
n. Sustainable design requirements.
o. Preparation of Record Documents.
p. Use of the premises.
q. Work restrictions.
r. Working hours.
s. Owner's occupancy requirements.
t. Responsibility for temporary facilities and controls. u. Procedures for moisture and mold control.
v. Procedures for disruptions and shutdowns.
w. Construction waste management and recycling.
x. Parking availability.
y. Office, work, and storage areas.
z. Equipment deliveries and priorities.
aa. First aid.
bb. Security.
cc. Progress cleaning.

3. Minutes: Entity responsible for conducting meeting will record and distribute meeting minutes.

C. Sustainable Design Requirements Coordination Conference: Architect will schedule and conduct a sustainable design coordination conference before starting construction, at a time convenient to Owner Architect, and Contractor.

1. Attendees: Authorized representatives of Owner, Owner's Commissioning Authority, Architect, and their consultants; Contractor and its superintendent and sustainable design coordinator; major subcontractors; suppliers; and other concerned parties shall attend the conference. Participants at the conference shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work.

2. Agenda: Discuss items of significance that could affect meeting sustainable design requirements, including the following:
a. Sustainable design Project checklist.
b. General requirements for sustainable design-related procurement and documentation.
c. Project closeout requirements and sustainable design certification procedures.

8.d
November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 82
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01 3100 - 8
d. Role of sustainable design coordinator.
e. Construction waste management.
f. Construction operations and sustainable design requirements and restrictions.

3. Minutes: Entity responsible for conducting meeting will record and distribute meeting minutes.

D. Preinstallation Conferences: Conduct a preinstallation conference at Project site before each construction activity when required by other sections and when required for coordination with other construction.

1. Attendees: Installer and representatives of manufacturers and fabricators involved in or affected by the installation and its coordination or integration with other materials and installations that have preceded or will follow, shall attend the meeting. Advise Architect, and Owner's Commissioning Authority of scheduled meeting dates.

2. Agenda: Review progress of other construction activities and preparations for the particular activity under consideration, including requirements for the following:
a. Contract Documents.
b. Options.
c. Related RFIs.
d. Related Change Orders.
e. Purchases.
f. Deliveries.
g. Submittals.
h. Sustainable design requirements.
i. Review of mockups.
j. Possible conflicts.
k. Compatibility requirements.
l. Time schedules.
m. Weather limitations.
n. Manufacturer's written instructions.
o. Warranty requirements.
p. Compatibility of materials.
q. Acceptability of substrates.
r. Temporary facilities and controls.
s. Space and access limitations.
t. Regulations of authorities having jurisdiction.
u. Testing and inspecting requirements.
v. Installation procedures.
w. Coordination with other work.
x. Required performance results.
y. Protection of adjacent work.
z. Protection of construction and personnel.

3. Record significant conference discussions, agreements, and disagreements, including required corrective measures and actions.

4. Reporting: Distribute minutes of the meeting to each party present and to other parties requiring information.

5. Do not proceed with installation if the conference cannot be successfully concluded.

Initiate whatever actions are necessary to resolve impediments to performance of the Work and reconvene the conference at earliest feasible date.

E. Project Closeout Conference: Schedule and conduct a project closeout conference, at a time convenient to Owner and Architect, but no later than 90 days prior to the scheduled date of Substantial Completion.

1. Conduct the conference to review requirements and responsibilities related to Project closeout.

8.d
November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 83
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01 3100 - 9

2. Attendees: Authorized representatives of Owner, Owner's Commissioning Authority, Architect, and their consultants; Contractor and its superintendent; major subcontractors; suppliers; and other concerned parties shall attend the meeting. Participants at the meeting shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work.

3. Agenda: Discuss items of significance that could affect or delay Project closeout, including the following:
a. Preparation of record documents.
b. Procedures required prior to inspection for Substantial Completion and for final inspection for acceptance.
c. Procedures for completing and archiving web-based Project software site data files.
d. Submittal of written warranties.
e. Requirements for completing sustainable design documentation. f. Requirements for preparing operations and maintenance data. g. Requirements for delivery of material samples, attic stock, and spare parts. h. Requirements for demonstration and training.
i. Preparation of Contractor's punch list.
j. Procedures for processing Applications for Payment at Substantial Completion and for final payment.
k. Submittal procedures.
l. Coordination of separate contracts.
m. Owner's partial occupancy requirements.
n. Installation of Owner's furniture, fixtures, and equipment. o. Responsibility for removing temporary facilities and controls.

4. Minutes: Entity conducting meeting will record and distribute meeting minutes.

F. Progress Meetings: Conduct progress meetings at regular intervals.

1. Coordinate dates of meetings with preparation of payment requests.

2. Attendees: In addition to representatives of Owner, Owner's Commissioning Authority and Architect, each contractor, subcontractor, supplier, and other entity concerned with current progress or involved in planning, coordination, or performance of future activities shall be represented at these meetings. All participants at the meeting shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work.

3. Agenda: Review and correct or approve minutes of previous progress meeting. Review other items of significance that could affect progress. Include topics for discussion as appropriate to status of Project.
a. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Review progress since the last meeting.

Determine whether each activity is on time, ahead of schedule, or behind schedule, in relation to Contractor's construction schedule. Determine how construction behind schedule will be expedited; secure commitments from parties involved to do so. Discuss whether schedule revisions are required to ensure that current and subsequent activities will be completed within the Contract Time. 1) Review schedule for next period.
b. Review present and future needs of each entity present, including the following:
1) Interface requirements.
2) Sequence of operations.
3) Status of submittals.
4) Status of sustainable design documentation.
5) Deliveries.
6) Off-site fabrication.
7) Access.
8) Site use.
9) Temporary facilities and controls.
10) Progress cleaning.

8.d
November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 84
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01 3100 - 10
11) Quality and work standards.
12) Status of correction of deficient items.
13) Field observations.
14) Status of RFIs.
15) Status of Proposal Requests.
16) Pending changes.
17) Status of Change Orders.
18) Pending claims and disputes.
19) Documentation of information for payment requests.

4. Minutes: Entity responsible for conducting the meeting will record and distribute the meeting minutes to each party present and to parties requiring information. a. Schedule Updating: Revise Contractor's construction schedule after each progress meeting where revisions to the schedule have been made or recognized.

Issue revised schedule concurrently with the report of each meeting.

G. Coordination Meetings: Conduct Project coordination meetings at regular intervals. Project coordination meetings are in addition to specific meetings held for other purposes, such as progress meetings and preinstallation conferences.

1. Attendees: In addition to representatives of Owner, Owner's Commissioning Authority and Architect, each contractor, subcontractor, supplier, and other entity concerned with current progress or involved in planning, coordination, or performance of future activities shall be represented at these meetings. All participants at the meetings shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work.

2. Agenda: Review and correct or approve minutes of the previous coordination meeting.

Review other items of significance that could affect progress. Include topics for discussion as appropriate to status of Project.
a. Combined Contractor's Construction Schedule: Review progress since the last coordination meeting. Determine whether each contract is on time, ahead of schedule, or behind schedule, in relation to combined Contractor's construction schedule. Determine how construction behind schedule will be expedited; secure commitments from parties involved to do so. Discuss whether schedule revisions are required to ensure that current and subsequent activities will be completed within the Contract Time.
b. Schedule Updating: Revise combined Contractor's construction schedule after each coordination meeting where revisions to the schedule have been made or recognized. Issue revised schedule concurrently with report of each meeting. c. Review present and future needs of each contractor present, including the following:
1) Interface requirements.
2) Sequence of operations.
3) Status of submittals.
4) Deliveries.
5) Off-site fabrication.
6) Access.
7) Site utilization.
8) Temporary facilities and controls.
9) Work hours.
10) Hazards and risks.
11) Progress cleaning.
12) Quality and work standards.
13) Status of RFIs.
14) Proposal Requests.
15) Change Orders.
16) Pending changes.

8.d
November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 85
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01 3100 - 11

3. Reporting: Record meeting results and distribute copies to everyone in attendance and to others affected by decisions or actions resulting from each meeting.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)

END OF SECTION

8.d
November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 86
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01 3200 - 1
SECTION 01 3200

CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for documenting the progress of construction during performance of the Work, including the following:

1. Startup construction schedule.

2. Contractor's construction schedule.

3. Construction schedule updating reports.

4. Daily construction reports.

5. Material location reports.

6. Site condition reports.

7. Unusual event reports.

B. Related Requirements:

1. Section 01 2900 "Payment Procedures" for schedule of values and requirements for use of cost-loaded schedule for Applications for Payment.

2. Section 01 3300 "Submittal Procedures" for submitting schedules and reports.

3. Section 01 4000 "Quality Requirements" for submitting a schedule of tests and inspections.

1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Activity: A discrete part of a project that can be identified for planning, scheduling, monitoring, and controlling the construction project. Activities included in a construction schedule consume time and resources.

1. Critical Activity: An activity on the critical path that must start and finish on the planned early start and finish times.

2. Predecessor Activity: An activity that precedes another activity in the network.

3. Successor Activity: An activity that follows another activity in the network.

B. Cost Loading: The allocation of the schedule of values for the completion of an activity as scheduled. The sum of costs for all activities must equal the total Contract Sum unless otherwise approved by Architect.

C. CPM: Critical path method, which is a method of planning and scheduling a construction project where activities are arranged based on activity relationships. Network calculations determine when activities can be performed and the critical path of Project.

8.d
November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 87
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01 3200 - 2
D. Critical Path: The longest connected chain of interdependent activities through the network schedule that establishes the minimum overall Project duration and contains no float.

E. Event: The starting or ending point of an activity.

F. Float: The measure of leeway in starting and completing an activity.

1. Float time belongs to Owner.

2. Free float is the amount of time an activity can be delayed without adversely affecting the early start of the successor activity.

3. Total float is the measure of leeway in starting or completing an activity without adversely affecting the planned Project completion date.

G. Resource Loading: The allocation of manpower and equipment necessary for the completion of an activity as scheduled.

1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Format for Submittals: Submit required submittals in the following format:

1. Working electronic copy of schedule file, where indicated.

2. PDF electronic file.

B. Startup construction schedule.

1. Submittal of cost-loaded, startup construction schedule will not constitute approval of schedule of values for cost-loaded activities.

C. Startup Network Diagram: Of size required to display entire network for entire construction period. Show logic ties for activities.

D. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Initial schedule, of size required to display entire schedule for entire construction period.

1. Submit a working digital copy of schedule, using software indicated, and labeled to comply with requirements for submittals.

E. CPM Reports: Concurrent with CPM schedule, submit each of the following reports. Format for each activity in reports shall contain activity number, activity description, cost and resource loading, original duration, remaining duration, early start date, early finish date, late start date, late finish date, and total float in calendar days.

1. Activity Report: List of all activities sorted by activity number and then early start date, or actual start date if known.

2. Logic Report: List of preceding and succeeding activities for all activities, sorted in ascending order by activity number and then early start date, or actual start date if known.

3. Total Float Report: List of all activities sorted in ascending order of total float.

4. Earnings Report: Compilation of Contractor's total earnings from commencement of the Work until most recent Application for Payment.

F. Construction Schedule Updating Reports: Submit with Applications for Payment.

G. Daily Construction Reports: Submit at weekly intervals.

H. Material Location Reports: Submit at monthly intervals.

I. Site Condition Reports: Submit at time of discovery of differing conditions.

8.d
November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 88
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01 3200 - 3
J. Unusual Event Reports: Submit at time of unusual event.

K. Qualification Data: For scheduling consultant.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Prescheduling Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Section 01 3100 "Project Management and Coordination." Review methods and procedures related to the preliminary construction schedule and Contractor's construction schedule, including, but not limited to, the following:

1. Review software limitations and content and format for reports.

2. Verify availability of qualified personnel needed to develop and update schedule.

3. Discuss constraints, including interim milestones.

4. Review delivery dates for Owner-furnished products.

5. Review schedule for work of Owner's separate contracts.

6. Review submittal requirements and procedures.

7. Review time required for review of submittals and resubmittals.

8. Review requirements for tests and inspections by independent testing and inspecting agencies.

9. Review time required for Project closeout and Owner startup procedures, including commissioning activities.

10. Review and finalize list of construction activities to be included in schedule.

11. Review procedures for updating schedule.

1.6 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate Contractor's construction schedule with the schedule of values, list of subcontracts, submittal schedule, progress reports, payment requests, and other required schedules and reports.

1. Secure time commitments for performing critical elements of the Work from entities involved.

2. Coordinate each construction activity in the network with other activities and schedule them in proper sequence.

1.7 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE, GENERAL
A. Computer Scheduling Software: Prepare schedules using current version of a program that has been developed specifically to manage construction schedules.

B. Time Frame: Extend schedule from date established for commencement of the Work to date of final completion.

1. Contract completion date shall not be changed by submission of a schedule that shows an early completion date, unless specifically authorized by Change Order.

C. Activities: Treat each story or separate area as a separate numbered activity for each main element of the Work. Comply with the following:

1. Activity Duration: Define activities so no activity is longer than 20 days, unless specifically allowed by Architect.

2. Temporary Facilities: Indicate start and completion dates for the following as applicable:
a. Securing of approvals and permits required for performance of the Work. b. Temporary facilities.
c. Construction of mock-ups, prototypes and samples.

8.d
November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 89
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01 3200 - 4
d. Owner interfaces and furnishing of items.
e. Interfaces with Separate Contracts.
f. Regulatory agency approvals.
g. Punch list.

3. Procurement Activities: Include procurement process activities for the following long lead items and major items, requiring a cycle of more than 60 days, as separate activities in schedule. Procurement cycle activities include, but are not limited to, submittals, approvals, purchasing, fabrication, and delivery.

4. Submittal Review Time: Include review and resubmittal times indicated in Section 01 3300 "Submittal Procedures" in schedule. Coordinate submittal review times in Contractor's construction schedule with submittal schedule.

5. Startup and Testing Time: Include no fewer than 15 days for startup and testing.

6. Commissioning Time: Include no fewer than 15 days for commissioning.

7. Substantial Completion: Indicate completion in advance of date established for Substantial Completion and allow time for Architect's administrative procedures necessary for certification of Substantial Completion.

8. Punch List and Final Completion: Include not more than 30 days for completion of punch list items and final completion.

D. Constraints: Include constraints and work restrictions indicated in the Contract Documents and as follows in schedule and show how the sequence of the Work is affected.

1. Owner-Furnished Products: Include a separate activity for each product. Include delivery date indicated in Section 01 1000 "Summary." Delivery dates indicated stipulate the earliest possible delivery date.

2. Work Restrictions: Show the effect of the following items on the schedule:
a. Coordination with existing construction.
b. Use of premises restrictions.
c. Seasonal variations.
d. Environmental control.

E. Milestones: Include milestones indicated in the Contract Documents in schedule, including, but not limited to, the Notice to Proceed, Substantial Completion, and final completion.

F. Upcoming Work Summary: Prepare summary report indicating activities scheduled to occur or commence prior to submittal of next schedule update. Summarize the following issues:

1. Unresolved issues.

2. Unanswered Requests for Information.

3. Rejected or unreturned submittals.

4. Notations on returned submittals.

5. Pending modifications affecting the Work and Contract Time.

G. Contractor's Construction Schedule Updating: At monthly intervals, update schedule to reflect actual construction progress and activities. Issue schedule one week before each regularly scheduled progress meeting.

1. Revise schedule immediately after each meeting or other activity where revisions have been recognized or made. Issue updated schedule concurrently with the report of each such meeting.

2. Include a report with updated schedule that indicates every change, including, but not limited to, changes in logic, durations, actual starts and finishes, and activity durations.

3. As the Work progresses, indicate final completion percentage for each activity.

H. Recovery Schedule: When periodic update indicates the Work is 14 or more calendar days behind the current approved schedule, submit a separate recovery schedule indicating means by which Contractor intends to regain compliance with the schedule. Indicate changes to

8.d
November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 90
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01 3200 - 5
working hours, working days, crew sizes, and equipment required to achieve compliance, and date by which recovery will be accomplished.

I. Distribution: Distribute copies of approved schedule to Architect Owner, separate contractors, testing and inspecting agencies, and other parties identified by Contractor with a need-to-know schedule responsibility.

1. Post copies in Project meeting rooms and temporary field offices.

2. When revisions are made, distribute updated schedules to the same parties and post in the same locations. Delete parties from distribution when they have completed their assigned portion of the Work and are no longer involved in performance of construction activities.

1.8 CPM SCHEDULE REQUIREMENTS
A. General: Prepare network diagrams using AON (activity-on-node) format.

B. Startup Network Diagram: Submit diagram within 14 days of date established for commencement of the Work. Outline significant construction activities for the first 90 days of construction. Include skeleton diagram for the remainder of the Work and a cash requirement prediction based on indicated activities.

C. CPM Schedule: Prepare Contractor's Construction Schedule using a time-scaled CPM network analysis diagram for the Work.

1. Develop network diagram in sufficient time to submit CPM schedule so it can be accepted for use no later than 60 days after date established for commencement of the Work.
a. Failure to include any work item required for performance of this Contract shall not excuse Contractor from completing all work within applicable completion dates, regardless of Architect's approval of the schedule.

2. Conduct educational workshops to train and inform key Project personnel, including subcontractors' personnel, in proper methods of providing data and using CPM schedule information.

3. Establish procedures for monitoring and updating CPM schedule and for reporting progress. Coordinate procedures with progress meeting and payment request dates.

4. Use "one workday" as the unit of time for individual activities. Indicate nonworking days and holidays incorporated into the schedule in order to coordinate with the Contract Time.

D. CPM Schedule Preparation: Prepare a list of all activities required to complete the Work. Using the startup network diagram, prepare a skeleton network to identify probable critical paths.

1. Activities: Indicate the estimated time duration, sequence requirements, and relationship of each activity in relation to other activities. Include estimated time frames for the following activities:
a. Preparation and processing of submittals.
b. Mobilization and demobilization.
c. Purchase of materials.
d. Delivery.
e. Fabrication.
f. Utility interruptions.
g. Installation.
h. Work by Owner that may affect or be affected by Contractor's activities. i. Testing and commissioning.
j. Commissioning.
k. Punch list and final completion.
l. Activities occurring following final completion.

8.d
November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 91
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01 3200 - 6

2. Critical Path Activities: Identify critical path activities, including those for interim completion dates. Scheduled start and completion dates shall be consistent with Contract milestone dates.

3. Processing: Process data to produce output data on a computer-drawn, time-scaled network. Revise data, reorganize activity sequences, and reproduce as often as necessary to produce the CPM schedule within the limitations of the Contract Time.

4. Format: Mark the critical path. Locate the critical path near center of network; locate paths with most float near the edges.
a. Subnetworks on separate sheets are permissible for activities clearly off the critical path.

5. Cost- and Resource-Loading of CPM Schedule: Assign cost to construction activities on the CPM schedule. Do not assign costs to submittal activities. Obtain Architect's approval prior to assigning costs to fabrication and delivery activities. Assign costs under main subcontracts for testing and commissioning activities, operation and maintenance manuals, punch list activities, Project record documents, sustainable design documentation and demonstration and training (if applicable), in the amount of 5 percent of the Contract Sum.
a. Each activity cost shall reflect an appropriate value subject to approval by Architect.
b. Total cost assigned to activities shall equal the total Contract Sum.

E. Contract Modifications: For each proposed contract modification and concurrent with its submission, prepare a time-impact analysis using a network fragment to demonstrate the effect of the proposed change on the overall project schedule.

F. Initial Issue of Schedule: Prepare initial network diagram from a sorted activity list indicating straight "early start-total float." Identify critical activities. Prepare tabulated reports showing the following:

1. Contractor or subcontractor and the Work or activity.

2. Description of activity.

3. Main events of activity.

4. Immediate preceding and succeeding activities.

5. Early and late start dates.

6. Early and late finish dates.

7. Activity duration in workdays.

8. Total float or slack time.

9. Average size of workforce.

10. Dollar value of activity (coordinated with the schedule of values).

G. Schedule Updating: Concurrent with making revisions to schedule, prepare tabulated reports showing the following:

1. Identification of activities that have changed.

2. Changes in early and late start dates.

3. Changes in early and late finish dates.

4. Changes in activity durations in workdays.

5. Changes in the critical path.

6. Changes in total float or slack time.

7. Changes in the Contract Time.

H. Value Summaries: Prepare two cumulative value lists, sorted by finish dates.

1. In first list, tabulate activity number, early finish date, dollar value, and cumulative dollar value.

2. In second list, tabulate activity number, late finish date, dollar value, and cumulative dollar value.

8.d
November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 92
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01 3200 - 7

3. In subsequent issues of both lists, substitute actual finish dates for activities completed as of list date.

4. Prepare list for ease of comparison with payment requests; coordinate timing with progress meetings.
a. In both value summary lists, tabulate "actual percent complete" and "cumulative value completed" with total at bottom.
b. Submit value summary printouts one week before each regularly scheduled progress meeting.

1.9 REPORTS
A. Daily Construction Reports: Prepare a daily construction report recording the following information concerning events at Project site:

1. List of subcontractors at Project site.

2. List of separate contractors at Project site.

3. Approximate count of personnel at Project site.

4. Equipment at Project site.

5. Material deliveries.

6. High and low temperatures and general weather conditions, including presence of rain or snow.

7. Testing and inspection.

8. Accidents.

9. Meetings and significant decisions.

10. Unusual events (see special reports).

11. Stoppages, delays, shortages, and losses.

12. Meter readings and similar recordings.

13. Emergency procedures.

14. Orders and requests of authorities having jurisdiction.

15. Change Orders received and implemented.

16. Construction Change Directives received and implemented.

17. Services connected and disconnected.

18. Equipment or system tests and startups.

19. Partial completions and occupancies.

20. Substantial Completions authorized.

B. Material Location Reports: At monthly intervals, prepare and submit a comprehensive list of materials delivered to and stored at Project site. List shall be cumulative, showing materials previously reported plus items recently delivered. Include with list a statement of progress on and delivery dates for materials or items of equipment fabricated or stored away from Project site. Indicate the following categories for stored materials:

1. Material stored prior to previous report and remaining in storage.

2. Material stored prior to previous report and since removed from storage and installed.

3. Material stored following previous report and remaining in storage.

C. Site Condition Reports: Immediately on discovery of a difference between site conditions and the Contract Documents, prepare and submit a detailed report. Submit with a Request for Information. Include a detailed description of the differing conditions, together with recommendations for changing the Contract Documents.

8.d
November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 93
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01 3200 - 8
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)

END OF SECTION

8.d
November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 94
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION 01 3233 - 1
SECTION 01 3233

PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for the following:

1. Preconstruction photographs.

2. Periodic construction photographs.

3. Final completion construction photographs.

4. Preconstruction video recordings.

B. Related Requirements:

1. Section 01 7700 "Closeout Procedures" for submitting photographic documentation as project record documents at Project closeout.

2. Section 01 7900 "Demonstration and Training" for submitting video recordings of demonstration of equipment and training of Owner's personnel.

3. Section 02 4119 "Selective Structure Demolition" for photographic documentation before selective demolition operations commence.

1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Key Plan: Submit key plan of Project site and building with notation of vantage points marked for location and direction of each photograph. Indicate elevation or story of construction.

Include same information as corresponding photographic documentation.

B. Digital Photographs: Submit image files within three days of taking photographs.

1. Submit photos on CD-ROM or thumb-drive. Include copy of key plan indicating each photograph's location and direction.

2. Identification: Provide the following information with each image description in file metadata tag:
a. Name of Project.
b. Name and contact information for photographer.
c. Name of Architect.
d. Name of Contractor.
e. Date photograph was taken.
f. Description of location, vantage point, and direction. g. Unique sequential identifier keyed to accompanying key plan.

C. Video Recordings: Submit video recordings within seven days of recording.

1. Submit video recordings on CD-ROM or thumb drive. Include copy of key plan indicating each video's location and direction.

8.d
November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 95
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION 01 3233 - 2

2. Identification: With each submittal, provide the following information in file metadata tag:
a. Name of Project.
b. Name and address of photographer.
c. Name of Architect.
d. Name of Contractor.
e. Date video recording was recorded.
f. Description of vantage point, indicating location, direction (by compass point), and elevation or story of construction.

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Photographer Qualifications: An individual who has been regularly engaged as a professional photographer of construction projects for not less than three years.

B. Digital Photographs: Provide color images in JPG format, produced by a digital camera with minimum sensor size of 12 megapixels, and at an image resolution of not less than 3200 by 2400 pixels, and with vibration-reduction technology. Use flash in low light levels or backlit conditions.

C. Digital Video Recordings: Provide high-resolution, digital video in MPEG format, produced by a digital camera with minimum sensor resolution of 12 megapixels and capable of recording in full high-definition mode with vibration-reduction technology. Provide supplemental lighting in low light levels or backlit conditions.

D. Digital Images: Submit digital media as originally recorded in the digital camera, without alteration, manipulation, editing, or modifications using image-editing software.

E. Metadata: Record accurate date and timefrom camera.

F. File Names: Name media files with date and sequential numbering suffix.

1.5 CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS
A. Photographer: Engage a qualified photographer to take construction photographs.

B. General: Take photographs with maximum depth of field and in focus.

1. Maintain key plan with each set of construction photographs that identifies each photographic location.

C. Preconstruction Photographs: Before commencement of demolition, take photographs of Project site and surrounding properties, including existing items to remain during construction, from different vantage points, as directed by Architect.

1. Flag construction limits before taking construction photographs.

2. Take 50 photographs to show existing conditions adjacent to property before starting the Work.

3. Take 50 photographs of existing buildings either on or adjoining property to accurately record physical conditions at start of construction.

4. Take additional photographs as required to record settlement or cracking of adjacent structures, pavements, and improvements.

D. Periodic Construction Photographs: Take 50 photographs weekly. Select vantage points to show status of construction and progress since last photographs were taken.

8.d
November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 96
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION 01 3233 - 3
E. Final Completion Construction Photographs: Take 50 photographs after date of Substantial Completion for submission as Project Record Documents. Architect will inform photographer of desired vantage points.

F. Additional Photographs: Architect may request photographs in addition to periodic photographs specified. Additional photographs will be paid for by Change Order and are not included in the Contract Sum.

1. Three days' notice will be given, where feasible.

2. In emergency situations, take additional photographs within 24 hours of request.

3. Circumstances that could require additional photographs include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. Special events planned at Project site.
b. Immediate follow-up when on-site events result in construction damage or losses. c. Photographs to be taken at fabrication locations away from Project site. d. Substantial Completion of a major phase or component of the Work. e. Extra record photographs at time of final acceptance. f. Owner's request for special publicity photographs.

1.6 CONSTRUCTION VIDEO RECORDINGS
A. Video Recording Photographer: Engage a qualified videographer to record construction video recordings.

B. Preconstruction Video Recording: Before starting demolition, record video recording of Project site and surrounding properties from different vantage points, as directed by Architect.

1. Flag construction limits before recording construction video recordings.

2. Show existing conditions adjacent to Project site before starting the Work.

3. Show existing buildings either on or adjoining Project site to accurately record physical conditions at the start of demolition.

4. Show protection efforts by Contractor.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)

END OF SECTION

8.d
November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 97
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 3300 - 1
SECTION 01 3300

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:

1. Submittal schedule requirements.

2. Administrative and procedural requirements for submittals.

B. Related Requirements:

1. Section 01 3100 "Project Management and Coordination" for submitting coordination drawings and subcontract list and for requirements for web-based Project software.

2. Section 01 3200 "Construction Progress Documentation" for submitting schedules and reports, including Contractor's construction schedule.

3. Section 01 3233 "Photographic Documentation" for submitting preconstruction photographs, periodic construction photographs, and Final Completion construction photographs.

4. Section 01 4000 "Quality Requirements" for submitting test and inspection reports, and schedule of tests and inspections.

5. Section 01 7700 "Closeout Procedures" for submitting closeout submittals and maintenance material submittals.

6. Section 01 7823 "Operation and Maintenance Data" for submitting operation and maintenance manuals.

7. Section 01 7839 "Project Record Documents" for submitting record Drawings, record Specifications, and record Product Data.

8. Section 01 7900 "Demonstration and Training" for submitting video recordings of demonstration of equipment and training of Owner's personnel.

9. Section 01 8113 "Sustainable Design Requirements" for sustainable design submittals.

1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Action Submittals: Written and graphic information and physical samples that require Architect's responsive action. Action submittals are those submittals indicated in individual Specification Sections as "action submittals."
B. Informational Submittals: Written and graphic information and physical samples that do not require Architect's responsive action. Submittals may be rejected for not complying with requirements. Informational submittals are those submittals indicated in individual Specification Sections as "informational submittals."

8.d
November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 98
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 3300 - 2
C. Portable Document Format (PDF): An open standard file format licensed by Adobe Systems used for representing documents in a device-independent and display resolution-independent fixed-layout document format.

1.4 SUBMITTAL SCHEDULE
A. Submittal Schedule: Submit, as an action submittal, a list of submittals, arranged in chronological order by dates required by construction schedule. Include time required for review, ordering, manufacturing, fabrication, and delivery when establishing dates. Include additional time required for making corrections or revisions to submittals noted by Architect and additional time for handling and reviewing submittals required by those corrections.

1. Coordinate submittal schedule with list of subcontracts, the schedule of values, and Contractor's construction schedule.

2. Initial Submittal: Submit concurrently with startup construction schedule. Include submittals required during the first 60 days of construction. List those submittals required to maintain orderly progress of the Work and those required early because of long lead time for manufacture or fabrication.

3. Final Submittal: Submit concurrently with the first complete submittal of Contractor's construction schedule.
a. Submit revised submittal schedule to reflect changes in current status and timing for submittals.

4. Format: Arrange the following information in a tabular format:
a. Scheduled date for first submittal.
b. Specification Section number and title.
c. Submittal category: Action; informational.
d. Name of subcontractor.
e. Description of the Work covered.
f. Scheduled date for Architect's final release or approval. g. Scheduled dates for purchasing.
h. Scheduled date of fabrication.
i. Scheduled dates for installation.
j. Activity or event number.

1.5 SUBMITTAL FORMATS
A. Submittal Information: Include the following information in each submittal:

1. Project name.

2. Date.

3. Name and address of Architect.

4. Name of Contractor.

5. Name of firm or entity that prepared submittal.

6. Names of subcontractor, manufacturer, and supplier.

7. Category and type of submittal.

8. Submittal purpose and description.

9. Specification Section number and title.

10. Specification paragraph number or drawing designation and generic name for each of multiple items.

11. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate.

12. Location(s) where product is to be installed, as appropriate.

13. Related physical samples submitted directly.

14. Indication of full or partial submittal.

15. Transmittal number, numbered consecutively.

16. Submittal and transmittal distribution record.

17. Other necessary identification.

8.d
November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 99
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 3300 - 3

18. Remarks.

19. Signature of transmitter.

B. Options: Identify options requiring selection by Architect.

C. Deviations and Additional Information: On an attached separate sheet, prepared on Contractor's letterhead, record relevant information, requests for data, revisions other than those requested by Architect on previous submittals, and deviations from requirements in the Contract Documents, including minor variations and limitations. Include same identification information as related submittal.

D. Submittals Utilizing Web-Based Project Software: Prepare submittals as PDF files or other format indicated by Project management software.

1.6 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
A. Prepare and submit submittals required by individual Specification Sections. Types of submittals are indicated in individual Specification Sections.

1. Web-Based Project Software: Prepare submittals in PDF form, and upload to web-based Project software website. Enter required data in web-based software site to fully identify submittal.

B. Coordination: Coordinate preparation and processing of submittals with performance of construction activities.

1. Coordinate each submittal with fabrication, purchasing, testing, delivery, other submittals, and related activities that require sequential activity.

2. Submit all submittal items required for each Specification Section concurrently unless partial submittals for portions of the Work are indicated on approved submittal schedule.

3. Submit action submittals and informational submittals required by the same Specification Section as separate packages under separate transmittals.

4. Coordinate transmittal of different types of submittals for related parts of the Work so processing will not be delayed because of need to review submittals concurrently for coordination.
a. Architect reserves the right to withhold action on a submittal requiring coordination with other submittals until related submittals are received.

C. Processing Time: Allow time for submittal review, including time for resubmittals, as follows.

Time for review shall commence on Architect's receipt of submittal. No extension of the Contract Time will be authorized because of failure to transmit submittals enough in advance of the Work to permit processing, including resubmittals.

1. Initial Review: Allow 15 working days for initial review of each submittal. Allow additional time if coordination with subsequent submittals is required.

2. Intermediate Review: If intermediate submittal is necessary, process it in same manner as initial submittal.

3. Resubmittal Review: Allow 15 days for review of each resubmittal.

4. Sequential Review: Where sequential review of submittals by Architect's consultants, Owner, or other parties is required, allow 21 days for initial review of each submittal.

5. Concurrent Consultant Review: Where the Contract Documents indicate that submittals may be transmitted simultaneously to Architect and to Architect's consultants, allow 15 days for review of each submittal. Submittal will be returned to Architect before being returned to Contractor.
a. Submit one copy of submittal to concurrent reviewer in addition to specified number of copies to Architect.

8.d
November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 100
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 3300 - 4

6. Architect will advise Contractor when a submittal being processed must be delayed for coordination.

D. Resubmittals: Make resubmittals in same form and number of copies as initial submittal.

1. Note date and content of previous submittal.

2. Note date and content of revision in label or title block and clearly indicate extent of revision.

3. Resubmit submittals until they are marked with approval notation from Architect's action stamp.

E. Distribution: Furnish copies of final submittals to manufacturers, subcontractors, suppliers, fabricators, installers, authorities having jurisdiction, and others as necessary for performance of construction activities. Show distribution on transmittal forms.

F. Use for Construction: Retain complete copies of submittals on Project site. Use only final action submittals that are marked with approval notation from Architect's action stamp.

1.7 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Product Data: Collect information into a single submittal for each element of construction and type of product or equipment.

1. If information must be specially prepared for submittal because standard published data are not suitable for use, submit as Shop Drawings, not as Product Data.

2. Mark each copy of each submittal to show which products and options are applicable.

3. Include the following information, as applicable:
a. Manufacturer's catalog cuts.
b. Manufacturer's product specifications.
c. Standard color charts.
d. Statement of compliance with specified referenced standards. e. Testing by recognized testing agency.
f. Application of testing agency labels and seals.
g. Notation of coordination requirements.
h. Availability and delivery time information.

4. For equipment, include the following in addition to the above, as applicable:
a. Wiring diagrams showing factory-installed wiring.
b. Printed performance curves.
c. Operational range diagrams.
d. Clearances required to other construction, if not indicated on accompanying Shop Drawings.

5. Submit Product Data before or concurrent with Samples.

B. Shop Drawings: Prepare Project-specific information, drawn accurately to scale. Do not base Shop Drawings on reproductions of the Contract Documents or standard printed data, unless submittal based on Architect's digital data drawing files is otherwise permitted.

1. Preparation: Fully illustrate requirements in the Contract Documents. Include the following information, as applicable:
a. Identification of products.
b. Schedules.
c. Compliance with specified standards.
d. Notation of coordination requirements.
e. Notation of dimensions established by field measurement. f. Relationship and attachment to adjoining construction clearly indicated. g. Seal and signature of professional engineer if specified.

8.d
November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 101
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 3300 - 5

2. BIM File Incorporation: Develop and incorporate Shop Drawing files into Building Information Model established for Project.
a. Prepare Shop Drawings in the following format: Same digital data software program, version, and operating system as the original Drawings. b. Refer to Section 01 3100 "Project Management and Coordination" for requirements for coordination drawings.

C. Samples: Submit Samples for review of kind, color, pattern, and texture for a check of these characteristics with other elements and for a comparison of these characteristics between submittal and actual component as delivered and installed.

1. Transmit Samples that contain multiple, related components such as accessories together in one submittal package.

2. Identification: Attach label on unexposed side of Samples that includes the following:
a. Project name and submittal number.
b. Generic description of Sample.
c. Product name and name of manufacturer.
d. Sample source.
e. Number and title of applicable Specification Section. f. Specification paragraph number and generic name of each item.

3. Email Transmittal: Provide PDF transmittal. Include digital image file illustrating Sample characteristics, and identification information for record.

4. Web-Based Project Software: Prepare submittals in PDF form, and upload to web-based Project software website. Enter required data in web-based software site to fully identify submittal.

5. Disposition: Maintain sets of approved Samples at Project site, available for qualitycontrol comparisons throughout the course of construction activity. Sample sets may be used to determine final acceptance of construction associated with each set. a. Samples that may be incorporated into the Work are indicated in individual Specification Sections. Such Samples must be in an undamaged condition at time of use.
b. Samples not incorporated into the Work, or otherwise designated as Owner's property, are the property of Contractor.

6. Samples for Initial Selection: Submit manufacturer's color charts consisting of units or sections of units showing the full range of colors, textures, and patterns available. a. Number of Samples: Submit one full set(s) of available choices where color, pattern, texture, or similar characteristics are required to be selected from manufacturer's product line. Architect will return submittal with options selected.

7. Samples for Verification: Submit full-size units or Samples of size indicated, prepared from same material to be used for the Work, cured and finished in manner specified, and physically identical with material or product proposed for use, and that show full range of color and texture variations expected. Samples include, but are not limited to, the following: partial sections of manufactured or fabricated components; small cuts or containers of materials; complete units of repetitively used materials; swatches showing color, texture, and pattern; color range sets; and components used for independent testing and inspection.
a. Number of Samples: Submit three sets of Samples. Architect will retain two Sample sets; remainder will be returned. Mark up and retain one returned Sample set as a project record sample.
1) Submit a single Sample where assembly details, workmanship, fabrication techniques, connections, operation, and other similar characteristics are to be demonstrated.
2) If variation in color, pattern, texture, or other characteristic is inherent in material or product represented by a Sample, submit at least three sets of paired units that show approximate limits of variations.

8.d
November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 102
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 3300 - 6
D. Product Schedule: As required in individual Specification Sections, prepare a written summary indicating types of products required for the Work and their intended location. Include the following information in tabular form:

1. Type of product. Include unique identifier for each product indicated in the Contract Documents or assigned by Contractor if none is indicated.

2. Manufacturer and product name, and model number if applicable.

3. Number and name of room or space.

4. Location within room or space.

E. Qualification Data: Prepare written information that demonstrates capabilities and experience of firm or person. Include lists of completed projects with project names and addresses, contact information of architects and owners, and other information specified.

F. Design Data: Prepare and submit written and graphic information, including, but not limited to, performance and design criteria, list of applicable codes and regulations, and calculations.

Include list of assumptions and other performance and design criteria and a summary of loads.

Include load diagrams if applicable. Provide name and version of software, if any, used for calculations. Include page numbers.

G. Certificates:

1. Certificates and Certifications Submittals: Submit a statement that includes signature of entity responsible for preparing certification. Certificates and certifications shall be signed by an officer or other individual authorized to sign documents on behalf of that entity.

Provide a notarized signature where indicated.

2. Installer Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that Installer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents and, where required, is authorized by manufacturer for this specific Project.

3. Manufacturer Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that manufacturer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents.

Include evidence of manufacturing experience where required.

4. Material Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that material complies with requirements in the Contract Documents.

5. Product Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that product complies with requirements in the Contract Documents.

6. Welding Certificates: Prepare written certification that welding procedures and personnel comply with requirements in the Contract Documents. Submit record of Welding Procedure Specification and Procedure Qualification Record on AWS forms. Include names of firms and personnel certified.

H. Test and Research Reports:

1. Compatibility Test Reports: Submit reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting results of compatibility tests performed before installation of product. Include written recommendations for primers and substrate preparation needed for adhesion.

2. Field Test Reports: Submit written reports indicating and interpreting results of field tests performed either during installation of product or after product is installed in its final location, for compliance with requirements in the Contract Documents.

3. Material Test Reports: Submit reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting test results of material for compliance with requirements in the Contract Documents.

4. Preconstruction Test Reports: Submit reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting results of tests performed before installation of product, for compliance with performance requirements in the Contract Documents.

8.d
November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 103
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 3300 - 7

5. Product Test Reports: Submit written reports indicating that current product produced by manufacturer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. Base reports on evaluation of tests performed by manufacturer and witnessed by a qualified testing agency, or on comprehensive tests performed by a qualified testing agency.

6. Research Reports: Submit written evidence, from a model code organization acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, that product complies with building code in effect for Project. Include the following information:
a. Name of evaluation organization.
b. Date of evaluation.
c. Time period when report is in effect.
d. Product and manufacturers' names.
e. Description of product.
f. Test procedures and results.
g. Limitations of use.

1.8 DELEGATED-DESIGN SERVICES
A. Performance and Design Criteria: Where professional design services or certifications by a design professional are specifically required of Contractor by the Contract Documents, provide products and systems complying with specific performance and design criteria indicated.

1. If criteria indicated are not sufficient to perform services or certification required, submit a written request for additional information to Architect.

B. Delegated-Design Services Certification: In addition to Shop Drawings, Product Data, and other required submittals, submit digitally signed PDF electronic file and three paper copies of certificate, signed and sealed by the responsible design professional, for each product and system specifically assigned to Contractor to be designed or certified by a design professional.

1. Indicate that products and systems comply with performance and design criteria in the Contract Documents. Include list of codes, loads, and other factors used in performing these services.

C. BIM File Incorporation: Incorporate delegated-design drawing and data files into Building Information Model established for Project.

1. Prepare delegated-design drawings in the following format: Same digital data software program, version, and operating system as the original Drawings.

1.9 CONTRACTOR'S REVIEW
A. Action and Informational Submittals: Review each submittal and check for coordination with other Work of the Contract and for compliance with the Contract Documents. Note corrections and field dimensions. Mark with approval stamp before submitting to Architect.

B. Contractor's Approval: Indicate Contractor's approval for each submittal with indication in webbased Project software. Include name of reviewer, date of Contractor's approval, and statement certifying that submittal has been reviewed, checked, and approved for compliance with the Contract Documents.

1. Architect will not review submittals received from Contractor that do not have Contractor's review and approval.

8.d
November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 104
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 3300 - 8

1.10 ARCHITECT'S ACTION
A. Action Submittals: Architect will review each submittal, indicate corrections or revisions required, and return.

1. PDF Submittals: Architect will indicate, via markup on each submittal, the appropriate action.

2. Submittals by Web-Based Project Management Software: Architect will indicate, on Project management software website, the appropriate action.

B. Informational Submittals: Architect will review each submittal and will not return it, or will return it if it does not comply with requirements. Architect will forward each submittal to appropriate party.

C. Partial submittals prepared for a portion of the Work will be reviewed when use of partial submittals has received prior approval from Architect.

D. Incomplete submittals are unacceptable, will be considered nonresponsive, and will be returned for resubmittal without review.

E. Architect will discard submittals received from sources other than Contractor.

F. Submittals not required by the Contract Documents may be returned by the Architect without action.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)

END OF SECTION

8.d
November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 105
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
SUBMITTAL COVER SHEET 01 3300a-1

SUBMITTAL COVER SHEET

SUBMITTAL NUMBER: ______________________ DATE TO CONSTRUCTOR:

DATE TO ARCHITECT:

Section Title: _________________________ Description: _______________________________ Section No.: ___________ Page: ________________ Article/Paragraph: _______________ Detail No. ____________ Sheet No. ______________
Sub-contractor name: ___________________ Vendor Name: _____________________________ Address.: _____________________________ Address: ________________________________ _____________________________ ________________________________ Phone Number ________________________ Phone Number: ____________________________ Attachments:

Product Data Warranties Drawings MSDS Samples
Schedules Reports Calculations Tests Sustainability Criteria Third Party Certifications
PRODUCT INFORMATION: Attach complete documentation
Product Description / Name:

Specified Manufacturer: Model Number:

Submitted Manufacturer: Model Number:
(company name & address)

Contact name: Phone Number:

Deviation from Contract Documents? ◻ NO Deviations ◻ YES (attach complete documentation) LEED Data Sheet required? ◻ Not required ◻ YES (attach complete documentation) LEED Data Sheet submitted? ◻ Not required ◻ YES (attach complete documentation) Lead Time (in weeks) after Approval:

Date (yyyy-mm-dd) Items Required at Project Site:

8.d
November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 106
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
SUBMITTAL COVER SHEET 01 3300a-2
Sub-contractor subcontractor coordination is required with work in these divisions ◻ 02 ◻ 03 ◻ 04 ◻ 05 ◻ 06 ◻ 07 ◻ 08 ◻ 09 ◻ 10 ◻ 11 ◻ 12 ◻ 13 ◻ 14 ◻ 21 ◻ 22 ◻ 23 ◻ 25 ◻ 26 ◻ 27 ◻ 28 ◻ 31 ◻ 32 ◻ 33 (Constructor mark all that apply)
Constructor Review Stamp: Constructor is responsible for providing submittals which are approvable.

As an authorized agent of the Constructor, I hereby certify that the attached submittal has been reviewed and as revisions marked, is in complete compliance with the Contract Documents.

Reviewer Signature _____________________ ___________________________________ Printed Name __________________________ Date: ____________________________________ Signed: ______________________________
Architect’s Review Stamp: Completed by Architect.

Architect’s Consultant Review Stamp
Reviewed for General Conformance with the design concept of the work. Corrections and comments made or not made on this submittal do not relieve the contractor from compliance with the Contract Documents.

Refer to the Contract Documents for Contractor's Responsibilities. ◻ APPROVED
◻ APPROVED AS NOTED – PROCEED
◻ REVISE AND RESUBMIT
◻ NO ACTION TAKEN OR REQUIRED
◻ REJECTED – DO NOT USE
Comments: _________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________ Reviewer _____________________________ Date: ____________________________________ END OF FORM –

8.d
November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 107
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01 4000 - 1
SECTION 01 4000

QUALITY REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for quality assurance and quality control.

B. Testing and inspecting services are required to verify compliance with requirements specified or indicated. These services do not relieve Contractor of responsibility for compliance with the Contract Document requirements.

1. Specific quality-assurance and -control requirements for individual construction activities are specified in the Sections that specify those activities. Requirements in those Sections may also cover production of standard products.

2. Specified tests, inspections, and related actions do not limit Contractor's other qualityassurance and -control procedures that facilitate compliance with the Contract Document requirements.

3. Requirements for Contractor to provide quality-assurance and -control services required by Architect, Owner, Commissioning Authority, or authorities having jurisdiction are not limited by provisions of this Section.

4. Specific test and inspection requirements are not specified in this Section.

1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Experienced: When used with an entity or individual, "experienced" unless otherwise further described means having successfully completed a minimum of five previous projects similar in nature, size, and extent to this Project; being familiar with special requirements indicated; and having complied with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.

B. Field Quality-Control Tests: Tests and inspections that are performed on-site for installation of the Work and for completed Work.

C. Installer/Applicator/Erector: Contractor or another entity engaged by Contractor as an employee, Subcontractor, or Sub-subcontractor, to perform a particular construction operation, including installation, erection, application, assembly, and similar operations.

1. Use of trade-specific terminology in referring to a trade or entity does not require that certain construction activities be performed by accredited or unionized individuals, or that requirements specified apply exclusively to specific trade(s).

D. Mockups: Physical assemblies of portions of the Work constructed to establish the standard by which the Work will be judged. Mockups are not Samples.

8.d
November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 108
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01 4000 - 2

1. Mockups are used for one or more of the following:
a. Verify selections made under Sample submittals.
b. Demonstrate aesthetic effects.
c. Demonstrate the qualities of products and workmanship. d. Demonstrate successful installation of interfaces between components and systems.
e. Perform preconstruction testing to determine system performance.

2. Product Mockups: Mockups that may include multiple products, materials, or systems specified in a single Section.

3. In-Place Mockups: Mockups constructed on-site in their actual final location as part of permanent construction.

E. Preconstruction Testing: Tests and inspections performed specifically for Project before products and materials are incorporated into the Work, to verify performance or compliance with specified criteria.

F. Product Tests: Tests and inspections that are performed by a nationally recognized testing laboratory (NRTL) according to 29 CFR 1910.7, by a testing agency accredited according to NIST's National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program (NVLAP), or by a testing agency qualified to conduct product testing and acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, to establish product performance and compliance with specified requirements.

G. Source Quality-Control Testing: Tests and inspections that are performed at the source, e.g., plant, mill, factory, or shop.

H. Testing Agency: An entity engaged to perform specific tests, inspections, or both. Testing laboratory shall mean the same as testing agency.

I. Quality-Assurance Services: Activities, actions, and procedures performed before and during execution of the Work to guard against defects and deficiencies and substantiate that proposed construction will comply with requirements.

J. Quality-Control Services: Tests, inspections, procedures, and related actions during and after execution of the Work to evaluate that actual products incorporated into the Work and completed construction comply with requirements. Contractor's quality-control services do not include contract administration activities performed by Architect.

1.4 DELEGATED-DESIGN SERVICES
A. Performance and Design Criteria: Where professional design services or certifications by a design professional are specifically required of Contractor by the Contract Documents, provide products and systems complying with specific performance and design criteria indicated.

1. If criteria indicated are not sufficient to perform services or certification required, submit a written request for additional information to Architect.

B. Delegated-Design Services Statement: Submit a statement signed and sealed by the responsible design professional, for each product and system specifically assigned to Contractor to be designed or certified by a design professional, indicating that the products and systems are in compliance with performance and design criteria indicated. Include list of codes, loads, and other factors used in performing these services.

8.d
November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 109
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01 4000 - 3

1.5 CONFLICTING REQUIREMENTS
A. Conflicting Standards and Other Requirements: If compliance with two or more standards or requirements are specified and the standards or requirements establish different or conflicting requirements for minimum quantities or quality levels, comply with the most stringent requirement. Refer conflicting requirements that are different, but apparently equal, to Architect for direction before proceeding.

B. Minimum Quantity or Quality Levels: The quantity or quality level shown or specified shall be the minimum provided or performed. The actual installation may comply exactly with the minimum quantity or quality specified, or it may exceed the minimum within reasonable limits.

To comply with these requirements, indicated numeric values are minimum or maximum, as appropriate, for the context of requirements. Refer uncertainties to Architect for a decision before proceeding.

1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Mockup Shop Drawings:

1. Include plans, sections, elevations, and details, indicating materials and size of mockup construction.

2. Indicate manufacturer and model number of individual components.

3. Provide axonometric drawings for conditions difficult to illustrate in two dimensions.

1.7 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Contractor's Quality-Control Plan: For quality-assurance and quality-control activities and responsibilities.

B. Qualification Data: For Contractor's quality-control personnel.

C. Testing Agency Qualifications: For testing agencies specified in "Quality Assurance" Article to demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include proof of qualifications in the form of a recent report on the inspection of the testing agency by a recognized authority.

D. Schedule of Tests and Inspections: Prepare in tabular form and include the following:

1. Specification Section number and title.

2. Entity responsible for performing tests and inspections.

3. Description of test and inspection.

4. Identification of applicable standards.

5. Identification of test and inspection methods.

6. Number of tests and inspections required.

7. Time schedule or time span for tests and inspections.

8. Requirements for obtaining samples.

9. Unique characteristics of each quality-control service.

E. Reports: Prepare and submit certified written reports and documents as specified.

F. Permits, Licenses, and Certificates: For Owner's record, submit copies of permits, licenses, certifications, inspection reports, releases, jurisdictional settlements, notices, receipts for fee payments, judgments, correspondence, records, and similar documents established for compliance with standards and regulations bearing on performance of the Work.

8.d
November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 110
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01 4000 - 4

1.8 CONTRACTOR'S QUALITY-CONTROL PLAN
A. Quality-Control Plan, General: Submit quality-control plan within 10 days of Notice to Proceed, and not less than five days prior to preconstruction conference. Submit in format acceptable to Architect. Identify personnel, procedures, controls, instructions, tests, records, and forms to be used to carry out Contractor's quality-assurance and quality-control responsibilities. Coordinate with Contractor's Construction Schedule.

B. Quality-Control Personnel Qualifications: Engage qualified full-time personnel trained and experienced in managing and executing quality-assurance and quality-control procedures similar in nature and extent to those required for Project.

1. Project quality-control manager may also serve as Project superintendent.

C. Submittal Procedure: Describe procedures for ensuring compliance with requirements through review and management of submittal process. Indicate qualifications of personnel responsible for submittal review.

D. Testing and Inspection: In quality-control plan, include a comprehensive schedule of Work requiring testing or inspection, including the following:

1. Contractor-performed tests and inspections including subcontractor-performed tests and inspections. Include required tests and inspections and Contractor-elected tests and inspections.

2. Owner-performed tests and inspections indicated in the Contract Documents, including tests and inspections indicated to be performed by the Commissioning Authority.

E. Continuous Inspection of Workmanship: Describe process for continuous inspection during construction to identify and correct deficiencies in workmanship in addition to testing and inspection specified. Indicate types of corrective actions to be required to bring work into compliance with standards of workmanship established by Contract requirements and approved mockups.

F. Monitoring and Documentation: Maintain testing and inspection reports including log of approved and rejected results. Include work Architect has indicated as nonconforming or defective. Indicate corrective actions taken to bring nonconforming work into compliance with requirements. Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.

1.9 REPORTS AND DOCUMENTS
A. Test and Inspection Reports: Prepare and submit certified written reports specified in other Sections. Include the following:

1. Date of issue.

2. Project title and number.

3. Name, address, and telephone number of testing agency.

4. Dates and locations of samples and tests or inspections.

5. Names of individuals making tests and inspections.

6. Description of the Work and test and inspection method.

7. Identification of product and Specification Section.

8. Complete test or inspection data.

9. Test and inspection results and an interpretation of test results.

10. Record of temperature and weather conditions at time of sample taking and testing and inspecting.

11. Comments or professional opinion on whether tested or inspected Work complies with the Contract Document requirements.

12. Name and signature of laboratory inspector.

8.d
November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 111
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01 4000 - 5

13. Recommendations on retesting and re-inspecting.

B. Manufacturer's Technical Representative's Field Reports: Prepare written information documenting manufacturer's technical representative's tests and inspections specified in other Sections. Include the following:

1. Name, address, and telephone number of technical representative making report.

2. Statement on condition of substrates and their acceptability for installation of product.

3. Statement that products at Project site comply with requirements.

4. Summary of installation procedures being followed, whether they comply with requirements and, if not, what corrective action was taken.

5. Results of operational and other tests and a statement of whether observed performance complies with requirements.

6. Statement whether conditions, products, and installation will affect warranty.

7. Other required items indicated in individual Specification Sections.

C. Factory-Authorized Service Representative's Reports: Prepare written information documenting manufacturer's factory-authorized service representative's tests and inspections specified in other Sections. Include the following:

1. Name, address, and telephone number of factory-authorized service representative making report.

2. Statement that equipment complies with requirements.

3. Results of operational and other tests and a statement of whether observed performance complies with requirements.

4. Statement whether conditions, products, and installation will affect warranty.

5. Other required items indicated in individual Specification Sections.

1.10 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. General: Qualifications paragraphs in this article establish the minimum qualification levels required; individual Specification Sections specify additional requirements.

B. Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing products or systems similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance, as well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units. As applicable, procure products from manufacturers able to meet qualification requirements, warranty requirements, and technical or factory-authorized service representative requirements.

C. Fabricator Qualifications: A firm experienced in producing products similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance, as well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units.

D. Installer Qualifications: A firm or individual experienced in installing, erecting, or assembling work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project, whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance.

E. Professional Engineer Qualifications: A professional engineer who is legally qualified to practice in jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing engineering services of the kind indicated. Engineering services are defined as those performed for installations of the system, assembly, or product that are similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project.

F. Specialists: Certain Specification Sections require that specific construction activities shall be performed by entities who are recognized experts in those operations. Specialists shall satisfy qualification requirements indicated and shall be engaged for the activities indicated.

8.d
November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 112
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01 4000 - 6

1. Requirements of authorities having jurisdiction shall supersede requirements for specialists.

G. Testing Agency Qualifications: An NRTL, an NVLAP, or an independent agency with the experience and capability to conduct testing and inspecting indicated, as documented according to ASTM E 329; and with additional qualifications specified in individual Sections; and, where required by authorities having jurisdiction, that is acceptable to authorities.

H. Manufacturer's Technical Representative Qualifications: An authorized representative of manufacturer who is trained and approved by manufacturer to observe and inspect installation of manufacturer's products that are similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project.

I. Factory-Authorized Service Representative Qualifications: An authorized representative of manufacturer who is trained and approved by manufacturer to inspect installation of manufacturer's products that are similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project.

J. Preconstruction Testing: Where testing agency is indicated to perform preconstruction testing for compliance with specified requirements for performance and test methods, comply with the following Contractor's responsibilities, including the following:

1. Provide test specimens representative of proposed products and construction.

2. Submit specimens in a timely manner with sufficient time for testing and analyzing results to prevent delaying the Work.

3. Provide sizes and configurations of test assemblies, mockups, and laboratory mockups to adequately demonstrate capability of products to comply with performance requirements.

4. Build site-assembled test assemblies and mockups using installers who will perform same tasks for Project.

5. When testing is complete, remove test specimens, assemblies, and mockups; do not reuse products on Project.

6. Testing Agency Responsibilities: Submit a certified written report of each test, inspection, and similar quality-assurance service to Architect and Commissioning Authority, with copy to Contractor. Interpret tests and inspections and state in each report whether tested and inspected work complies with or deviates from the Contract Documents.

K. Special Inspector: Special Inspectors shall meet the more stringent of the qualifications listed in this section and the requirements listed in the Statement of Special Inspections submitted to the Authority Having Jurisdiction on this site or otherwise required by the Authority Having Jurisdiction.

L. Mockups: Before installing portions of the Work requiring mockups, build mockups for each form of construction and finish required to comply with the following requirements, using materials indicated for the completed Work:

1. Build mockups of size indicated.

2. Build mockups in location and of size indicated or, if not indicated, as directed by Architect.

3. Notify Architect seven days in advance of dates and times when mockups will be constructed.

4. Employ supervisory personnel who will oversee mockup construction. Employ workers that will be employed during the construction at Project.

5. Demonstrate the proposed range of aesthetic effects and workmanship.

6. Obtain Architect's approval of mockups before starting work, fabrication, or construction. a. Allow seven days for initial review and each re-review of each mockup.

7. Promptly correct unsatisfactory conditions noted by Architect's preliminary review, to the satisfaction of the Architect, before completion of final mockup.

8.d
November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 113
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01 4000 - 7

8. Approval of mockups by the Architect does not constitute approval of deviations from the Contract Documents contained in mockups unless Architect specifically approves such deviations in writing.

9. Maintain mockups during construction in an undisturbed condition as a standard for judging the completed Work.

10. Demolish and remove mockups when directed unless otherwise indicated.

1.11 QUALITY CONTROL
A. Owner Responsibilities: Where quality-control services are indicated as Owner's responsibility, Owner will engage a qualified testing agency to perform these services.

1. Owner will furnish Contractor with names, addresses, and telephone numbers of testing agencies engaged and a description of types of testing and inspecting they are engaged to perform.

2. Costs for retesting and reinspecting construction that replaces or is necessitated by work that failed to comply with the Contract Documents will be charged to Contractor.

B. Contractor Responsibilities: Tests and inspections not explicitly assigned to Owner are Contractor's responsibility. Perform additional quality-control activities required to verify that the Work complies with requirements, whether specified or not.

1. Unless otherwise indicated, provide quality-control services specified and those required by authorities having jurisdiction. Perform quality-control services required of Contractor by authorities having jurisdiction, whether specified or not.

2. Engage a qualified testing agency to perform quality-control services. a. Contractor shall not employ same entity engaged by Owner, unless agreed to in writing by Owner.

3. Notify testing agencies at least 24 hours in advance of time when Work that requires testing or inspecting will be performed.

4. Where quality-control services are indicated as Contractor's responsibility, submit a certified written report, in duplicate, of each quality-control service.

5. Testing and inspecting requested by Contractor and not required by the Contract Documents are Contractor's responsibility.

6. Submit additional copies of each written report directly to authorities having jurisdiction, when they so direct.

C. Retesting/Reinspecting: Regardless of whether original tests or inspections were Contractor's responsibility, provide quality-control services, including retesting and reinspecting, for construction that replaced Work that failed to comply with the Contract Documents.

D. Testing Agency Responsibilities: Cooperate with Architect, Commissioning Authority and Contractor in performance of duties. Provide qualified personnel to perform required tests and inspections.

1. Notify Architect, Commissioning Authority, and Contractor promptly of irregularities or deficiencies observed in the Work during performance of its services.

2. Determine the location from which test samples will be taken and in which in-situ tests are conducted.

3. Conduct and interpret tests and inspections and state in each report whether tested and inspected work complies with or deviates from requirements.

4. Submit a certified written report, in duplicate, of each test, inspection, and similar qualitycontrol service through Contractor.

5. Do not release, revoke, alter, or increase the Contract Document requirements or approve or accept any portion of the Work.

6. Do not perform any duties of Contractor.

8.d
November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 114
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01 4000 - 8
E. Manufacturer's Field Services: Where indicated, engage a factory-authorized service representative to inspect field-assembled components and equipment installation, including service connections. Report results in writing as specified in Section 01 3300 "Submittal Procedures."
F. Manufacturer's Technical Services: Where indicated, engage a manufacturer's technical representative to observe and inspect the Work. Manufacturer's technical representative's services include participation in preinstallation conferences, examination of substrates and conditions, verification of materials, observation of Installer activities, inspection of completed portions of the Work, and submittal of written reports.

G. Contractor's Associated Requirements and Services: Cooperate with agencies and representatives performing required tests, inspections, and similar quality-control services, and provide reasonable auxiliary services as requested. Notify agency sufficiently in advance of operations to permit assignment of personnel. Provide the following:

1. Access to the Work.

2. Incidental labor and facilities necessary to facilitate tests and inspections.

3. Adequate quantities of representative samples of materials that require testing and inspecting. Assist agency in obtaining samples.

4. Facilities for storage and field curing of test samples.

5. Delivery of samples to testing agencies.

6. Preliminary design mix proposed for use for material mixes that require control by testing agency.

7. Security and protection for samples and for testing and inspecting equipment at Project site.

H. Coordination: Coordinate sequence of activities to accommodate required quality-assurance and -control services with a minimum of delay and to avoid necessity of removing and replacing construction to accommodate testing and inspecting.

1. Schedule times for tests, inspections, obtaining samples, and similar activities.

I. Schedule of Tests and Inspections: Prepare a schedule of tests, inspections, and similar qualitycontrol services required by the Contract Documents as a component of Contractor's qualitycontrol plan. Coordinate and submit concurrently with Contractor's Construction Schedule.

Update and submit with each Application for Payment.

1. Schedule Contents: Include tests, inspections, and quality-control services, including Contractor- and Owner-retained services, commissioning activities, and other Projectrequired services paid for by other entities.

2. Distribution: Distribute schedule to Owner, Architect, Commissioning Authority, testing agencies, and each party involved in performance of portions of the Work where tests and inspections are required.

J. Building Envelope: It is the intent of the Construction Documents that the Project be constructed free of water infiltration, excessive air infiltration, excessive moisture or relative humidity buildup in building materials, and that continuous thermal barriers against excessive heat loss or gain are maintained. The proper use of specified materials is essential to ensure this performance. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to review the Documents carefully and advise the Architect of any concerns or recommendations in regard to potential problem areas.

It is also the responsibility of the Contractor, during construction, to coordinate the work to ensure that the integrity of the continuous waterproofing and thermal envelope be maintained.

8.d
November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 115
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01 4000 - 9

1.12 SPECIAL TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
A. Special Tests and Inspections: Owner will engage a qualified testing agency to conduct special tests and inspections required by authorities having jurisdiction as the responsibility of Owner, and as follows:

1. Verifying that manufacturer maintains detailed fabrication and quality-control procedures and reviews the completeness and adequacy of those procedures to perform the Work.

2. Notifying Architect, Commissioning Authority, and Contractor promptly of irregularities and deficiencies observed in the Work during performance of its services.

3. Submitting a certified written report of each test, inspection, and similar quality-control service to Architect and Commissioning Authority with copy to Contractor and to authorities having jurisdiction.

4. Submitting a final report of special tests and inspections at Substantial Completion, which includes a list of unresolved deficiencies.

5. Interpreting tests and inspections and stating in each report whether tested and inspected work complies with or deviates from the Contract Documents.

6. Retesting and reinspecting corrected work.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 TEST AND INSPECTION LOG
A. Test and Inspection Log: Prepare a record of tests and inspections. Include the following:

1. Date test or inspection was conducted.

2. Description of the Work tested or inspected.

3. Date test or inspection results were transmitted to Architect.

4. Identification of testing agency or special inspector conducting test or inspection.

B. Maintain log at Project site. Post changes and revisions as they occur. Provide access to test and inspection log for Architect's, Commissioning Authority's, reference during normal working hours.

1. Submit log at Project closeout as part of Project Record Documents.

3.2 REPAIR AND PROTECTION
A. General: On completion of testing, inspecting, sample taking, and similar services, repair damaged construction and restore substrates and finishes.

1. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other Specification Sections or matching existing substrates and finishes. Restore patched areas and extend restoration into adjoining areas with durable seams that are as invisible as possible. Comply with the Contract Document requirements for cutting and patching in Section 01 7300 "Execution."
B. Protect construction exposed by or for quality-control service activities.

C. Repair and protection are Contractor's responsibility, regardless of the assignment of responsibility for quality-control services.

8.d
November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 116
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01 4000 - 10

END OF SECTION

8.d
November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 117
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
REFERENCES 01 4200 - 1
SECTION 01 4200

REFERENCES
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 DEFINITIONS
A. General: Basic Contract definitions are included in the Conditions of the Contract.

B. "Approved": When used to convey Architect's action on Contractor's submittals, applications, and requests, "approved" is limited to Architect's duties and responsibilities as stated in the Conditions of the Contract.

C. "Directed": A command or instruction by Architect. Other terms including "requested," "authorized," "selected," "required," and "permitted" have the same meaning as "directed." D. "Indicated": Requirements expressed by graphic representations or in written form on Drawings, in Specifications, and in other Contract Documents. Other terms including "shown," "noted," "scheduled," and "specified" have the same meaning as "indicated." E. "Regulations": Laws, ordinances, statutes, and lawful orders issued by authorities having jurisdiction, and rules, conventions, and agreements within the construction industry that control performance of the Work.

F. "Furnish": Supply and deliver to Project site, ready for unloading, unpacking, assembly, installation, and similar operations.

G. "Install": Unload, temporarily store, unpack, assemble, erect, place, anchor, apply, work to dimension, finish, cure, protect, clean, and similar operations at Project site.

H. "Provide": Furnish and install, complete and ready for the intended use.

I. "Project Site": Space available for performing construction activities. The extent of Project site is shown on Drawings and may or may not be identical with the description of the land on which Project is to be built.

1.3 INDUSTRY STANDARDS
A. Applicability of Standards: Unless the Contract Documents include more stringent requirements, applicable construction industry standards have the same force and effect as if bound or copied directly into the Contract Documents to the extent referenced. Such standards are made a part of the Contract Documents by reference.

8.d
November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 118
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
REFERENCES 01 4200 - 2
B. Publication Dates: Comply with standards in effect as of date of the Contract Documents unless otherwise indicated.

1. For standards referenced by applicable building codes, comply with dates of standards as listed in building codes.

C. Copies of Standards: Each entity engaged in construction on Project should be familiar with industry standards applicable to its construction activity. Copies of applicable standards are not bound with the Contract Documents.

1. Where copies of standards are needed to perform a required construction activity, obtain copies directly from publication source.

1.4 ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS
A. Industry Organizations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities indicated in Gale's "Encyclopedia of Associations: National Organizations of the U.S." or in Columbia Books' "National Trade & Professional Associations of the United States." B. Industry Organizations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list.

Abbreviations and acronyms not included in this list shall mean the recognized name of the entities indicated in Gale's "Encyclopedia of Associations: National Organizations of the U.S." or in Columbia Books' "National Trade & Professional Associations of the United States." The information in this list is subject to change and is believed to be accurate as of the date of the Contract Documents.

1. AABC - Associated Air Balance Council; www.aabc.com.

2. AAMA - American Architectural Manufacturers Association; (See FGIA).

3. AAPFCO - Association of American Plant Food Control Officials; www.aapfco.org.

4. AASHTO - American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials; www.transportation.org.

5. AATCC - American Association of Textile Chemists and Colorists; www.aatcc.org.

6. ABMA - American Bearing Manufacturers Association; www.americanbearings.org.

7. ABMA - American Boiler Manufacturers Association; www.abma.com.

8. ACI - American Concrete Institute; (Formerly: ACI International); www.concrete.org.

9. ACPA - American Concrete Pipe Association; www.concrete-pipe.org.

10. AEIC - Association of Edison Illuminating Companies, Inc. (The); www.aeic.org.

11. AF&PA - American Forest & Paper Association; www.afandpa.org.

12. AGA - American Gas Association; www.aga.org.

13. AHAM - Association of Home Appliance Manufacturers; www.aham.org.

14. AHRI - Air-Conditioning, Heating, and Refrigeration Institute (The); www.ahrinet.org.

15. AI - Asphalt Institute; www.asphaltinstitute.org.

16. AIA - American Institute of Architects (The); www.aia.org.

17. AISC - American Institute of Steel Construction; www.aisc.org.

18. AISI - American Iron and Steel Institute; www.steel.org.

19. AITC - American Institute of Timber Construction; www.plib.org.

20. AMCA - Air Movement and Control Association International, Inc.; www.amca.org.

21. ANSI - American National Standards Institute; www.ansi.org.

22. AOSA - Association of Official Seed Analysts, Inc.; www.aosaseed.com.

23. APA - APA - The Engineered Wood Association; www.apawood.org.

24. APA - Architectural Precast Association; www.archprecast.org.

25. API - American Petroleum Institute; www.api.org.

26. ARI - Air-Conditioning & Refrigeration Institute; (See AHRI).

27. ARI - American Refrigeration Institute; (See AHRI).

28. ARMA - Asphalt Roofing Manufacturers Association; www.asphaltroofing.org.

8.d
November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 119
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
REFERENCES 01 4200 - 3

29. ASCE - American Society of Civil Engineers; www.asce.org.

30. ASCE/SEI - American Society of Civil Engineers/Structural Engineering Institute; (See ASCE).

31. ASHRAE - American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers; www.ashrae.org.

32. ASME - ASME International; (American Society of Mechanical Engineers); www.asme.org.

33. ASSE - American Society of Sanitary Engineering; www.asse-plumbing.org.

34. ASSP - American Society of Safety Professionals (The); www.assp.org.

35. ASTM - ASTM International; www.astm.org.

36. ATIS - Alliance for Telecommunications Industry Solutions; www.atis.org.

37. AVIXA - Audiovisual and Integrated Experience Association; (Formerly: Infocomm International); www.avixa.org.

38. AWEA - American Wind Energy Association; www.awea.org.

39. AWI - Architectural Woodwork Institute; www.awinet.org.

40. AWMAC - Architectural Woodwork Manufacturers Association of Canada; www.awmac.com.

41. AWPA - American Wood Protection Association; www.awpa.com.

42. AWS - American Welding Society; www.aws.org.

43. AWWA - American Water Works Association; www.awwa.org.

44. BHMA - Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association; www.buildershardware.com.

45. BIA - Brick Industry Association (The); www.gobrick.com.

46. BICSI - BICSI, Inc.; www.bicsi.org.

47. BIFMA - BIFMA International; (Business and Institutional Furniture Manufacturer's Association); www.bifma.org.

48. BISSC - Baking Industry Sanitation Standards Committee; www.bissc.org.

49. BWF - Badminton World Federation; (Formerly: International Badminton Federation); www.bissc.org.

50. CDA - Copper Development Association; www.copper.org.

51. CE - Conformite Europeenne; www.ec.europa.eu/growth/single-market/ce-marking.

52. CEA - Canadian Electricity Association; www.electricity.ca.

53. CFFA - Chemical Fabrics and Film Association, Inc.; www.chemicalfabricsandfilm.com.

54. CFSEI - Cold-Formed Steel Engineers Institute; www.cfsei.org.

55. CGA - Compressed Gas Association; www.cganet.com.

56. CIMA - Cellulose Insulation Manufacturers Association; www.cellulose.org.

57. CISCA - Ceilings & Interior Systems Construction Association; www.cisca.org.

58. CISPI - Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute; www.cispi.org.

59. CLFMI - Chain Link Fence Manufacturers Institute; www.chainlinkinfo.org.

60. CPA - Composite Panel Association; www.compositepanel.org.

61. CRI - Carpet and Rug Institute (The); www.carpet-rug.org.

62. CRRC - Cool Roof Rating Council; www.coolroofs.org.

63. CRSI - Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute; www.crsi.org.

64. CSA - CSA Group; www.csa-group.org.

65. CSI - Cast Stone Institute; www.caststone.org.

66. CSI - Construction Specifications Institute (The); www.csiresources.org.

67. CSSB - Cedar Shake & Shingle Bureau; www.cedarbureau.org.

68. CTA - Consumer Technology Association; www.cta.tech.

69. CTI - Cooling Technology Institute; (Formerly: Cooling Tower Institute); www.coolingtechnology.org.

70. CWC - Composite Wood Council; (See CPA).

71. DASMA - Door and Access Systems Manufacturers Association; www.dasma.com.

72. DHA - Decorative Hardwoods Association; (Formerly: Hardwood Plywood & Veneer Association); www.decorativehardwoods.org.

73. DHI - Door and Hardware Institute; www.dhi.org.

74. ECA - Electronic Components Association; (See ECIA).

8.d
November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 120
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
REFERENCES 01 4200 - 4

75. ECAMA - Electronic Components Assemblies & Materials Association; (See ECIA).

76. ECIA - Electronic Components Industry Association; www.ecianow.org.

77. EIA - Electronic Industries Alliance; (See TIA).

78. EIMA - EIFS Industry Members Association; www.eima.com.

79. EJMA - Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association, Inc.; www.ejma.org.

80. EOS/ESD Association; (Electrostatic Discharge Association); www.esda.org.

81. ESTA - Entertainment Services and Technology Association; (See PLASA).

82. ETL - Intertek (See Intertek); www.intertek.com.

83. EVO - Efficiency Valuation Organization; www.evo-world.org.

84. FCI - Fluid Controls Institute; www.fluidcontrolsinstitute.org.

85. FGIA - Fenestration and Glazing Industry Alliance; https://fgiaonline.org.

86. FIBA - Federation Internationale de Basketball; (The International Basketball Federation); www.fiba.com.

87. FIVB - Federation Internationale de Volleyball; (The International Volleyball Federation); www.fivb.org.

88. FM Approvals - FM Approvals LLC; www.fmapprovals.com.

89. FM Global - FM Global; (Formerly: FMG - FM Global); www.fmglobal.com.

90. FRSA - Florida Roofing, Sheet Metal Contractors Association, Inc.; www.floridaroof.com.

91. FSA - Fluid Sealing Association; www.fluidsealing.com.

92. FSC - Forest Stewardship Council U.S.; www.fscus.org.

93. GA - Gypsum Association; www.gypsum.org.

94. GANA - Glass Association of North America; (See NGA).

95. GS - Green Seal; www.greenseal.org.

96. HI - Hydraulic Institute; www.pumps.org.

97. HI/GAMA - Hydronics Institute/Gas Appliance Manufacturers Association; (See AHRI).

98. HMMA - Hollow Metal Manufacturers Association; (See NAAMM).

99. HPVA - Hardwood Plywood & Veneer Association; (See DHA). 100. IAPSC - International Association of Professional Security Consultants; www.iapsc.org. 101. IAS - International Accreditation Service; www.iasonline.org. 102. ICBO - International Conference of Building Officials; (See ICC). 103. ICC - International Code Council; www.iccsafe.org. 104. ICEA - Insulated Cable Engineers Association, Inc.; www.icea.net. 105. ICPA - International Cast Polymer Association; www.theicpa.com. 106. ICRI - International Concrete Repair Institute, Inc.; www.icri.org. 107. IEC - International Electrotechnical Commission; www.iec.ch. 108. IEEE - Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc. (The); www.ieee.org. 109. IES - Illuminating Engineering Society; (Formerly: Illuminating Engineering Society of North America); www.ies.org.
110. IESNA - Illuminating Engineering Society of North America; (See IES). 111. IEST - Institute of Environmental Sciences and Technology; www.iest.org. 112. IGMA - Insulating Glass Manufacturers Alliance; (See FGIA). 113. IGSHPA - International Ground Source Heat Pump Association; www.igshpa.org. 114. II - Infocomm International; (See AVIXA).
115. ILI - Indiana Limestone Institute of America, Inc.; www.iliai.com. 116. Intertek - Intertek Group; (Formerly: ETL SEMCO; Intertek Testing Service NA); www.intertek.com.
117. ISA - International Society of Automation (The); (Formerly: Instrumentation, Systems, and Automation Society); www.isa.org.
118. ISAS - Instrumentation, Systems, and Automation Society (The); (See ISA). 119. ISFA - International Surface Fabricators Association; (Formerly: International Solid Surface Fabricators Association); www.isfanow.org.
120. ISO - International Organization for Standardization; www.iso.org. 121. ISSFA - International Solid Surface Fabricators Association; (See ISFA). 122. ITU - International Telecommunication Union; www.itu.int. 123. KCMA - Kitchen Cabinet Manufacturers Association; www.kcma.org.

8.d
November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 121
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
REFERENCES 01 4200 - 5
124. LMA - Laminating Materials Association; (See CPA). 125. LPI - Lightning Protection Institute; www.lightning.org. 126. MBMA - Metal Building Manufacturers Association; www.mbma.com. 127. MCA - Metal Construction Association; www.metalconstruction.org. 128. MFMA - Maple Flooring Manufacturers Association, Inc.; www.maplefloor.org. 129. MFMA - Metal Framing Manufacturers Association, Inc.; www.metalframingmfg.org. 130. MHI - Material Handling Industry; www.mhi.org.
131. MIA - Marble Institute of America; (See NSI).
132. MMPA - Moulding & Millwork Producers Association; www.wmmpa.com. 133. MPI - Master Painters Institute; www.paintinfo.com. 134. MSS - Manufacturers Standardization Society of The Valve and Fittings Industry Inc.; www.mss-hq.org.
135. NAAMM - National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers; www.naamm.org. 136. NACE - NACE International; (National Association of Corrosion Engineers International); www.nace.org.
137. NADCA - National Air Duct Cleaners Association; www.nadca.com. 138. NAIMA - North American Insulation Manufacturers Association; www.naima.org. 139. NALP - National Association of Landscape Professionals; www.landscapeprofessionals.org.
140. NBGQA - National Building Granite Quarries Association, Inc.; www.nbgqa.com. 141. NBI - New Buildings Institute; www.newbuildings.org. 142. NCAA - National Collegiate Athletic Association (The); www.ncaa.org. 143. NCMA - National Concrete Masonry Association; www.ncma.org. 144. NEBB - National Environmental Balancing Bureau; www.nebb.org. 145. NECA - National Electrical Contractors Association; www.necanet.org. 146. NeLMA - Northeastern Lumber Manufacturers Association; www.nelma.org. 147. NEMA - National Electrical Manufacturers Association; www.nema.org. 148. NETA - InterNational Electrical Testing Association; www.netaworld.org. 149. NFHS - National Federation of State High School Associations; www.nfhs.org. 150. NFPA - National Fire Protection Association; www.nfpa.org. 151. NFPA - NFPA International; (See NFPA).
152. NFRC - National Fenestration Rating Council; www.nfrc.org. 153. NGA - National Glass Association (The); (Formerly: Glass Association of North America); www.glass.org.
154. NHLA - National Hardwood Lumber Association; www.nhla.com. 155. NLGA - National Lumber Grades Authority; www.nlga.org. 156. NOFMA - National Oak Flooring Manufacturers Association; (See NWFA). 157. NOMMA - National Ornamental & Miscellaneous Metals Association; www.nomma.org. 158. NRCA - National Roofing Contractors Association; www.nrca.net. 159. NRMCA - National Ready Mixed Concrete Association; www.nrmca.org. 160. NSF - NSF International; www.nsf.org.
161. NSI - National Stone Institute; (Formerly: Marble Institute of America); www.naturalstoneinstitute.org.
162. NSPE - National Society of Professional Engineers; www.nspe.org. 163. NSSGA - National Stone, Sand & Gravel Association; www.nssga.org. 164. NTMA - National Terrazzo & Mosaic Association, Inc. (The); www.ntma.com. 165. NWFA - National Wood Flooring Association; www.nwfa.org. 166. NWRA - National Waste & Recycling Association; www.wasterecycling.org 167. PCI - Precast/Prestressed Concrete Institute; www.pci.org. 168. PDI - Plumbing & Drainage Institute; www.pdionline.org. 169. PLASA - PLASA; (Formerly: ESTA - Entertainment Services and Technology Association); www.plasa.org.
170. RCSC - Research Council on Structural Connections; www.boltcouncil.org. 171. RFCI - Resilient Floor Covering Institute; www.rfci.com. 172. RIS - Redwood Inspection Service; www.redwoodinspection.com.

8.d
November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 122
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
REFERENCES 01 4200 - 6
173. SAE - SAE International; www.sae.org.
174. SCTE - Society of Cable Telecommunications Engineers; www.scte.org. 175. SDI - Steel Deck Institute; www.sdi.org.
176. SDI - Steel Door Institute; www.steeldoor.org.
177. SEFA - Scientific Equipment and Furniture Association (The); www.sefalabs.com. 178. SEI/ASCE - Structural Engineering Institute/American Society of Civil Engineers; (See ASCE).
179. SIA - Security Industry Association; www.siaonline.org. 180. SJI - Steel Joist Institute; www.steeljoist.org.
181. SMA - Screen Manufacturers Association; www.smainfo.org. 182. SMACNA - Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National Association; www.smacna.org.
183. SMPTE - Society of Motion Picture and Television Engineers; www.smpte.org. 184. SPFA - Spray Polyurethane Foam Alliance; www.sprayfoam.org. 185. SPIB - Southern Pine Inspection Bureau; www.spib.org. 186. SPRI - Single Ply Roofing Industry; www.spri.org.
187. SRCC - Solar Rating & Certification Corporation; www.solar-rating.org. 188. SSINA - Specialty Steel Industry of North America; www.ssina.com. 189. SSPC - SSPC: The Society for Protective Coatings; www.sspc.org. 190. STI - Steel Tank Institute; www.steeltank.com.
191. SWI - Steel Window Institute; www.steelwindows.com. 192. SWPA - Submersible Wastewater Pump Association; www.swpa.org. 193. TCA - Tilt-Up Concrete Association; www.tilt-up.org. 194. TCNA - Tile Council of North America, Inc.; www.tileusa.com. 195. TEMA - Tubular Exchanger Manufacturers Association, Inc.; www.tema.org. 196. TIA - Telecommunications Industry Association (The); (Formerly: TIA/EIA - Telecommunications Industry Association/Electronic Industries Alliance); www.tiaonline.org.
197. TIA/EIA - Telecommunications Industry Association/Electronic Industries Alliance; (See TIA).
198. TMS - The Masonry Society; www.masonrysociety.org. 199. TPI - Truss Plate Institute; www.tpinst.org.
200. TPI - Turfgrass Producers International; www.turfgrasssod.org. 201. TRI - Tile Roofing Institute; www.tileroofing.org. 202. UL - Underwriters Laboratories Inc.; www.ul.com.
203. UL LLC - UL LLC; www.ul.com.
204. UNI - Uni-Bell PVC Pipe Association; www.uni-bell.org. 205. USAV - USA Volleyball; www.usavolleyball.org.
206. USGBC - U.S. Green Building Council; www.usgbc.org. 207. USITT - United States Institute for Theatre Technology, Inc.; www.usitt.org. 208. WA - Wallcoverings Association; www.wallcoverings.org. 209. WCLIB - West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau; www.wclib.org. 210. WCMA - Window Covering Manufacturers Association; www.wcmanet.org. 211. WDMA - Window & Door Manufacturers Association; www.wdma.com. 212. WI - Woodwork Institute; www.wicnet.org.
213. WSRCA - Western States Roofing Contractors Association; www.wsrca.com. 214. WWPA - Western Wood Products Association; www.wwpa.org.

C. Code Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list.

This information is believed to be accurate as of the date of the Contract Documents.

1. DIN - Deutsches Institut f?r Normung e.V.; www.din.de.

2. IAPMO - International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials; www.iapmo.org.

3. ICC - International Code Council; www.iccsafe.org.

8.d
November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 123
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
REFERENCES 01 4200 - 7

4. ICC-ES - ICC Evaluation Service, LLC; www.icc-es.org.

D. Federal Government Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list. Information is subject to change and is up-to-date as of the date of the Contract Documents.

1. COE - Army Corps of Engineers; www.usace.army.mil.

2. CPSC - Consumer Product Safety Commission; www.cpsc.gov.

3. DOC - Department of Commerce; National Institute of Standards and Technology; www.nist.gov.

4. DOD - Department of Defense; http://dodssp.daps.dla.mil.

5. DOE - Department of Energy; www.energy.gov.

6. EPA - Environmental Protection Agency; www.epa.gov.

7. FAA - Federal Aviation Administration; www.faa.gov.

8. FG - Federal Government Publications; www.gpo.gov.

9. GSA - General Services Administration; www.gsa.gov.

10. HUD - Department of Housing and Urban Development; www.hud.gov.

11. LBL - Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory; Environmental Energy Technologies Division; http://eetd.lbl.gov.

12. OSHA - Occupational Safety & Health Administration; www.osha.gov.

13. SD - Department of State; www.state.gov.

14. TRB - Transportation Research Board; National Cooperative Highway Research Program; www.trb.org.

15. USDA - Department of Agriculture; Agriculture Research Service; U.S. Salinity Laboratory; www.ars.usda.gov.

16. USDA - Department of Agriculture; Rural Utilities Service; www.usda.gov.

17. USDJ - Department of Justice; Office of Justice Programs; National Institute of Justice; www.ojp.usdoj.gov.

18. USP - U.S. Pharmacopeia; www.usp.org.

19. USPS - United States Postal Service; www.usps.com.

E. Standards and Regulations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the standards and regulations in the following list. This information is subject to change and is believed to be accurate as of the date of the Contract Documents.

1. CFR - Code of Federal Regulations; Available from Government Printing Office; www.gpo.gov/fdsys.

2. DOD - Department of Defense; Military Specifications and Standards; Available from Department of Defense Single Stock Point; http://dodssp.daps.dla.mil.

3. DSCC - Defense Supply Center Columbus; (See FS).

4. FED-STD - Federal Standard; (See FS).

5. FS - Federal Specification; Available from Department of Defense Single Stock Point; http://dodssp.daps.dla.mil.
a. Available from Defense Standardization Program; www.dsp.dla.mil. b. Available from General Services Administration; www.gsa.gov. c. Available from National Institute of Building Sciences/Whole Building Design Guide; www.wbdg.org/ccb.

6. MILSPEC - Military Specification and Standards; (See DOD).

7. USAB - United States Access Board; www.access-board.gov.

8. USATBCB - U.S. Architectural & Transportation Barriers Compliance Board; (See USAB).

F. State Government Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following

8.d
November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 124
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
REFERENCES 01 4200 - 8
list. This information is subject to change and is believed to be accurate as of the date of the Contract Documents.

1. CBHF; State of California; Department of Consumer Affairs; Bureau of Electronic Appliance and Repair, Home Furnishings and Thermal Insulation; www.bearhfti.ca.gov.

2. CCR; California Code of Regulations; Office of Administrative Law; California Title 24 Energy Code; www.calregs.com.

3. CDHS; California Department of Health Services; (See CDPH).

4. CDPH; California Department of Public Health; Indoor Air Quality Program; www.caliaq.org.

5. CPUC; California Public Utilities Commission; www.cpuc.ca.gov.

6. SCAQMD; South Coast Air Quality Management District; www.aqmd.gov.

7. TFS; Texas Forest Service; Forest Resource Development and Sustainable Forestry; http://txforestservice.tamu.edu.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)

END OF SECTION

8.d
November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 125
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01 6000 - 1
SECTION 01 6000

PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for selection of products for use in Project; product delivery, storage, and handling; manufacturers' standard warranties on products; special warranties; and comparable products.

B. Related Requirements:

1. Section 01 1000 "Summary" for Contractor requirements related to Owner-furnished products.

2. Section 01 2300 "Alternates" for products selected under an alternate.

3. Section 01 2500 "Substitution Procedures" for requests for substitutions.

4. Section 01 4200 "References" for applicable industry standards for products specified.

5. Section 01 770 "Closeout Procedures" for submitting warranties.

1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Products: Items obtained for incorporating into the Work, whether purchased for Project or taken from previously purchased stock. The term "product" includes the terms "material," "equipment," "system," and terms of similar intent.

1. Named Products: Items identified by manufacturer's product name, including make or model number or other designation shown or listed in manufacturer's published product literature, that is current as of date of the Contract Documents.

2. New Products: Items that have not previously been incorporated into another project or facility. Products salvaged or recycled from other projects are not considered new products.

3. Comparable Product: Product that is demonstrated and approved by Architect through submittal process to have the indicated qualities related to type, function, dimension, inservice performance, physical properties, appearance, and other characteristics that equal or exceed those of specified product.

B. Basis-of-Design Product Specification: A specification in which a single manufacturer's product is named and accompanied by the words "basis-of-design product," including make or model number or other designation. Published attributes and characteristics of basis-of-design product establish salient characteristics of products.

1. Evaluation of Comparable Products: In addition to the basis-of-design product description, product attributes and characteristics may be listed to establish the significant qualities related to type, function, in-service performance and physical properties, weight, dimension, durability, visual characteristics, and other special features and requirements for purposes of evaluating comparable products of additional

8.d
November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 126
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01 6000 - 2
manufacturers named in the specification. Manufacturer's published attributes and characteristics of basis-of-design product also establish salient characteristics of products for purposes of evaluating comparable products.

C. Subject to Compliance with Requirements: Where the phrase "Subject to compliance with requirements" introduces a product selection procedure in an individual Specification Section, provide products qualified under the specified product procedure. In the event that a named product or product by a named manufacturer does not meet the other requirements of the specifications, select another named product or product from another named manufacturer that does meet the requirements of the specifications. Submit a comparable product request, if applicable.

D. Comparable Product Request Submittal: An action submittal requesting consideration of a comparable product, including the following information:

1. Identification of basis-of-design product or fabrication or installation method to be replaced, including Specification Section number and title and Drawing numbers and titles.

2. Data indicating compliance with the requirements specified in Part 2 "Comparable Products" Article.

E. Basis-of-Design Product Specification Submittal: An action submittal complying with requirements in Section 01 3300 "Submittal Procedures." F. Substitution: Refer to Section 01 2500 "Substitution Procedures" for definition and limitations on substitutions.

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Compatibility of Options: If Contractor is given option of selecting between two or more products for use on Project, select product compatible with products previously selected, even if previously selected products were also options.

1. Resolution of Compatibility Disputes between Multiple Contractors:
a. Contractors are responsible for providing products and construction methods compatible with products and construction methods of other contractors. b. If a dispute arises between the multiple contractors over concurrently selectable but incompatible products, Architect will determine which products shall be used.

B. Identification of Products: Except for required labels and operating data, do not attach or imprint manufacturer or product names or trademarks on exposed surfaces of products or equipment that will be exposed to view in occupied spaces or on the exterior.

1. Labels: Locate required product labels and stamps on a concealed surface, or, where required for observation following installation, on a visually accessible surface that is not conspicuous.

2. Equipment Nameplates: Provide a permanent nameplate on each item of serviceconnected or power-operated equipment. Locate on a visually accessible but inconspicuous surface. Include information essential for operation, including the following:
a. Name of product and manufacturer.
b. Model and serial number.
c. Capacity.
d. Speed.
e. Ratings.

3. See individual identification sections in Divisions 21, 22, 23, and 26 for additional identification requirements.

8.d
November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 127
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01 6000 - 3

1.5 COORDINATION
A. Modify or adjust affected work as necessary to integrate work of approved comparable products and approved substitutions.

1.6 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver, store, and handle products using means and methods that will prevent damage, deterioration, and loss, including theft and vandalism. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions.

B. Delivery and Handling:

1. Schedule delivery to minimize long-term storage at Project site and to prevent overcrowding of construction spaces.

2. Coordinate delivery with installation time to ensure minimum holding time for items that are flammable, hazardous, easily damaged, or sensitive to deterioration, theft, and other losses.

3. Deliver products to Project site in an undamaged condition in manufacturer's original sealed container or other packaging system, complete with labels and instructions for handling, storing, unpacking, protecting, and installing.

4. Inspect products on delivery to determine compliance with the Contract Documents and to determine that products are undamaged and properly protected.

C. Storage:

1. Store products to allow for inspection and measurement of quantity or counting of units.

2. Store materials in a manner that will not endanger Project structure.

3. Store products that are subject to damage by the elements, under cover in a weathertight enclosure above ground, with ventilation adequate to prevent condensation.

4. Protect foam plastic from exposure to sunlight, except to extent necessary for period of installation and concealment.

5. Comply with product manufacturer's written instructions for temperature, humidity, ventilation, and weather-protection requirements for storage.

6. Protect stored products from damage and liquids from freezing.

7. Provide a secure location and enclosure at Project site for storage of materials and equipment by Owner's construction forces. Coordinate location with Owner.

1.7 PRODUCT WARRANTIES
A. Warranties specified in other Sections shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties required by the Contract Documents. Manufacturer's disclaimers and limitations on product warranties do not relieve Contractor of obligations under requirements of the Contract Documents.

1. Manufacturer's Warranty: Written warranty furnished by individual manufacturer for a particular product and specifically endorsed by manufacturer to Owner.

2. Special Warranty: Written warranty required by the Contract Documents to provide specific rights for Owner.

B. Special Warranties: Prepare a written document that contains appropriate terms and identification, ready for execution.

1. Manufacturer's Standard Form: Modified to include Project-specific information and properly executed.

2. Specified Form: When specified forms are included with the Specifications, prepare a written document using indicated form properly executed.

8.d
November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 128
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01 6000 - 4

3. See other Sections for specific content requirements and particular requirements for submitting special warranties.

C. Submittal Time: Comply with requirements in Section 01 7700 "Closeout Procedures." PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 BASIC PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS
A. Foreign Product Limitations: Except under one or more of the following conditions, provide domestic products, not foreign products, for inclusion in the Work:

1. No available domestic product complies with the Contract Documents.

2. Domestic products that comply with the Contract Documents are available only at prices or terms substantially higher than foreign products that comply with the Contract Documents.

B. Where possible utilize materials harvested and manufactured regionally, within a 500-mile radius of the project site.

2.2 PRODUCT SELECTION PROCEDURES
A. General Product Requirements: Provide products that comply with the Contract Documents, are undamaged and, unless otherwise indicated, are new at time of installation.

1. Provide products complete with accessories, trim, finish, fasteners, and other items needed for a complete installation and indicated use and effect.

2. Standard Products: If available, and unless custom products or nonstandard options are specified, provide standard products of types that have been produced and used successfully in similar situations on other projects.

3. Owner reserves the right to limit selection to products with warranties not in conflict with requirements of the Contract Documents.

4. Where products are accompanied by the term "as selected," Architect will make selection.

5. Descriptive, performance, and reference standard requirements in the Specifications establish salient characteristics of products.

6. Or Equal: For products specified by name and accompanied by the term "or equal," or "or approved equal," or "or approved," comply with requirements in "Comparable Products" Article to obtain approval for use of an unnamed product. a. Submit additional documentation required by Architect in order to establish equivalency of proposed products. Evaluation of "or equal" product status is by the Architect, whose determination is final.

B. Product Selection Procedures:

1. Sole Product: Where Specifications name a single manufacturer and product, provide the named product that complies with requirements. Comparable products or substitutions for Contractor's convenience will not be considered.
a. Sole product may be indicated by the phrase: "Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: …"

2. Sole Manufacturer/Source: Where Specifications name a single manufacturer or source, provide a product by the named manufacturer or source that complies with requirements.

Comparable products or substitutions for Contractor's convenience will not be considered.

8.d
November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 129
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01 6000 - 5
a. Sole manufacturer/source may be indicated by the phrase: "Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following: …"

3. Limited List of Products: Where Specifications include a list of names of both manufacturers and products, provide one of the products listed that complies with requirements. Comparable products or substitutions for Contractor's convenience will be considered unless otherwise indicated.
a. Limited list of products may be indicated by the phrase: "Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: …"

4. Non-Limited List of Products: Where Specifications include a list of names of both available manufacturers and products, provide one of the products listed, or an unnamed product, which complies with requirements.
a. Non-limited list of products is indicated by the phrase: "Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: …"

5. Limited List of Manufacturers: Where Specifications include a list of manufacturers' names, provide a product by one of the manufacturers listed that complies with requirements. Comparable products or substitutions for Contractor's convenience will be considered unless otherwise indicated.
a. Limited list of manufacturers is indicated by the phrase: "Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: …"

6. Non-Limited List of Manufacturers: Where Specifications include a list of available manufacturers, provide a product by one of the manufacturers listed, or a product by an unnamed manufacturer, which complies with requirements. a. Non-limited list of manufacturers is indicated by the phrase: "Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers whose products may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: …"

7. Basis-of-Design Product: Where Specifications name a product, or refer to a product indicated on Drawings, and include a list of manufacturers, provide the specified or indicated product or a comparable product by one of the other named manufacturers.

Drawings and Specifications indicate sizes, profiles, dimensions, and other characteristics that are based on the product named. Comply with requirements in "Comparable Products" Article for consideration of an unnamed product by one of the other named manufacturers.
a. For approval of products by unnamed manufacturers, comply with requirements in Section 01 2500 "Substitution Procedures" for substitutions for convenience.

C. Visual Matching Specification: Where Specifications require "match Architect's sample", provide a product that complies with requirements and matches Architect's sample. Architect's decision will be final on whether a proposed product matches.

1. If no product available within specified category matches and complies with other specified requirements, comply with requirements in Section 01 2500 "Substitution Procedures" for proposal of product.

D. Visual Selection Specification: Where Specifications include the phrase "as selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range" or similar phrase, select a product that complies with requirements. Architect will select color, gloss, pattern, density, or texture from manufacturer's product line that includes both standard and premium items.

E. Provide products complete with accessories, trim, finish, safety guards and other devices and details needed for complete installation for intended use and effect.

F. Products, which, by nature of their application, are likely to be needed at a later date for maintenance and repair or replacement work, shall be current models for which replacement parts are available.

8.d
November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 130
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01 6000 - 6
G. Product selection shall be done in accordance with the following requirements:

1. Standards, Codes and Regulations: Select from among products that are in compliance with the project requirements, as well as with construction standards, all applicable codes and regulations and sustainable design requirements.

2. Performance Requirements: Provide products that comply with specific performances indicated and are recommended by the manufacturer (in published product literature or by individual certification) for the application indicated.

3. Prescriptive Requirements: Provide products that have been produced in accordance with prescriptive requirements, using specified ingredients and components and complying with specified requirements for mixing, fabricating, curing, finishing, testing and other operations in the manufacturing process.

2.3 GENERAL ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS FOR PRODUCTS
A. Product selection shall be done in accordance with the following requirements:

1. Comply with Section 01 8116 “Low-Emitting Materials Restrictions.”

2. Avoidance of toxic materials: The Contractor will commit to not using the following toxic and hazardous materials:
a. Hazardous materials: Defined as pesticides, biocides, and carcinogens as listed by recognized authorities, such as the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), the International Agency for Research on Cancer (IARC) or regulated under OSHA Hazard Communication Standard, 29 CFR 1910.1200.
b. Harmful materials: Defined as materials which contain the presence of chemical, physical, or biological elements or agents which adversely affect human health or welfare; unfavorably alter ecological balances; or degrade the utility of the environment for aesthetic, cultural, or historical purposes. c. Asbestos: No products containing asbestos.
d. Lead:
1) Products containing lead content, including older or flux containing not more than 0.25 percent lead in wetted surfaces of pipes, pipe fittings, plumbing fittings, and fixtures, and 0.20% for solder or flux used in plumbing for water intended for human consumption.
2) Not more than 100 ppm (by weight) added lead in all other building materials.
e. Mercury:
1) No new mercury containing thermometers, switches and electrical relays. 2) ll lamps compliant with the low-mercury limits
3) Illuminated exit signs only use Light-Emitting Diode (LED) or Light-Emitting Capacitor (LEC) lamps.
4) No mercury vapor or probe-start metal halide high intensity discharge lamps.
f. Toxicity of prefabricated wood products (composite wood and agrifiber products):

Products shall contain no added urea-formaldehyde resins. 1) Laminating adhesives used to fabricate on-site and shop-applied composite wood and agrifiber assemblies shall contain no added urea-formaldehyde resins.
g. Sealants: Provide products that comply with specified VOC limits. Refer to Section 07 9200 – JOINT SEALANTS for additional requirements.
1) Sealants containing aromatic solvents, fibrous talc, formaldehyde, halogenated solvents, mercury, lead, cadmium, chromium and their compounds, are not permitted.
2) Avoid the use of the following products: Butyl Rubber; Solvent Acrylic; Neoprene; Styrene Butadiene Rubber; Nitril.

8.d
November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 131
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01 6000 - 7

3. Toxic Material Reduction: The Contractor will commit to avoiding the use of following toxic materials:
a. Halogenated flame retardants: Limit to 100ppm in the following categories to the extent allowable by local code:
1) Window and waterproofing membranes, door and window frames and siding.
2) Flooring, ceiling tiles and wall coverings.
3) Piping and electrical cables, conduits and junction boxes. b. Phthalate (Plasticizers) Limitation: DEHP, DBP, BBP, DINP, DIDP or DNOP (often found in polyvinyl chloride PVC) are limited in the following components to 0.01% (100 ppm):
1) Flooring, including resilient and hard surface flooring and carpet. 2) Wall coverings, window blinds and shades, shower curtains, furniture and upholstery.
3) Plumbing pipes and moisture barriers.
c. Isocyanate-Based Polyurethane Limitation: Isocyanate-based polyurethane products are not used in:
1) Interior finishes.
d. Urea-Formaldehyde Restriction: Urea-formaldehyde presence is limited in the following components to 100 ppm:
1) Furniture or any composite wood products.
2) Laminating adhesives and resins.
3) Thermal insulation.

2.4 COMPARABLE PRODUCTS
A. Conditions for Consideration: Architect will consider Contractor's request for comparable product when the following conditions are satisfied. If the following conditions are not satisfied, Architect may return requests without action, except to record noncompliance with these requirements:

1. Evidence that the proposed product does not require revisions to the Contract Documents, that it is consistent with the Contract Documents and will produce the indicated results, and that it is compatible with other portions of the Work.

2. Detailed comparison of significant qualities of proposed product with those named in the Specifications. Significant qualities include attributes such as performance, weight, size, durability, visual effect, and specific features and requirements indicated.

3. Evidence that proposed product provides specified warranty.

4. List of similar installations for completed projects with project names and addresses and names and addresses of architects and owners, if requested.

5. Samples, if requested.

B. Architect's Action on Comparable Products Submittal: If necessary, Architect will request additional information or documentation for evaluation, as specified in Section 01 3300 "Submittal Procedures."

1. Form of Approval of Submittal: As specified in Section 01 3300 "Submittal Procedures."

2. Use product specified if Architect does not issue a decision on use of a comparable product request within time allocated.

C. Submittal Requirements, Single-Step Process: When acceptable to Architect, incorporate specified submittal requirements of individual Specification Section in combined submittal for comparable products. Approval by the Architect of Contractor's request for use of comparable product and of individual submittal requirements will also satisfy other submittal requirements.

8.d
November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 132
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01 6000 - 8
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)

END OF SECTION

8.d
November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 133
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
EXECUTION 01 7300 - 1
SECTION 01 7300

EXECUTION
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes general administrative and procedural requirements governing execution of the Work including, but not limited to, the following:

1. Construction layout.

2. Field engineering and surveying.

3. Installation of the Work.

4. Cutting and patching.

5. Coordination of Owner-installed products.

6. Progress cleaning.

7. Starting and adjusting.

8. Protection of installed construction.

B. Related Requirements:

1. Section 01 1000 "Summary" for coordination of Owner-furnished products, and limits on use of Project site.

2. Section 01 3300 "Submittal Procedures" for submitting surveys.

3. Section 01 7700 "Closeout Procedures" for submitting final property survey with Project Record Documents, recording of Owner-accepted deviations from indicated lines and levels, and final cleaning.

4. Section 02 4119 "Selective Demolition" for demolition and removal of selected portions of the building.

5. Section 07 8413 "Penetration Firestopping" for patching penetrations in fire-rated construction.

1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Cutting: Removal of in-place construction necessary to permit installation or performance of other work.

B. Patching: Fitting and repair work required to restore construction to original conditions after installation of other work.

1.4 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS
A. Cutting and Patching Conference: Conduct conference at Project site.

1. Prior to commencing work requiring cutting and patching, review extent of cutting and patching anticipated and examine procedures for ensuring satisfactory result from cutting

8.d
November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 134
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
EXECUTION 01 7300 - 2
and patching work. Require representatives of each entity directly concerned with cutting and patching to attend, including the following:
a. Contractor's superintendent.
b. Trade supervisor responsible for cutting operations. c. Trade supervisor(s) responsible for patching of each type of substrate. d. Mechanical, electrical, and utilities subcontractors' supervisors, to the extent each trade is affecting by cutting and patching operations.

2. Review areas of potential interference and conflict. Coordinate procedures and resolve potential conflicts before proceeding.

1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Qualification Data: For land surveyor.

B. Certified Surveys: Submit two copies signed by land surveyor.

C. Certificates: Submit certificate signed by land surveyor certifying that location and elevation of improvements comply with requirements.

D. Cutting and Patching Plan: Submit plan describing procedures at least 10 days prior to the time cutting and patching will be performed. Include the following information:

1. Extent: Describe reason for and extent of each occurrence of cutting and patching.

2. Changes to In-Place Construction: Describe anticipated results. Include changes to structural elements and operating components as well as changes in building appearance and other significant visual elements.

3. Products: List products to be used for patching and firms or entities that will perform patching work.

4. Dates: Indicate when cutting and patching will be performed.

5. Utilities and Mechanical and Electrical Systems: List services and systems that cutting and patching procedures will disturb or affect. List services and systems that will be relocated and those that will be temporarily out of service. Indicate length of time permanent services and systems will be disrupted.
a. Include description of provisions for temporary services and systems during interruption of permanent services and systems.

E. Landfill Receipts: Submit copy of receipts issued by a landfill facility, licensed to accept hazardous materials, for hazardous waste disposal.

1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Land Surveyor Qualifications: A professional land surveyor who is legally qualified to practice in jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing land-surveying services of the kind indicated.

B. Cutting and Patching: Comply with requirements for and limitations on cutting and patching of construction elements.

1. Structural Elements: When cutting and patching structural elements, notify Architect of locations and details of cutting and await directions from Architect before proceeding.

Shore, brace, and support structural elements during cutting and patching. Do not cut and patch structural elements in a manner that could change their load-carrying capacity or increase deflection

2. Operational Elements: Do not cut and patch operating elements and related components in a manner that results in reducing their capacity to perform as intended or that results in

8.d
November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 135
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
EXECUTION 01 7300 - 3
increased maintenance or decreased operational life or safety. Operational elements include the following:
a. Primary operational systems and equipment.
b. Fire separation assemblies.
c. Air or smoke barriers.
d. Fire-suppression systems.
e. Plumbing piping systems.
f. Mechanical systems piping and ducts.
g. Control systems.
h. Communication systems.
i. Fire-detection and -alarm systems.
j. Conveying systems.
k. Electrical wiring systems.
l. Operating systems of special construction.

3. Other Construction Elements: Do not cut and patch other construction elements or components in a manner that could change their load-carrying capacity, that results in reducing their capacity to perform as intended, or that results in increased maintenance or decreased operational life or safety. Other construction elements include but are not limited to the following:
a. Water, moisture, or vapor barriers.
b. Membranes and flashings.
c. Exterior curtain-wall construction.
d. Sprayed fire-resistive material.
e. Equipment supports.
f. Piping, ductwork, vessels, and equipment.
g. Noise- and vibration-control elements and systems.

4. Visual Elements: Do not cut and patch construction in a manner that results in visual evidence of cutting and patching. Do not cut and patch exposed construction in a manner that would, in Architect's opinion, reduce the building's aesthetic qualities.

Remove and replace construction that has been cut and patched in a visually unsatisfactory manner.

C. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Obtain and maintain on-site manufacturer's written recommendations and instructions for installation of products and equipment.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS
A. General: Comply with requirements specified in other Sections.

1. For projects requiring compliance with sustainable design and construction practices and procedures, use products for patching that comply with sustainable design requirements B. In-Place Materials: Use materials for patching identical to in-place materials. For exposed surfaces, use materials that visually match in-place adjacent surfaces to the fullest extent possible.

1. If identical materials are unavailable or cannot be used, use materials that, when installed, will provide a match acceptable to Architect for the visual and functional performance of in-place materials.

C. Cleaning Agents: Use cleaning materials and agents recommended by manufacturer or fabricator of the surface to be cleaned. Do not use cleaning agents that are potentially hazardous to health or property or that might damage finished surfaces.

8.d
November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 136
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
EXECUTION 01 7300 - 4

1. Use cleaning products that comply with Green Seal's GS-37, or if GS-37 is not applicable, use products that comply with the California Code of Regulations maximum allowable VOC levels.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Existing Conditions: The existence and location of underground and other utilities and construction indicated as existing are not guaranteed. Before beginning sitework, investigate and verify the existence and location of underground utilities, mechanical and electrical systems, and other construction affecting the Work.

1. Before construction, verify the location and invert elevation at points of connection of sanitary sewer, storm sewer, and water-service piping; underground electrical services, and other utilities.

2. Furnish location data for work related to Project that must be performed by public utilities serving Project site.

B. Examination and Acceptance of Conditions: Before proceeding with each component of the Work, examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer or Applicator present where indicated, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance. Record observations.

1. Examine roughing-in for mechanical and electrical systems to verify actual locations of connections before equipment and fixture installation.

2. Examine walls, floors, and roofs for suitable conditions where products and systems are to be installed.

3. Verify compatibility with and suitability of substrates, including compatibility with existing finishes or primers.

C. Written Report: Where a written report listing conditions detrimental to performance of the Work is required by other Sections, include the following:

1. Description of the Work.

2. List of detrimental conditions, including substrates.

3. List of unacceptable installation tolerances.

4. Recommended corrections.

D. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. Proceeding with the Work indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions.

3.2 PREPARATION
A. Existing Utility Information: Furnish information to local utility that is necessary to adjust, move, or relocate existing utility structures, utility poles, lines, services, or other utility appurtenances located in or affected by construction. Coordinate with authorities having jurisdiction.

B. Field Measurements: Take field measurements as required to fit the Work properly. Recheck measurements before installing each product. Where portions of the Work are indicated to fit to other construction, verify dimensions of other construction by field measurements before fabrication. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the Work.

8.d
November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 137
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
EXECUTION 01 7300 - 5
C. Space Requirements: Verify space requirements and dimensions of items shown diagrammatically on Drawings.

D. Review of Contract Documents and Field Conditions: Immediately on discovery of the need for clarification of the Contract Documents caused by differing field conditions outside the control of Contractor, submit a request for information to Architect according to requirements in Section 01 3100 "Project Management and Coordination."

3.3 CONSTRUCTION LAYOUT
A. Verification: Before proceeding to lay out the Work, verify layout information shown on Drawings, in relation to the property survey and existing benchmarks. If discrepancies are discovered, notify Architect promptly.

B. General: Engage a land surveyor to lay out the Work using accepted surveying practices.

1. Establish benchmarks and control points to set lines and levels at each story of construction and elsewhere as needed to locate each element of Project.

2. Establish limits on use of Project site.

3. Establish dimensions within tolerances indicated. Do not scale Drawings to obtain required dimensions.

4. Inform installers of lines and levels to which they must comply.

5. Check the location, level and plumb, of every major element as the Work progresses.

6. Notify Architect when deviations from required lines and levels exceed allowable tolerances.

7. Close site surveys with an error of closure equal to or less than the standard established by authorities having jurisdiction.

C. Site Improvements: Locate and lay out site improvements, including pavements, grading, fill and topsoil placement, utility slopes, and rim and invert elevations.

D. Building Lines and Levels: Locate and lay out control lines and levels for structures, building foundations, column grids, and floor levels, including those required for mechanical and electrical work. Transfer survey markings and elevations for use with control lines and levels.

Level foundations and piers from two or more locations.

E. Record Log: Maintain a log of layout control work. Record deviations from required lines and levels. Include beginning and ending dates and times of surveys, weather conditions, name and duty of each survey party member, and types of instruments and tapes used. Make the log available for reference by Architect.

3.4 FIELD ENGINEERING
A. Identification: Owner will identify existing benchmarks, control points, and property corners.

B. Reference Points: Locate existing permanent benchmarks, control points, and similar reference points before beginning the Work. Preserve and protect permanent benchmarks and control points during construction operations.

1. Do not change or relocate existing benchmarks or control points without prior written approval of Architect. Report lost or destroyed permanent benchmarks or control points promptly. Report the need to relocate permanent benchmarks or control points to Architect before proceeding.

2. Replace lost or destroyed permanent benchmarks and control points promptly. Base replacements on the original survey control points.

8.d
November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 138
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
EXECUTION 01 7300 - 6
C. Benchmarks: Establish and maintain a minimum of two permanent benchmarks on Project site, referenced to data established by survey control points. Comply with authorities having jurisdiction for type and size of benchmark.

1. Record benchmark locations, with horizontal and vertical data, on Project Record Documents.

2. Where the actual location or elevation of layout points cannot be marked, provide temporary reference points sufficient to locate the Work.

3. Remove temporary reference points when no longer needed. Restore marked construction to its original condition.

D. Certified Survey: On completion of foundation walls, major site improvements, and other work requiring field-engineering services, prepare a certified survey showing dimensions, locations, angles, and elevations of construction and sitework.

E. Final Property Survey: Engage a land surveyor to prepare a final property survey showing significant features (real property) for Project. Include on the survey a certification, signed by land surveyor, that principal metes, bounds, lines, and levels of Project are accurately positioned as shown on the survey.

1. Show boundary lines, monuments, streets, site improvements and utilities, existing improvements and significant vegetation, adjoining properties, acreage, grade contours, and the distance and bearing from a site corner to a legal point.

2. Recording: At Substantial Completion, have the final property survey recorded by or with authorities having jurisdiction as the official "property survey."

3.5 INSTALLATION
A. General: Locate the Work and components of the Work accurately, in correct alignment and elevation, as indicated.

1. Make vertical work plumb and make horizontal work level.

2. Where space is limited, install components to maximize space available for maintenance and ease of removal for replacement.

3. Conceal pipes, ducts, and wiring in finished areas unless otherwise indicated.

4. Maintain minimum headroom clearance of 96 inches in occupied spaces and 90 inches in unoccupied spaces.

B. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations for installing products in applications indicated.

C. Install products at the time and under conditions that will ensure the best possible results.

Maintain conditions required for product performance until Substantial Completion.

D. Conduct construction operations so no part of the Work is subjected to damaging operations or loading in excess of that expected during normal conditions of occupancy.

E. Sequence the Work and allow adequate clearances to accommodate movement of construction items on site and placement in permanent locations.

F. Tools and Equipment: Do not use tools or equipment that produce harmful noise levels.

G. Templates: Obtain and distribute to the parties involved templates for work specified to be factory prepared and field installed. Check Shop Drawings of other work to confirm that adequate provisions are made for locating and installing products to comply with indicated requirements.

8.d
November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 139
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
EXECUTION 01 7300 - 7
H. Attachment: Provide blocking and attachment plates and anchors and fasteners of adequate size and number to securely anchor each component in place, accurately located and aligned with other portions of the Work. Where size and type of attachments are not indicated, verify size and type required for load conditions.

1. Mounting Heights: Where mounting heights are not indicated, mount components at heights directed by Architect.

2. Allow for building movement, including thermal expansion and contraction.

3. Coordinate installation of anchorages. Furnish setting drawings, templates, and directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts, anchor bolts, and items with integral anchors, that are to be embedded in concrete or masonry. Deliver such items to Project site in time for installation.

I. Joints: Make joints of uniform width. Where joint locations in exposed work are not indicated, arrange joints for the best visual effect. Fit exposed connections together to form hairline joints.

J. Repair or remove and replace damaged, defective, or nonconforming Work.

1. Comply with Section 01 7700 "Closeout Procedures" for repairing or removing and replacing defective Work.

K. Hazardous Materials: Use products, cleaners, and installation materials that are not considered hazardous.

3.6 CUTTING AND PATCHING
A. Cutting and Patching, General: Employ skilled workers to perform cutting and patching.

Proceed with cutting and patching at the earliest feasible time, and complete without delay.

1. Cut in-place construction to provide for installation of other components or performance of other construction, and subsequently patch as required to restore surfaces to their original condition.

B. Existing Warranties: Remove, replace, patch, and repair materials and surfaces cut or damaged during installation or cutting and patching operations, by methods and with materials so as not to void existing warranties.

C. Temporary Support: Provide temporary support of work to be cut.

D. Protection: Protect in-place construction during cutting and patching to prevent damage.

Provide protection from adverse weather conditions for portions of Project that might be exposed during cutting and patching operations.

E. Existing Utility Services and Mechanical/Electrical Systems: Where existing services/systems are required to be removed, relocated, or abandoned, bypass such services/systems before cutting to prevent interruption to occupied areas.

F. Cutting: Cut in-place construction by sawing, drilling, breaking, chipping, grinding, and similar operations, including excavation, using methods least likely to damage elements retained or adjoining construction. If possible, review proposed procedures with original Installer; comply with original Installer's written recommendations.

1. In general, use hand or small power tools designed for sawing and grinding, not hammering and chopping. Cut holes and slots neatly to minimum size required, and with minimum disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover openings when not in use.

2. Finished Surfaces: Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces.

3. Concrete and Masonry: Cut using a cutting machine, such as an abrasive saw or a diamond-core drill.

8.d
November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 140
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
EXECUTION 01 7300 - 8

4. Excavating and Backfilling: Comply with requirements in applicable Sections where required by cutting and patching operations.

5. Mechanical and Electrical Services: Cut off pipe or conduit in walls or partitions to be removed. Cap, valve, or plug and seal remaining portion of pipe or conduit to prevent entrance of moisture or other foreign matter after cutting.

6. Proceed with patching after construction operations requiring cutting are complete.

G. Patching: Patch construction by filling, repairing, refinishing, closing up, and similar operations following performance of other work. Patch with durable seams that are as invisible as practicable. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other Sections, where applicable.

1. Inspection: Where feasible, test and inspect patched areas after completion to demonstrate physical integrity of installation.

2. Exposed Finishes: Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finish restoration into retained adjoining construction in a manner that will minimize evidence of patching and refinishing.
a. Clean piping, conduit, and similar features before applying paint or other finishing materials.
b. Restore damaged pipe covering to its original condition.

3. Floors and Walls: Where walls or partitions that are removed extend one finished area into another, patch and repair floor and wall surfaces in the new space. Provide an even surface of uniform finish, color, texture, and appearance. Remove in-place floor and wall coverings and replace with new materials, if necessary, to achieve uniform color and appearance.
a. Where patching occurs in a painted surface, prepare substrate and apply primer and intermediate paint coats appropriate for substrate over the patch, and apply final paint coat over entire unbroken surface containing the patch. Provide additional coats until patch blends with adjacent surfaces.

4. Ceilings: Patch, repair, or rehang in-place ceilings as necessary to provide an evenplane surface of uniform appearance.

5. Exterior Building Enclosure: Patch components in a manner that restores enclosure to a weathertight condition and ensures thermal and moisture integrity of building enclosure.

H. Cleaning: Clean areas and spaces where cutting and patching are performed. Remove paint, mortar, oils, putty, and similar materials from adjacent finished surfaces.

3.7 OWNER-INSTALLED PRODUCTS
A. Site Access: Provide access to Project site for Owner's construction personnel.

1. Provide temporary facilities required for Owner-furnished, Contractor-installed products.

2. Refer to Section 01 1000 "Summary" for other requirements for Owner-furnished, Contractor-installed products
B. Coordination: Coordinate construction and operations of the Work with work performed by Owner's construction personnel.

1. Construction Schedule: Inform Owner of Contractor's preferred construction schedule for Owner's portion of the Work. Adjust construction schedule based on a mutually agreeable timetable. Notify Owner if changes to schedule are required due to differences in actual construction progress.

2. Preinstallation Conferences: Include Owner's construction personnel at preinstallation conferences covering portions of the Work that are to receive Owner's work. Attend preinstallation conferences conducted by Owner's construction personnel if portions of the Work depend on Owner's construction.

8.d
November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 141
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
EXECUTION 01 7300 - 9

3.8 PROGRESS CLEANING
A. General: Clean Project site and work areas daily, including common areas. Enforce requirements strictly. Dispose of materials lawfully.

1. Comply with requirements in NFPA 241 for removal of combustible waste materials and debris.

2. Do not hold waste materials more than seven days during normal weather or three days if the temperature is expected to rise above 80 deg F.

3. Containerize hazardous and unsanitary waste materials separately from other waste.

Mark containers appropriately and dispose of legally, according to regulations. a. Use containers intended for holding waste materials of type to be stored.

4. Coordinate progress cleaning for joint-use areas where Contractor and other contractors are working concurrently.

B. Site: Maintain Project site free of waste materials and debris.

C. Work Areas: Clean areas where work is in progress to the level of cleanliness necessary for proper execution of the Work.

1. Remove liquid spills promptly.

2. Where dust would impair proper execution of the Work, broom-clean or vacuum the entire work area, as appropriate.

D. Installed Work: Keep installed work clean. Clean installed surfaces according to written instructions of manufacturer or fabricator of product installed, using only cleaning materials specifically recommended. If specific cleaning materials are not recommended, use cleaning materials that are not hazardous to health or property and that will not damage exposed surfaces.

E. Concealed Spaces: Remove debris from concealed spaces before enclosing the space.

F. Exposed Surfaces in Finished Areas: Clean exposed surfaces and protect as necessary to ensure freedom from damage and deterioration at time of Substantial Completion.

G. Waste Disposal: Do not bury or burn waste materials on-site. Do not wash waste materials down sewers or into waterways. Comply with waste disposal requirements in Section 01 7419 "Construction Waste Management and Disposal."
H. During handling and installation, clean and protect construction in progress and adjoining materials already in place. Apply protective covering where required to ensure protection from damage or deterioration at Substantial Completion.

I. Clean and provide maintenance on completed construction as frequently as necessary through the remainder of the construction period. Adjust and lubricate operable components to ensure operability without damaging effects.

J. Limiting Exposures: Supervise construction operations to assure that no part of the construction, completed or in progress, is subject to harmful, dangerous, damaging, or otherwise deleterious exposure during the construction period.

3.9 STARTING AND ADJUSTING
A. Coordinate startup and adjusting of equipment and operating components with requirements in Section 01 9113 "General Commissioning Requirements."

8.d
November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 142
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
EXECUTION 01 7300 - 10
B. Start equipment and operating components to confirm proper operation. Remove malfunctioning units, replace with new units, and retest.

C. Adjust equipment for proper operation. Adjust operating components for proper operation without binding.

D. Test each piece of equipment to verify proper operation. Test and adjust controls and safeties.

Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment.

E. Manufacturer's Field Service: Comply with qualification requirements in Section 01 4000 "Quality Requirements."

3.10 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED CONSTRUCTION
A. Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure installed Work is without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion.

B. Repair Work previously completed and subsequently damaged during construction period.

Repair to like-new condition.

C. Protection of Existing Items: Provide protection and ensure that existing items to remain undisturbed by construction are maintained in condition that existed at commencement of the Work.

D. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for temperature and relative humidity.

END OF SECTION

8.d
November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 143
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL 01 7419 - 1
SECTION 01 7419

CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for the following:

1. Salvaging nonhazardous demolition and construction waste.

2. Recycling nonhazardous demolition and construction waste.

3. Disposing of nonhazardous demolition and construction waste.

B. Related Requirements:

1. Section 02 4119 "Selective Demolition" for disposition of waste resulting from partial demolition of buildings, structures, and site improvements.

2. Section 04 2000 "Unit Masonry" for disposal requirements for masonry waste.

3. Section 04 4313 "Anchored Stone Masonry Veneer" for disposal requirements for excess stone and stone waste.

4. Section 31 1000 "Site Clearing" for disposition of waste resulting from site clearing and removal of above- and below-grade improvements.

1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Construction Waste: Building and site improvement materials and other solid waste resulting from construction, remodeling, renovation, or repair operations. Construction waste includes packaging.

B. Demolition Waste: Building and site improvement materials resulting from demolition or selective demolition operations.

C. Disposal: Removal off-site of demolition and construction waste and subsequent sale, recycling, reuse, or deposit in landfill or incinerator acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.

D. Recycle: Recovery of demolition or construction waste for subsequent processing in preparation for reuse.

E. Salvage: Recovery of demolition or construction waste and subsequent sale or reuse in another facility.

F. Salvage and Reuse: Recovery of demolition or construction waste and subsequent incorporation into the Work.

8.d
November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 144
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL 01 7419 - 2

1.4 MATERIALS OWNERSHIP
A. Unless otherwise indicated, demolition and construction waste becomes property of Contractor.

1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Waste Management Plan: Submit plan within 30 days of date established for commencement of the Work.

1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Waste Reduction Progress Reports: Concurrent with each Application for Payment, submit report. Use Form CWM-7 for construction waste and Form CWM-8 for demolition waste. Include the following information:

1. Material category.

2. Generation point of waste.

3. Total quantity of waste by weight or volume.

4. Quantity of waste salvaged, both estimated and actual by weight or volume.

5. Quantity of waste recycled, both estimated and actual by weight or volume.

6. Total quantity of waste recovered (salvaged plus recycled) by weight or volume.

7. Total quantity of waste recovered (salvaged plus recycled) as a percentage of total waste.

B. Waste Reduction Calculations: Before request for Substantial Completion, submit calculated end-of-Project rates for salvage, recycling, and disposal as a percentage of total waste generated by the Work.

C. Records of Donations: Indicate receipt and acceptance of salvageable waste donated to individuals and organizations. Indicate whether organization is tax exempt.

D. Records of Sales: Indicate receipt and acceptance of salvageable waste sold to individuals and organizations. Indicate whether organization is tax exempt.

E. Recycling and Processing Facility Records: Indicate receipt and acceptance of recyclable waste by recycling and processing facilities licensed to accept them. Include manifests, weight tickets, receipts, and invoices.

F. Landfill and Incinerator Disposal Records: Indicate receipt and acceptance of waste by landfills and incinerator facilities licensed to accept them. Include manifests, weight tickets, receipts, and invoices.

G. Qualification Data: For waste management coordinator and refrigerant recovery technician.

H. Statement of Refrigerant Recovery: Signed by refrigerant recovery technician responsible for recovering refrigerant, stating that all refrigerant that was present was recovered and that recovery was performed according to EPA regulations. Include name and address of technician and date refrigerant was recovered.

8.d
November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 145
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL 01 7419 - 3

1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Waste Management Coordinator Qualifications: Experienced firm, with a record of successful waste management coordination of projects with similar requirements.

1. Firm employs a LEED-Accredited Professional, certified by the USGBC, as waste management coordinator.

2. Waste management coordinator may also serve as LEED coordinator.

B. Refrigerant Recovery Technician Qualifications: Certified by EPA-approved certification program.

C. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with hauling and disposal regulations of authorities having jurisdiction.

D. Waste Management Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Section 01 3100 "Project Management and Coordination." Review methods and procedures related to waste management including, but not limited to, the following:

1. Review and discuss waste management plan including responsibilities of waste management coordinator.

2. Review requirements for documenting quantities of each type of waste and its disposition.

3. Review and finalize procedures for materials separation and verify availability of containers and bins needed to avoid delays.

4. Review procedures for periodic waste collection and transportation to recycling and disposal facilities.

5. Review waste management requirements for each trade.

1.8 WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN
A. General: Develop a waste management plan according to ASTM E 1609 and requirements in this Section. Plan shall consist of waste identification, waste reduction work plan, and cost/revenue analysis. Distinguish between demolition and construction waste. Indicate quantities by weight or volume, but use same units of measure throughout waste management plan.

B. Waste Identification: Indicate anticipated types and quantities of demolition site-clearing and construction waste generated by the Work. Use Form CWM-1 for construction waste and Form CWM-2 for demolition waste. Include estimated quantities and assumptions for estimates.

C. Waste Reduction Work Plan: List each type of waste and whether it will be salvaged, recycled, or disposed of in landfill or incinerator. Use Form CWM-3 for construction waste and Form CWM-4 for demolition waste or other approved form. Include points of waste generation, total quantity of each type of waste, quantity for each means of recovery, and handling and transportation procedures.

1. Salvaged Materials for Reuse: For materials that will be salvaged and reused in this Project, describe methods for preparing salvaged materials before incorporation into the Work.

2. Salvaged Materials for Sale: For materials that will be sold to individuals and organizations, include list of their names, addresses, and telephone numbers.

3. Salvaged Materials for Donation: For materials that will be donated to individuals and organizations, include list of their names, addresses, and telephone numbers.

4. Recycled Materials: Include list of local receivers and processors and type of recycled materials each will accept. Include names, addresses, and telephone numbers.

8.d
November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 146
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL 01 7419 - 4

5. Disposed Materials: Indicate how and where materials will be disposed of. Include name, address, and telephone number of each landfill and incinerator facility.

6. Handling and Transportation Procedures: Include method that will be used for separating recyclable waste including sizes of containers, container labeling, and designated location where materials separation will be performed.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)

2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. General: Achieve end-of-Project rates for salvage/recycling of 75 percent by weight of total nonhazardous solid waste generated by the Work. Practice efficient waste management in the use of materials in the course of the Work. Use all reasonable means to divert construction and demolition waste from landfills and incinerators. Facilitate recycling and salvage of materials, including the following:

1. Demolition Waste:
a. Asphalt paving.
b. Concrete.
c. Concrete reinforcing steel.
d. Brick.
e. Concrete masonry units.
f. Wood studs.
g. Wood joists.
h. Plywood and oriented strand board.
i. Wood paneling.
j. Wood trim.
k. Structural and miscellaneous steel.
l. Rough hardware.
m. Roofing.
n. Insulation.
o. Doors and frames.
p. Door hardware.
q. Windows.
r. Glazing.
s. Metal studs.
t. Gypsum board.
u. Acoustical tile and panels.
v. Carpet.
w. Carpet pad.
x. Demountable partitions.
y. Equipment.
z. Cabinets.
aa. Plumbing fixtures.
bb. Piping.
cc. Supports and hangers.
dd. Valves.
ee. Sprinklers.
ff. Mechanical equipment.
gg. Refrigerants.
hh. Electrical conduit.
ii. Copper wiring.
jj. Lighting fixtures.
kk. Lamps.

8.d
November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 147
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL 01 7419 - 5
ll. Ballasts.
mm. Electrical devices.
nn. Switchgear and panelboards.
oo. Transformers.

2. Construction Waste:
a. Masonry and CMU.
b. Lumber.
c. Wood sheet materials.
d. Wood trim.
e. Metals.
f. Roofing.
g. Insulation.
h. Carpet and pad.
i. Gypsum board.
j. Piping.
k. Electrical conduit.
l. Packaging: Regardless of salvage/recycle goal indicated in "General" Paragraph above, salvage or recycle 100 percent of the following uncontaminated packaging materials:
1) Paper.
2) Cardboard.
3) Boxes.
4) Plastic sheet and film.
5) Polystyrene packaging.
6) Wood crates.
7) Wood pallets.
8) Plastic pails.
m. Construction Office Waste: Regardless of salvage/recycle goal indicated in "General" Paragraph above, salvage or recycle 100 percent of the following construction office waste materials:
1) Paper.
2) Aluminum cans.
3) Glass containers.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 PLAN IMPLEMENTATION
A. General: Implement approved waste management plan. Provide handling, containers, storage, signage, transportation, and other items as required to implement waste management plan during the entire duration of the Contract.

1. Comply with operation, termination, and removal requirements in Section 01 5000 "Temporary Facilities and Controls."
B. Waste Management Coordinator: Engage a waste management coordinator to be responsible for implementing, monitoring, and reporting status of waste management work plan.

C. Training: Train workers, subcontractors, and suppliers on proper waste management procedures, as appropriate for the Work.

1. Distribute waste management plan to everyone concerned within three days of submittal return.

2. Distribute waste management plan to entities when they first begin work on-site. Review plan procedures and locations established for salvage, recycling, and disposal.

8.d
November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 148
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL 01 7419 - 6
D. Site Access and Temporary Controls: Conduct waste management operations to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks, walkways, and other adjacent occupied and used facilities.

1. Designate and label specific areas on Project site necessary for separating materials that are to be salvaged, recycled, reused, donated, and sold.

2. Comply with Section 01 5000 "Temporary Facilities and Controls" for controlling dust and dirt, environmental protection, and noise control.

3.2 SALVAGING DEMOLITION WASTE
A. Comply with requirements in Section 024119 "Selective Demolition" for salvaging demolition waste.

B. Salvaged Items for Reuse in the Work: Salvage items for reuse and handle as follows:

1. Clean salvaged items.

2. Pack or crate items after cleaning. Identify contents of containers with label indicating elements, date of removal, quantity, and location where removed.

3. Store items in a secure area until installation.

4. Protect items from damage during transport and storage.

5. Install salvaged items to comply with installation requirements for new materials and equipment. Provide connections, supports, and miscellaneous materials necessary to make items functional for use indicated.

C. Salvaged Items for Sale and Donation: Not permitted on Project site.

D. Salvaged Items for Owner's Use: Salvage items for Owner's use and handle as follows:

1. Clean salvaged items.

2. Pack or crate items after cleaning. Identify contents of containers with label indicating elements, date of removal, quantity, and location where removed.

3. Store items in a secure area until delivery to Owner.

4. Transport items to Owner's storage area designated by Owner.

5. Protect items from damage during transport and storage.

E. Doors and Hardware: Brace open end of door frames. Except for removing door closers, leave door hardware attached to doors.

F. Equipment: Drain tanks, piping, and fixtures. Seal openings with caps or plugs. Protect equipment from exposure to weather.

G. Plumbing Fixtures: Separate by type and size.

H. Lighting Fixtures: Separate lamps by type and protect from breakage.

I. Electrical Devices: Separate switches, receptacles, switchgear, transformers, meters, panelboards, circuit breakers, and other devices by type.

3.3 RECYCLING DEMOLITION AND CONSTRUCTION WASTE, GENERAL A. General: Recycle paper and beverage containers used by on-site workers.

B. Recycling Incentives: Revenues, savings, rebates, tax credits, and other incentives received for recycling waste materials shall be shared equally by Owner and Contractor.

8.d
November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 149
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL 01 7419 - 7
C. Preparation of Waste: Prepare and maintain recyclable waste materials according to recycling or reuse facility requirements. Maintain materials free of dirt, adhesives, solvents, petroleum contamination, and other substances deleterious to the recycling process.

D. Procedures: Separate recyclable waste from other waste materials, trash, and debris.

Separate recyclable waste by type at Project site to the maximum extent practical according to approved construction waste management plan.

1. Provide appropriately marked containers or bins for controlling recyclable waste until removed from Project site. Include list of acceptable and unacceptable materials at each container and bin.
a. Inspect containers and bins for contamination and remove contaminated materials if found.

2. Stockpile processed materials on-site without intermixing with other materials. Place, grade, and shape stockpiles to drain surface water. Cover to prevent windblown dust.

3. Stockpile materials away from construction area. Do not store within drip line of remaining trees.

4. Store components off the ground and protect from the weather.

5. Remove recyclable waste from Owner's property and transport to recycling receiver or processor.

3.4 RECYCLING DEMOLITION WASTE
A. Asphalt Paving: Break up and transport paving to asphalt-recycling facility.

B. Concrete: Remove reinforcement and other metals from concrete and sort with other metals.

1. Pulverize concrete to maximum 4-inch size.

C. Masonry: Remove metal reinforcement, anchors, and ties from masonry and sort with other metals.

1. Pulverize masonry to maximum 4-inch size.

2. Clean and stack undamaged, whole masonry units on wood pallets.

D. Wood Materials: Sort and stack members according to size, type, and length. Separate lumber, engineered wood products, panel products, and treated wood materials.

E. Metals: Separate metals by type.

1. Structural Steel: Stack members according to size, type of member, and length.

2. Remove and dispose of bolts, nuts, washers, and other rough hardware.

F. Asphalt Shingle Roofing: Separate organic and glass-fiber asphalt shingles and felts. Remove and dispose of nails, staples, and accessories.

G. Gypsum Board: Stack large clean pieces on wood pallets or in container and store in a dry location. Remove edge trim and sort with other metals. Remove and dispose of fasteners.

H. Acoustical Ceiling Panels and Tile: Stack large clean pieces on wood pallets and store in a dry location.

I. Metal Suspension System: Separate metal members including trim, and other metals from acoustical panels and tile and sort with other metals.

J. Carpet and Pad: Roll large pieces tightly after removing debris, trash, adhesive, and tack strips.

1. Store clean, dry carpet and pad in a closed container or trailer provided by Carpet Reclamation Agency or carpet recycler.

8.d
November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 150
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL 01 7419 - 8
K. Carpet Tile: Remove debris, trash, and adhesive.

1. Stack tile on pallet and store clean, dry carpet in a closed container or trailer provided by Carpet Reclamation Agency or carpet recycler.

L. Piping: Reduce piping to straight lengths and store by type and size. Separate supports, hangers, valves, sprinklers, and other components by type and size.

M. Conduit: Reduce conduit to straight lengths and store by type and size.

N. Lamps: Separate lamps by type and store according to requirements in 40 CFR 273.

3.5 RECYCLING CONSTRUCTION WASTE
A. Packaging:

1. Cardboard and Boxes: Break down packaging into flat sheets. Bundle and store in a dry location.

2. Polystyrene Packaging: Separate and bag materials.

3. Pallets: As much as possible, require deliveries using pallets to remove pallets from Project site. For pallets that remain on-site, break down pallets into component wood pieces and comply with requirements for recycling wood.

4. Crates: Break down crates into component wood pieces and comply with requirements for recycling wood.

B. Wood Materials:

1. Clean Cut-Offs of Lumber: Grind or chip into small pieces.

2. Clean Sawdust: Bag sawdust that does not contain painted or treated wood.

C. Gypsum Board: Stack large clean pieces on wood pallets or in container and store in a dry location.

D. Paint: Seal containers and store by type.

3.6 DISPOSAL OF WASTE
A. General: Except for items or materials to be salvaged, recycled, or otherwise reused, remove waste materials from Project site and legally dispose of them in a landfill or incinerator acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.

1. Except as otherwise specified, do not allow waste materials that are to be disposed of accumulate on-site.

2. Remove and transport debris in a manner that will prevent spillage on adjacent surfaces and areas.

B. Burning: Do not burn waste materials.

C. Disposal: Remove waste materials from Owner's property and legally dispose of them.

3.7 ATTACHMENTS
A. Form CWM-1 for construction waste identification.

B. Form CWM-2 for demolition waste identification.

8.d
November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 151
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL 01 7419 - 9
C. Form CWM-3 for construction waste reduction work plan.

D. Form CWM-4 for demolition waste reduction work plan.

E. Form CWM-7 for construction waste
F. Form CWM-8 for demolition waste.

END OF SECTION

8.d
November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 152
FORM CWM-1: CONSTRUCTION WASTE IDENTIFICATION
MATERIAL CATEGORY GENERATION POINT EST. QUANTITY OF MATERIALS RECEIVED* (A) EST. WASTE - % (B) TOTAL EST. QUANTITY OF WASTE* (C = A x B) EST. VOLUME CY (CM) EST. WEIGHT TONS (TONNES) REMARKS AND ASSUMPTIONS Packaging: Cardboard Packaging: Boxes Packaging: Plastic Sheet or FilmPackaging: Polystyrene Packaging: Pallets or Skids Packaging: Crates Packaging: Paint Cans Packaging: Plastic Pails Site-Clearing Waste Masonry or CMU Lumber: Cut-Offs Lumber: Warped Pieces Plywood or OSB (scraps) Wood Forms Wood Waste Chutes Wood Trim (cut-offs) Metals Insulation Roofing Joint Sealant Tubes Gypsum Board (scraps) Carpet and Pad (scraps) Piping Electrical Conduit Other:
* Insert units of measure.

November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 153
FORM CWM-2: DEMOLITION WASTE IDENTIFICATION
MATERIAL DESCRIPTION EST. QUANTITY EST. VOLUME CY (CM) EST. WEIGHT TONS (TONNES) REMARKS AND ASSUMPTIONS Asphaltic Concrete PavingConcreteBrickCMULumberPlywood and OSBWood PanelingWood TrimMiscellaneous MetalsStructural SteelRough HardwareInsulationRoofingDoors and FramesDoor HardwareWindowsGlazingAcoustical TileCarpetCarpet PadDemountable PartitionsEquipmentCabinetsPlumbing FixturesPipingPiping Supports and HangersValvesSprinklersMechanical EquipmentElectrical ConduitCopper WiringLight FixturesLampsLighting BallastsElectrical DevicesSwitchgear and PanelboardsTransformersOther:

FORM CWM-3: CONSTRUCTION WASTE REDUCTION WORK PLAN

MATERIAL CATEGORY GENERATION POINT
TOTAL EST.

QUANTITY

OF WASTE

TONS (TONNES)

DISPOSAL METHOD AND QUANTITY

HANDLING AND TRANSPORTION

PROCEDURES
EST. AMOUNT

SALVAGED

TONS (TONNES)
EST. AMOUNT

RECYCLED

TONS (TONNES)
EST. AMOUNT

DISPOSED TO LANDFILL

TONS (TONNES)
Packaging: Cardboard Packaging: Boxes Packaging: Plastic Sheet or FilmPackaging: Polystyrene Packaging: Pallets or Skids Packaging: Crates Packaging: Paint Cans Packaging: Plastic Pails Site-Clearing Waste Masonry or CMU Lumber: Cut-Offs Lumber: Warped Pieces Plywood or OSB (scraps) Wood Forms Wood Waste Chutes Wood Trim (cut-offs) Metals Insulation Roofing Joint Sealant Tubes Gypsum Board (scraps) Carpet and Pad (scraps) Piping Electrical Conduit Other:

November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 155
FORM CWM-4: DEMOLITION WASTE REDUCTION WORK PLAN

MATERIAL CATEGORY GENERATION POINT
TOTAL EST.

QUANTITY

OF WASTE

TONS (TONNES)

DISPOSAL METHOD AND QUANTITY

HANDLING AND TRANSPORTION

PROCEDURES
EST. AMOUNT

SALVAGED

TONS (TONNES)
EST. AMOUNT

RECYCLED

TONS (TONNES)
EST. AMOUNT

DISPOSED TO

LANDFILL

TONS (TONNES)
Asphaltic Concrete PavingConcreteBrickCMULumberPlywood and OSBWood PanelingWood Tri m
Miscellaneous MetalsStructural SteelRough HardwareInsulationRoofingDoors and FramesDoor HardwareWindowsGlazingAcoustical TileCarpetCarpet PadDemountable PartitionsEquipmentCabinetsPlumbing FixturesPipingSupports and HangersValvesSprinklersMechanical EquipmentElectrical ConduitCopper WiringLight FixturesLampsLighting BallastsElectrical DevicesSwitchgear and PanelboardsTransformersOther:

FORM CWM-7: CONSTRUCTION WASTE REDUCTION PROGRESS REPORT

MATERIAL CATEGORY

GENERATIO
N
POINT
TOTAL

QUANTITY

OF WASTE

TONS (TONNES)
(A)

QUANTITY OF WASTE SALVAGED QUANTITY OF WASTE RECYCLED TOTAL

QUANTITY OF
WASTE

RECOVERED

TONS (TONNES)
(D = B + C)
TOTAL

QUANTITY

OF WASTE

RECOVERED
%
(D / A x 100)

ESTIMATED

TONS (TONNES)
ACTUAL

TONS (TONNES)
(B)

ESTIMATED

TONS (TONNES)
ACTUAL

TONS (TONNES)
(C)
Packaging: Cardboard Packaging: Boxes Packaging: Plastic Sheet or Fil m
Packaging: Polystyrene Packaging: Pallets or Skids Packaging: Crates Packaging: Paint Cans Packaging: Plastic Pails Site-Clearing Waste Masonry or CMU Lumber: Cut-Offs Lumber: Warped Pieces Plywood or OSB (scraps) Wood Forms Wood Waste Chutes Wood Trim (cut-offs) Metals Insulation Roofing Joint Sealant Tubes Gypsum Board (scraps) Carpet and Pad (scraps) Piping Electrical Conduit Other:

FORM CWM-8: DEMOLITION WASTE REDUCTION PROGRESS REPORT

MATERIAL CATEGORY GENERATION POINT

TOTAL QUANTITY

OF WASTE

TONS (TONNES)
(A)

QUANTITY OF WASTE

SALVAGED

QUANTITY OF WASTE

RECYCLED
TOTAL

QUANTITY OF
WASTE

RECOVERED

TONS (TONNES)
(D = B + C)
TOTAL

QUANTITY

OF WASTE

RECOVERED
%
(D / A x 100)

ESTIMATED
TONS
(TONNES)
ACTUAL
TONS
(TONNES)
(B)

ESTIMATED
TONS
(TONNES)
ACTUAL

TONS (TONNES)
(C)
Asphaltic Concrete PavingConcreteBrickCMULumberPlywood and OSBWood PanelingWood Tri m
Miscellaneous MetalsStructural SteelRough HardwareInsulationRoofingDoors and FramesDoor HardwareWindowsGlazingAcoustical TileCarpetCarpet PadDemountable PartitionsEquipmentCabinetsPlumbing FixturesPipingSupports and HangersValvesSprinklersMechanical EquipmentElectrical ConduitCopper WiringLight FixturesLampsLighting BallastsElectrical DevicesSwitchgear and PanelboardsTransformersOther:
* * * * *
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01 7700 - 1
SECTION 01 7700

CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for contract closeout, including, but not limited to, the following:

1. Substantial Completion procedures.

2. Final completion procedures.

3. Warranties.

4. Final cleaning.

B. Related Requirements:

1. Section 01 3233 "Photographic Documentation" for submitting final completion construction photographic documentation.

2. Section 01 7823 "Operation and Maintenance Data" for operation and maintenance manual requirements.

3. Section 01 7839 "Project Record Documents" for submitting record Drawings, record Specifications, and record Product Data.

4. Section 01 7900 "Demonstration and Training" for requirements for instructing Owner's personnel.

1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. List of Incomplete Items: Contractor-prepared list of items to be completed or corrected, prepared for the Architect's use prior to Architect's inspection, to determine if the Work is substantially complete.

1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For cleaning agents.

B. Contractor's List of Incomplete Items: Initial submittal at Substantial Completion.

C. Certified List of Incomplete Items: Final submittal at Final Completion.

1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Certificates of Release: From authorities having jurisdiction.

8.d
November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 159
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01 7700 - 2
B. Certificate of Insurance: For continuing coverage.

C. Field Report: For pest control inspection.

1.6 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS
A. Schedule of Maintenance Material Items: For maintenance material submittal items specified in other Sections.

1.7 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION PROCEDURES
A. Contractor's List of Incomplete Items: Prepare and submit a list of items to be completed and corrected (Contractor's punch list), indicating the value of each item on the list and reasons why the Work is incomplete.

B. Submittals Prior to Substantial Completion: Complete the following a minimum of 10 days prior to requesting inspection for determining date of Substantial Completion. List items below that are incomplete at time of request.

1. Certificates of Release: Obtain and submit releases from authorities having jurisdiction permitting Owner unrestricted use of the Work and access to services and utilities.

Include occupancy permits, operating certificates, and similar releases.

2. Submit closeout submittals specified in other Division 01 Sections, including project record documents, operation and maintenance manuals, final completion construction photographic documentation, damage or settlement surveys, property surveys, and similar final record information.

3. Submit closeout submittals specified in individual Sections, including specific warranties, workmanship bonds, maintenance service agreements, final certifications, and similar documents.

4. Submit maintenance material submittals specified in individual Sections, including tools, spare parts, extra materials, and similar items, and deliver to location designated by Architect. Label with manufacturer's name and model number. a. Schedule of Maintenance Material Items: Prepare and submit schedule of maintenance material submittal items, including name and quantity of each item and name and number of related Specification Section. Obtain Architect's signature for receipt of submittals.

5. Submit test/adjust/balance records.

6. Submit sustainable design submittals not previously submitted.

7. Submit changeover information related to Owner's occupancy, use, operation, and maintenance.

C. Procedures Prior to Substantial Completion: Complete the following a minimum of 10 days prior to requesting inspection for determining date of Substantial Completion. List items below that are incomplete at time of request.

1. Advise Owner of pending insurance changeover requirements.

2. Make final changeover of permanent locks and deliver keys to Owner. Advise Owner's personnel of changeover in security provisions.

3. Complete startup and testing of systems and equipment.

4. Perform preventive maintenance on equipment used prior to Substantial Completion.

5. Instruct Owner's personnel in operation, adjustment, and maintenance of products, equipment, and systems. Submit demonstration and training video recordings specified in Section 01 7900 "Demonstration and Training."

6. Advise Owner of changeover in heat and other utilities.

8.d
November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 160
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01 7700 - 3

7. Participate with Owner in conducting inspection and walkthrough with local emergency responders.

8. Terminate and remove temporary facilities from Project site, along with mockups, construction tools, and similar elements.

9. Complete final cleaning requirements, including touchup painting.

10. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred exposed finishes to eliminate visual defects.

D. Inspection: Submit a written request for inspection to determine Substantial Completion a minimum of 10 days prior to date the work will be completed and ready for final inspection and tests. On receipt of request, Architect will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled requirements. Architect will prepare the Certificate of Substantial Completion after inspection or will notify Contractor of items, either on Contractor's list or additional items identified by Architect, that must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued.

1. Reinspection: Request reinspection when the Work identified in previous inspections as incomplete is completed or corrected.

2. Results of completed inspection will form the basis of requirements for final completion.

1.8 FINAL COMPLETION PROCEDURES
A. Submittals Prior to Final Completion: Before requesting final inspection for determining final completion, complete the following:

1. Submit a final Application for Payment according to Section 01 2900 "Payment Procedures."

2. Certified List of Incomplete Items: Submit certified copy of Architect's Substantial Completion inspection list of items to be completed or corrected (punch list), endorsed and dated by Architect. Certified copy of the list shall state that each item has been completed or otherwise resolved for acceptance.

3. Certificate of Insurance: Submit evidence of final, continuing insurance coverage complying with insurance requirements.

4. Submit pest-control final inspection report.

5. Submit final completion photographic documentation.

B. Inspection: Submit a written request for final inspection to determine acceptance a minimum of 10 days prior to date the work will be completed and ready for final inspection and tests. On receipt of request, Architect will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled requirements. Architect will prepare a final Certificate for Payment after inspection or will notify Contractor of construction that must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued.

1. Reinspection: Request reinspection when the Work identified in previous inspections as incomplete is completed or corrected.

1.9 LIST OF INCOMPLETE ITEMS (PUNCH LIST)
A. Organization of List: Include name and identification of each space and area affected by construction operations for incomplete items and items needing correction including, if necessary, areas disturbed by Contractor that are outside the limits of construction.

1. Organize list of spaces in sequential order, starting with exterior areas first and proceeding from lowest floor to highest floor.

2. Organize items applying to each space by major element, including categories for ceiling, individual walls, floors, equipment, and building systems.

3. Include the following information at the top of each page:
a. Project name.
b. Date.

8.d
November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 161
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01 7700 - 4
c. Name of Architect.
d. Name of Contractor.
e. Page number.

4. Submit list of incomplete items in the following format:
a. PDF electronic file. Architect will return annotated file. b. Web-based project software upload. Utilize software feature for creating and updating list of incomplete items (punch list).

1.10 SUBMITTAL OF PROJECT WARRANTIES
A. Time of Submittal: Submit written warranties on request of Architect for designated portions of the Work where commencement of warranties other than date of Substantial Completion is indicated, or when delay in submittal of warranties might limit Owner's rights under warranty.

B. Organize warranty documents into an orderly sequence based on the table of contents of Project Manual.

C. Warranty Electronic File: Provide warranties and bonds in PDF format. Assemble complete warranty and bond submittal package into a single electronic PDF file with bookmarks enabling navigation to each item. Provide bookmarked table of contents at beginning of document.

1. Submit on digital media acceptable to Architect.

D. Provide additional copies of each warranty to include in operation and maintenance manuals.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS
A. Cleaning Agents: Use cleaning materials and agents recommended by manufacturer or fabricator of the surface to be cleaned. Do not use cleaning agents that are potentially hazardous to health or property or that might damage finished surfaces.

1. Use cleaning products that comply with Green Seal's GS-37, or if GS-37 is not applicable, use products that comply with the California Code of Regulations maximum allowable VOC levels.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 FINAL CLEANING
A. General: Perform final cleaning. Conduct cleaning and waste-removal operations to comply with local laws and ordinances and Federal and local environmental and antipollution regulations.

B. Cleaning: Employ experienced workers or professional cleaners for final cleaning. Clean each surface or unit to condition expected in an average commercial building cleaning and maintenance program. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions.

1. Complete the following cleaning operations before requesting inspection for certification of Substantial Completion for entire Project or for a designated portion of Project:

8.d
November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 162
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01 7700 - 5
a. Clean Project site, yard, and grounds, in areas disturbed by construction activities, including landscape development areas, of rubbish, waste material, litter, and other foreign substances.
b. Sweep paved areas broom clean. Remove petrochemical spills, stains, and other foreign deposits.
c. Rake grounds that are neither planted nor paved to a smooth, even-textured surface.
d. Remove tools, construction equipment, machinery, and surplus material from Project site.
e. Remove snow and ice to provide safe access to building. f. Clean exposed exterior and interior hard-surfaced finishes to a dirt-free condition, free of stains, films, and similar foreign substances. Avoid disturbing natural weathering of exterior surfaces. Restore reflective surfaces to their original condition.
g. Remove debris and surface dust from limited access spaces, including roofs, plenums, shafts, trenches, equipment vaults, manholes, attics, and similar spaces. h. Clean flooring, removing debris, dirt, and staining; clean according to manufacturer's recommendations.
i. Vacuum and mop concrete.
j. Vacuum carpet and similar soft surfaces, removing debris and excess nap; clean according to manufacturer's recommendations if visible soil or stains remain. k. Clean transparent materials, including mirrors and glass in doors and windows.

Remove glazing compounds and other noticeable, vision-obscuring materials.

Polish mirrors and glass, taking care not to scratch surfaces. l. Remove labels that are not permanent.
m. Wipe surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment and similar equipment.

Remove excess lubrication, paint and mortar droppings, and other foreign substances.
n. Clean plumbing fixtures to a sanitary condition, free of stains, including stains resulting from water exposure.
o. Replace disposable air filters and clean permanent air filters. Clean exposed surfaces of diffusers, registers, and grills.
p. Clean ducts, blowers, and coils if units were operated without filters during construction or that display contamination with particulate matter on inspection. q. Clean luminaires, lamps, globes, and reflectors to function with full efficiency. r. Clean strainers.
s. Leave Project clean and ready for occupancy.

C. Pest Control: Comply with pest control requirements in Section 01 5000 "Temporary Facilities and Controls." Prepare written report.

D. Construction Waste Disposal: Comply with waste disposal requirements in Section 01 7419 "Construction Waste Management and Disposal."

3.2 REPAIR OF THE WORK
A. Complete repair and restoration operations required by Section 01 7300 "Execution" before requesting inspection for determination of Substantial Completion.

END OF SECTION

8.d
November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 163
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01 7823 - 1
SECTION 01 7823

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for preparing operation and maintenance manuals, including the following:

1. Operation and maintenance documentation directory manuals.

2. Emergency manuals.

3. Systems and equipment operation manuals.

4. Systems and equipment maintenance manuals.

5. Product maintenance manuals.

B. Related Requirements:

1. Section 01 3300 "Submittal Procedures" for submitting copies of submittals for operation and maintenance manuals.

2. Section 01 9113 "General Commissioning Requirements" for verification and compilation of data into operation and maintenance manuals.

1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. System: An organized collection of parts, equipment, or subsystems united by regular interaction.

B. Subsystem: A portion of a system with characteristics similar to a system.

1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Submit operation and maintenance manuals indicated. Provide content for each manual as specified in individual Specification Sections, and as reviewed and approved at the time of Section submittals. Submit reviewed manual content formatted and organized as required by this Section.

1. Architect and Commissioning Authority will comment on whether content of operation and maintenance submittals is acceptable.

2. Where applicable, clarify and update reviewed manual content to correspond to revisions and field conditions.

B. Format: Submit operation and maintenance manuals in the following format:

1. Submit on digital media acceptable to Architect. Enable reviewer comments on draft submittals.

C. Initial Manual Submittal: Submit draft copy of each manual at least 30 days before commencing demonstration and training. Architect and Commissioning Authority will comment on whether general scope and content of manual are acceptable.

8.d
November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 164
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01 7823 - 2
D. Final Manual Submittal: Submit each manual in final form prior to requesting inspection for Substantial Completion and at least 15 days before commencing demonstration and training.

Architect and Commissioning Authority will return copy with comments.

1. Correct or revise each manual to comply with Architect's and Commissioning Authority's comments. Submit copies of each corrected manual within 15 days of receipt of Architect's and Commissioning Authority's comments and prior to commencing demonstration and training.

E. Comply with Section 01 7700 "Closeout Procedures" for schedule for submitting operation and maintenance documentation.

1.5 FORMAT OF OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS
A. Manuals, Electronic Files: Submit manuals in the form of a multiple file composite electronic PDF file for each manual type required.

1. Electronic Files: Use electronic files prepared by manufacturer where available. Where scanning of paper documents is required, configure scanned file for minimum readable file size.

2. File Names and Bookmarks: Bookmark individual documents based on file names.

Name document files to correspond to system, subsystem, and equipment names used in manual directory and table of contents. Group documents for each system and subsystem into individual composite bookmarked files, then create composite manual, so that resulting bookmarks reflect the system, subsystem, and equipment names in a readily navigated file tree. Configure electronic manual to display bookmark panel on opening file.

1.6 REQUIREMENTS FOR EMERGENCY, OPERATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Organization of Manuals: Unless otherwise indicated, organize each manual into a separate section for each system and subsystem, and a separate section for each piece of equipment not part of a system. Each manual shall contain the following materials, in the order listed:

1. Title page.

2. Table of contents.

3. Manual contents.

B. Title Page: Include the following information:

1. Subject matter included in manual.

2. Name and address of Project.

3. Name and address of Owner.

4. Date of submittal.

5. Name and contact information for Contractor.

6. Name and contact information for Construction Manager.

7. Name and contact information for Architect.

8. Name and contact information for Commissioning Authority.

9. Names and contact information for major consultants to the Architect that designed the systems contained in the manuals.

10. Cross-reference to related systems in other operation and maintenance manuals.

C. Table of Contents: List each product included in manual, identified by product name, indexed to the content of the volume, and cross-referenced to Specification Section number in Project Manual.

1. If operation or maintenance documentation requires more than one volume to accommodate data, include comprehensive table of contents for all volumes in each volume of the set.

8.d
November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 165
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01 7823 - 3
D. Manual Contents: Organize into sets of manageable size. Arrange contents alphabetically by system, subsystem, and equipment. If possible, assemble instructions for subsystems, equipment, and components of one system into a single binder.

E. Identification: In the documentation directory and in each operation and maintenance manual, identify each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment with same designation used in the Contract Documents. If no designation exists, assign a designation according to ASHRAE Guideline 4, "Preparation of Operating and Maintenance Documentation for Building Systems."

1.7 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DOCUMENTATION DIRECTORY MANUAL A. Operation and Maintenance Documentation Directory: Prepare a separate manual that provides an organized reference to emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. List items and their location to facilitate ready access to desired information. Include the following:

1. List of Systems and Subsystems: List systems alphabetically. Include references to operation and maintenance manuals that contain information about each system.

2. List of Equipment: List equipment for each system, organized alphabetically by system. For pieces of equipment not part of system, list alphabetically in separate list.

3. Tables of Contents: Include a table of contents for each emergency, operation, and maintenance manual.

1.8 EMERGENCY MANUALS
A. Emergency Manual: Assemble a complete set of emergency information indicating procedures for use by emergency personnel and by Owner's operating personnel for types of emergencies indicated.

B. Content: Organize manual into a separate section for each of the following:

1. Type of emergency.

2. Emergency instructions.

3. Emergency procedures.

C. Type of Emergency: Where applicable for each type of emergency indicated below, include instructions and procedures for each system, subsystem, piece of equipment, and component:

1. Fire.

2. Flood.

3. Gas leak.

4. Water leak.

5. Power failure.

6. Water outage.

7. System, subsystem, or equipment failure.

8. Chemical release or spill.

D. Emergency Instructions: Describe and explain warnings, trouble indications, error messages, and similar codes and signals. Include responsibilities of Owner's operating personnel for notification of Installer, supplier, and manufacturer to maintain warranties.

E. Emergency Procedures: Include the following, as applicable:

1. Instructions on stopping.

2. Shutdown instructions for each type of emergency.

3. Operating instructions for conditions outside normal operating limits.

4. Required sequences for electric or electronic systems.

8.d
November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 166
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01 7823 - 4

5. Special operating instructions and procedures.

1.9 SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT OPERATION MANUALS
A. Systems and Equipment Operation Manual: Assemble a complete set of data indicating operation of each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system. Include information required for daily operation and management, operating standards, and routine and special operating procedures.

1. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to assemble and prepare information for each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system.

2. Prepare a separate manual for each system and subsystem, in the form of an instructional manual for use by Owner's operating personnel.

B. Content: In addition to requirements in this Section, include operation data required in individual Specification Sections and the following information:

1. System, subsystem, and equipment descriptions. Use designations for systems and equipment indicated on Contract Documents.

2. Performance and design criteria if Contractor has delegated design responsibility.

3. Operating standards.

4. Operating procedures.

5. Operating logs.

6. Wiring diagrams.

7. Control diagrams.

8. Piped system diagrams.

9. Precautions against improper use.

10. License requirements including inspection and renewal dates.

C. Descriptions: Include the following:

1. Product name and model number. Use designations for products indicated on Contract Documents.

2. Manufacturer's name.

3. Equipment identification with serial number of each component.

4. Equipment function.

5. Operating characteristics.

6. Limiting conditions.

7. Performance curves.

8. Engineering data and tests.

9. Complete nomenclature and number of replacement parts.

D. Operating Procedures: Include the following, as applicable:

1. Startup procedures.

2. Equipment or system break-in procedures.

3. Routine and normal operating instructions.

4. Regulation and control procedures.

5. Instructions on stopping.

6. Normal shutdown instructions.

7. Seasonal and weekend operating instructions.

8. Required sequences for electric or electronic systems.

9. Special operating instructions and procedures.

E. Systems and Equipment Controls: Describe the sequence of operation, and diagram controls as installed.

F. Piped Systems: Diagram piping as installed, and identify color coding where required for identification.

8.d
November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 167
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01 7823 - 5

1.10 SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE MANUALS
A. Systems and Equipment Maintenance Manuals: Assemble a complete set of data indicating maintenance of each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system.

Include manufacturers' maintenance documentation, preventive maintenance procedures and frequency, repair procedures, wiring and systems diagrams, lists of spare parts, and warranty information.

1. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to assemble and prepare information for each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system.

2. Prepare a separate manual for each system and subsystem, in the form of an instructional manual for use by Owner's operating personnel.

B. Content: For each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system, include source information, manufacturers' maintenance documentation, maintenance procedures, maintenance and service schedules, spare parts list and source information, maintenance service contracts, and warranties and bonds as described below.

C. Source Information: List each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment included in manual, identified by product name and arranged to match manual's table of contents. For each product, list name, address, and telephone number of Installer or supplier and maintenance service agent, and cross-reference Specification Section number and title in Project Manual and drawing or schedule designation or identifier where applicable.

D. Manufacturers' Maintenance Documentation: Include the following information for each component part or piece of equipment:

1. Standard maintenance instructions and bulletins; include only sheets pertinent to product or component installed. Mark each sheet to identify each product or component incorporated into the Work. If data include more than one item in a tabular format, identify each item using appropriate references from the Contract Documents.

Identify data applicable to the Work and delete references to information not applicable.
a. Prepare supplementary text if manufacturers' standard printed data are not available and where the information is necessary for proper operation and maintenance of equipment or systems.

2. Drawings, diagrams, and instructions required for maintenance, including disassembly and component removal, replacement, and assembly.

3. Identification and nomenclature of parts and components.

4. List of items recommended to be stocked as spare parts.

E. Maintenance Procedures: Include the following information and items that detail essential maintenance procedures:

1. Test and inspection instructions.

2. Troubleshooting guide.

3. Precautions against improper maintenance.

4. Disassembly; component removal, repair, and replacement; and reassembly instructions.

5. Aligning, adjusting, and checking instructions.

6. Demonstration and training video recording, if available.

F. Maintenance and Service Schedules: Include service and lubrication requirements, list of required lubricants for equipment, and separate schedules for preventive and routine maintenance and service with standard time allotment.

1. Scheduled Maintenance and Service: Tabulate actions for daily, weekly, monthly, quarterly, semiannual, and annual frequencies.

8.d
November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 168
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01 7823 - 6

2. Maintenance and Service Record: Include manufacturers' forms for recording maintenance.

G. Spare Parts List and Source Information: Include lists of replacement and repair parts, with parts identified and cross-referenced to manufacturers' maintenance documentation and local sources of maintenance materials and related services.

H. Maintenance Service Contracts: Include copies of maintenance agreements with name and telephone number of service agent.

I. Warranties and Bonds: Include copies of warranties and bonds and lists of circumstances and conditions that would affect validity of warranties or bonds.

1. Include procedures to follow and required notifications for warranty claims.

J. Drawings: Prepare drawings supplementing manufacturers' printed data to illustrate the relationship of component parts of equipment and systems and to illustrate control sequence and flow diagrams. Coordinate these drawings with information contained in record Drawings to ensure correct illustration of completed installation.

1. Do not use original project record documents as part of maintenance manuals.

1.11 PRODUCT MAINTENANCE MANUALS
A. Product Maintenance Manual: Assemble a complete set of maintenance data indicating care and maintenance of each product, material, and finish incorporated into the Work.

B. Content: Organize manual into a separate section for each product, material, and finish.

Include source information, product information, maintenance procedures, repair materials and sources, and warranties and bonds, as described below.

C. Source Information: List each product included in manual, identified by product name and arranged to match manual's table of contents. For each product, list name, address, and telephone number of Installer or supplier and maintenance service agent, and crossreference Specification Section number and title in Project Manual and drawing or schedule designation or identifier where applicable.

D. Product Information: Include the following, as applicable:

1. Product name and model number.

2. Manufacturer's name.

3. Color, pattern, and texture.

4. Material and chemical composition.

5. Reordering information for specially manufactured products.

E. Maintenance Procedures: Include manufacturer's written recommendations and the following:

1. Inspection procedures.

2. Types of cleaning agents to be used and methods of cleaning.

3. List of cleaning agents and methods of cleaning detrimental to product.

4. Schedule for routine cleaning and maintenance.

5. Repair instructions.

F. Repair Materials and Sources: Include lists of materials and local sources of materials and related services.

G. Warranties and Bonds: Include copies of warranties and bonds and lists of circumstances and conditions that would affect validity of warranties or bonds.

8.d
November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 169
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01 7823 - 7

1. Include procedures to follow and required notifications for warranty claims.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)

END OF SECTION

8.d
November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 170
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 01 7839 - 1
SECTION 01 7839

PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for project record documents, including the following:

1. Record Drawings.

2. Record Specifications.

3. Record Product Data.

4. Miscellaneous record submittals.

B. Related Requirements:

1. Section 01 7700 "Closeout Procedures" for general closeout procedures.

2. Section 01 7823 "Operation and Maintenance Data" for operation and maintenance manual requirements.

1.3 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Record Drawings: Comply with the following:

1. Number of Copies: Submit copies of record Drawings as follows:
a. Initial Submittal:
1) Submit record digital data files and one set of plots. 2) Architect will indicate whether general scope of changes, additional information recorded, and quality of drafting are acceptable. b. Final Submittal:
1) Submit Record Digital Data Files and three set(s) of Record Digital Data File plots.
2) Plot each drawing file, whether or not changes and additional information were recorded.

B. Record Specifications: Submit annotated PDF electronic files of Project's Specifications, including addenda and contract modifications.

C. Record Product Data: Submit annotated PDF electronic files and directories of each submittal.

1. Where record Product Data are required as part of operation and maintenance manuals, submit duplicate marked-up Product Data as a component of manual.

D. Miscellaneous Record Submittals: See other Specification Sections for miscellaneous recordkeeping requirements and submittals in connection with various construction activities. Submit annotated PDF electronic files and directories of each submittal.

8.d
November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 171
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 01 7839 - 2

1.4 RECORD DRAWINGS
A. Record Prints: Maintain one set of marked-up paper copies of the Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings, incorporating new and revised drawings as modifications are issued.

1. Preparation: Mark record prints to show the actual installation where installation varies from that shown originally. Require individual or entity who obtained record data, whether individual or entity is Installer, subcontractor, or similar entity, to provide information for preparation of corresponding marked-up record prints. a. Give particular attention to information on concealed elements that would be difficult to identify or measure and record later.
b. Accurately record information in an acceptable drawing technique. c. Record data as soon as possible after obtaining it.
d. Record and check the markup before enclosing concealed installations. e. Cross-reference record prints to corresponding archive photographic documentation.

2. Content: Types of items requiring marking include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. Dimensional changes to Drawings.
b. Revisions to details shown on Drawings.
c. Depths of foundations below first floor.
d. Locations and depths of underground utilities.
e. Revisions to routing of piping and conduits.
f. Revisions to electrical circuitry.
g. Actual equipment locations.
h. Duct size and routing.
i. Locations of concealed internal utilities.
j. Changes made by Change Order or Construction Change Directive. k. Changes made following Architect's written orders.
l. Details not on the original Contract Drawings.
m. Field records for variable and concealed conditions. n. Record information on the Work that is shown only schematically.

3. Mark the Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings completely and accurately. Use personnel proficient at recording graphic information in production of marked-up record prints.

4. Mark record sets with erasable, red-colored pencil. Use other colors to distinguish between changes for different categories of the Work at same location.

5. Mark important additional information that was either shown schematically or omitted from original Drawings.

6. Note Construction Change Directive numbers, alternate numbers, Change Order numbers, and similar identification, where applicable.

B. Record Digital Data Files: Immediately before inspection for Certificate of Substantial Completion, review marked-up record prints with Architect. When authorized, prepare a full set of corrected digital data files of the Contract Drawings, as follows:

1. Format: Same digital data software program, version, and operating system as for the original Contract Drawings.

2. Incorporate changes and additional information previously marked on record prints.

Delete, redraw, and add details and notations where applicable.

3. Refer instances of uncertainty to Architect for resolution.

4. Architect will furnish Contractor one set of digital data files of the Contract Drawings for use in recording information.
a. See Section 01 3100 "Project Management and Coordination" for requirements related to use of Architect's digital data files.
b. Architect will provide data file layer information. Record markups in separate layers.

8.d
November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 172
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 01 7839 - 3
C. Format: Identify and date each record Drawing; include the designation "PROJECT RECORD DRAWING" in a prominent location.

1. Record Prints: Organize record prints and newly prepared record Drawings into manageable sets. Bind each set with durable paper cover sheets. Include identification on cover sheets.

2. Format: Annotated PDF electronic file with comment function enabled.

3. Record Digital Data Files: Organize digital data information into separate electronic files that correspond to each sheet of the Contract Drawings. Name each file with the sheet identification. Include identification in each digital data file.

4. Identification: As follows:
a. Project name.
b. Date.
c. Designation "PROJECT RECORD DRAWINGS."
d. Name of Architect.
e. Name of Contractor.

1.5 RECORD SPECIFICATIONS
A. Preparation: Mark Specifications to indicate the actual product installation where installation varies from that indicated in Specifications, addenda, and contract modifications.

1. Give particular attention to information on concealed products and installations that cannot be readily identified and recorded later.

2. Mark copy with the proprietary name and model number of products, materials, and equipment furnished, including substitutions and product options selected.

3. For each principal product, indicate whether record Product Data has been submitted in operation and maintenance manuals instead of submitted as record Product Data.

B. Format: Submit record Specifications as annotated PDF electronic file.

1.6 RECORD PRODUCT DATA
A. Recording: Maintain one copy of each submittal during the construction period for project record document purposes. Post changes and revisions to project record documents as they occur; do not wait until end of Project.

B. Preparation: Mark Product Data to indicate the actual product installation where installation varies substantially from that indicated in Product Data submittal.

1. Give particular attention to information on concealed products and installations that cannot be readily identified and recorded later.

2. Include significant changes in the product delivered to Project site and changes in manufacturer's written instructions for installation.

C. Format: Submit record Product Data as annotated PDF electronic file.

1. Include record Product Data directory organized by Specification Section number and title, electronically linked to each item of record Product Data.

1.7 MISCELLANEOUS RECORD SUBMITTALS
A. Assemble miscellaneous records required by other Specification Sections for miscellaneous record keeping and submittal in connection with actual performance of the Work. Bind or file miscellaneous records and identify each, ready for continued use and reference.

8.d
November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 173
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 01 7839 - 4
B. Format: Submit miscellaneous record submittals as PDF electronic file.

1. Include miscellaneous record submittals directory organized by Specification Section number and title, electronically linked to each item of miscellaneous record submittals.

1.8 MAINTENANCE OF RECORD DOCUMENTS
A. Maintenance of Record Documents: Store record documents in the field office apart from the Contract Documents used for construction. Do not use project record documents for construction purposes. Maintain record documents in good order and in a clean, dry, legible condition, protected from deterioration and loss. Provide access to project record documents PART 2 - PRODUCTS
PART 3 - EXECUTION

END OF SECTION

8.d
November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 174
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING 01 7900 - 1
SECTION 01 7900

DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for instructing Owner's personnel, including the following:

1. Demonstration of operation of systems, subsystems, and equipment.

2. Training in operation and maintenance of systems, subsystems, and equipment.

1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Instruction Program: Submit outline of instructional program for demonstration and training, including a list of training modules and a schedule of proposed dates, times, length of instruction time, and instructors' names for each training module. Include learning objective and outline for each training module.

B. Qualification Data: For facilitator and instructor.

C. Attendance Record: For each training module, submit list of participants and length of instruction time.

D. Evaluations: For each participant and for each training module, submit results and documentation of performance-based test.

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Facilitator Qualifications: A firm or individual experienced in training or educating maintenance personnel in a training program similar in content and extent to that indicated for this Project, and whose work has resulted in training or education with a record of successful learning performance.

B. Instructor Qualifications: A factory-authorized service representative, complying with requirements in Section 01 4000 "Quality Requirements," experienced in operation and maintenance procedures and training.

C. Pre-instruction Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Section 01 3100 "Project Management and Coordination." Review methods and procedures related to demonstration and training including, but not limited to, the following:

1. Inspect and discuss locations and other facilities required for instruction.

8.d
November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 175
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING 01 7900 - 2

2. Review and finalize instruction schedule and verify availability of educational materials, instructors' personnel, audiovisual equipment, and facilities needed to avoid delays.

3. Review required content of instruction.

4. For instruction that must occur outside, review weather and forecasted weather conditions and procedures to follow if conditions are unfavorable.

1.5 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate instruction schedule with Owner's operations. Adjust schedule as required to minimize disrupting Owner's operations and to ensure availability of Owner's personnel.

B. Coordinate instructors, including providing notification of dates, times, length of instruction time, and course content.

C. Coordinate content of training modules with content of approved emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. Do not submit instruction program until operation and maintenance data has been reviewed and approved by Architect.

1.6 INSTRUCTION PROGRAM
A. Program Structure: Develop an instruction program that includes individual training modules for each system and for equipment not part of a system, as required by individual Specification Sections.

B. Training Modules: Develop a learning objective and teaching outline for each module. Include a description of specific skills and knowledge that participant is expected to master. For each module, include instruction for the following as applicable to the system, equipment, or component:

1. Basis of System Design, Operational Requirements, and Criteria: Include the following:
a. System, subsystem, and equipment descriptions.
b. Performance and design criteria if Contractor is delegated design responsibility. c. Operating standards.
d. Regulatory requirements.
e. Equipment function.
f. Operating characteristics.
g. Limiting conditions.
h. Performance curves.

2. Documentation: Review the following items in detail:
a. Emergency manuals.
b. Systems and equipment operation manuals.
c. Systems and equipment maintenance manuals.
d. Product maintenance manuals.
e. Project Record Documents.
f. Identification systems.
g. Warranties and bonds.
h. Maintenance service agreements and similar continuing commitments

3. Emergencies: Include the following, as applicable:
a. Instructions on meaning of warnings, trouble indications, and error messages. b. Instructions on stopping.
c. Shutdown instructions for each type of emergency.
d. Operating instructions for conditions outside of normal operating limits. e. Sequences for electric or electronic systems.
f. Special operating instructions and procedures.

8.d
November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 176
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING 01 7900 - 3

4. Operations: Include the following, as applicable:
a. Startup procedures.
b. Equipment or system break-in procedures.
c. Routine and normal operating instructions.
d. Regulation and control procedures.
e. Control sequences.
f. Safety procedures.
g. Instructions on stopping.
h. Normal shutdown instructions.
i. Operating procedures for emergencies.
j. Operating procedures for system, subsystem, or equipment failure. k. Seasonal and weekend operating instructions.
l. Required sequences for electric or electronic systems. m. Special operating instructions and procedures.

5. Adjustments: Include the following:
a. Alignments.
b. Checking adjustments.
c. Noise and vibration adjustments.
d. Economy and efficiency adjustments.

6. Troubleshooting: Include the following:
a. Diagnostic instructions.
b. Test and inspection procedures.

7. Maintenance: Include the following:
a. Inspection procedures.
b. Types of cleaning agents to be used and methods of cleaning. c. List of cleaning agents and methods of cleaning detrimental to product. d. Procedures for routine cleaning
e. Procedures for preventive maintenance.
f. Procedures for routine maintenance.
g. Instruction on use of special tools.

8. Repairs: Include the following:
a. Diagnosis instructions.
b. Repair instructions.
c. Disassembly; component removal, repair, and replacement; and reassembly instructions.
d. Instructions for identifying parts and components.
e. Review of spare parts needed for operation and maintenance.

1.7 PREPARATION
A. Assemble educational materials necessary for instruction, including documentation and training module. Assemble training modules into a training manual organized in coordination with requirements in Section 01 7823 "Operation and Maintenance Data." B. Set up instructional equipment at instruction location.

1.8 INSTRUCTION
A. Facilitator: Engage a qualified facilitator to prepare instruction program and training modules, to coordinate instructors, and to coordinate between Contractor and Owner for number of participants, instruction times, and location.

8.d
November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 177
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING 01 7900 - 4
B. Engage qualified instructors to instruct Owner's personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain systems, subsystems, and equipment not part of a system.

1. Architect will furnish an instructor to describe basis of system design, operational requirements, criteria, and regulatory requirements.

2. Owner will furnish an instructor to describe Owner's operational philosophy.

3. Owner will furnish Contractor with names and positions of participants.

C. Scheduling: Provide instruction at mutually agreed on times. For equipment that requires seasonal operation, provide similar instruction at start of each season.

1. Schedule training with Owner, through Architect, with at least seven days' advance notice.

D. Training Location and Reference Material: Conduct training on-site in the completed and fully operational facility using the actual equipment in-place. Conduct training using final operation and maintenance data submittals.

E. Evaluation: At conclusion of each training module, assess and document each participant's mastery of module by use of a demonstration performance-based test.

F. Cleanup: Collect used and leftover educational materials and remove from Project site.

Remove instructional equipment. Restore systems and equipment to condition existing before initial training use.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS
PART 3 - EXECUTION

END OF SECTION

8.d
November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 178
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
SUSTAINABLE DESIGN REQUIREMENTS 01 8113 - 1
SECTION 01 8113

SUSTAINABLE DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS AND SECTIONS
A. Work of this Section shall conform to the requirements of the Contract Documents. Provide materials, labor, equipment and services necessary to furnish, deliver and install all work of this Section as shown on the drawings, as specified herein, and/or as required by the job conditions.

1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes general requirements and procedures for compliance with certain CALGreen, 2022 California Green Building Standards Code.

1. Specific sustainable requirements are included in greater detail in other Sections.

B. Related Sections:

1. Section 01 7419 “Construction Waste Management and Disposal”.

2. Section 01 8116 “Low-Emitting Materials Restrictions”.

3. Section 01 8119 “Construction Indoor Air Quality Management”.

4. Divisions 01 through 33: Sustainable requirements specific to the work of each of these Sections.

1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Bio-based Materials: A product of plant or animal origin, not including products made by killing the animal. Bio-based raw materials shall be tested using ASTM Test Method D6866 and be legally harvested, as defined by the exporting and receiving country.

B. Biopreferred Products: Commercial or industrial products (other than food or feed) that are composed in whole, or in significant part, of biological products, renewable agricultural materials (including plant, animal, and marine materials), or forestry materials and includes biobased intermediate ingredients or feedstocks.

C. CDPH Standard Method: California Department of Public Health (CDPH) Standard Method for the Testing and Evaluation of Volatile Organic Chemical Emissions from Indoor Sources Using Environmental Chambers, for the emissions testing and requirements of products and materials.

D. Chain of Custody (COC): A procedure that tracks a product form the point of harvest or extraction to its end use, including all successive stage of processing, transformation, manufacturing, a distribution.

E. Chain-of-Custody Certificates: Certificates signed by manufacturers certifying that wood used to make products was obtained from forests certified by an FSC-accredited certification body to comply with FSC STD-01-001, "FSC Principles and Criteria for Forest Stewardship."

8.d
November 10, 2025 Packet Pg. 179
WRNS Studio SAN CARLOS LIBRARY
Project No: 23033.00 610 Elm St. San Carlos CA
October 27, 2025 Construction Documents
SUSTAINABLE DESIGN REQUIREMENTS 01 8113 - 2
Certificates shall include evidence that manufacturer is certified for chain of custody by an FSCaccredited certification body.

F. Chemicals of Concern: Chemicals that are of special concern due to their potential effects on human health and the environment:

1. persistent bio-accumulative toxic (PBT) chemicals;

2. known or suspected human carcinogens.

G. Composite Wood and Agrifiber: Products such as particleboard, medium density fiberboard (MDF), plywood, wheatboard, strawboard, panel substrates, and door cores that are a composite of wood and/or plant material pressed and adhered together.

H. Construction Waste: EPA defines construction and demolition materials as “debris generated during the construction, renovation and demolition of buildings, roads, and bridges”.

I. Cradle to Cradle (C2C) Product Certification: Standard which assesses and certifies products in five categories, Material Health, Material Reutilization, Renewable Energy and Carbon Management, Water Stewardship, and Social Fairness, as defined by the Cradle to Cradle Products Institute.

J. Cradle to Gate Assessment: Analysis of a product’s partial life cycle, from resource extraction (cradle) to the factory gate (before it is transported for distributi0on and sale). It omits the use and the disposal phases of the product.

K. Cradle to Grave: Analysis of a product’s full life cycle, from resource extraction (cradle) to the disposal phase (grave).

L. Declare Product Label: All ingredients of 100 parts-per-million or greater disclosed and evaluated against the current version of the Living Building Challenge Red List, as defined by the International Living Future Institute.

M. Embodied carbon: The carbon footprint of a material. It considers how many greenhouse gases (GHGs) are released throughout the supply chain and is often measured from cradle to (factory) gate, or cradle to site (of use).

San Carlos City CouncilNovember 10, 2025

San Carlos City Council
November 10, 2025